University of North Carolina Wilmington Self-Assessment

2

Table of Contents

Section I. University Overview 4

A. Coastal Activities B. Impacts and Future Directions C. Organizational Chart

Section II‐1 – Center for Marine Science 7

A. Activity Name B. Activity Narrative C. Resources D. Research, Teaching, Public Service E. Outputs and Impacts F. Other

Section II‐2 – MARBIONC 46


Section II‐3 – Department of Biology and Marine Biology 74


Section II‐4 – Department of Chemistry and Biochemistry 121


Section II‐5 – Department of Environmental Studies 134

A. Activity Name B. Activity Narrative C. Resources D. Research, Teaching, Public Service

3

E. Outputs and Impacts F. Other

Section II‐6 – Department of Geography and Geology 153


Section II‐7 – Department of Physics and Physical Oceanography 191


Section II‐8 – Department of Public and International Affairs 209


Section II‐9 – Watson College of Education 216


Section II‐10 – Other 227


Section III‐ Concluding Remarks 232

4

I. Overview of the University

As the only campus in the UNC System with its complete resources in the coastal zone, UNCW supports the Marine Sciences as a traditional area of excellence, and the study of the coastal zone pervades the fabric of the university. In fact, Marine Science is so vital to the mission of UNCW it is specifically men‐tioned in the University’s mission statement and the Inaugural remarks of Chancellor Gary L. Miller.

UNCW Mission Statement, adopted 23 Oct 2009 ‐ The University of North Carolina Wilmington, the state’s coastal university, is dedicated to learning through the integration of teaching and mentoring with research and service. Our powerful academic experience stimulates creative inquiry, critical think‐ing, thoughtful expression and responsible citizenship in an array of high‐quality programs at the bacca‐laureate and master’s levels, and in our doctoral programs in marine biology and educational leader‐ship. Substantial research activity, combined with our hallmark teaching excellence and moderate size, advances distinctive student involvement in faculty scholarship. We are committed to diversity and in‐clusion, affordable access, global perspectives, and enriching the quality of life through scholarly com‐munity engagement in such areas as health, education, the economy, the environment, marine and coastal issues, and the arts.

“The UNCW motto ‘Dare to Soar’ includes the full embrace of UNCW as North Carolina’s Coastal Uni‐versity. In this way, we may serve the world even as we serve this region. As with our love of the jour‐ney of learning, our love of place presents us a number of important opportunities and challenges:

1. UNCW must increase our emphasis on marine and coastal science in graduate education, research and the development of biotechnology from the sea. Our continued leadership in these areas is prereq‐uisite to our position as a leading coastal university;

2. We must build programs and partnerships in our College of Health and Human Services that promote health and health research in this region through the College’s Coastal Health initiative;

3. We must continue to find connections in our academic and engagement programs that highlight our region in a way that translates to coastal regions everywhere. “

‐Inaugural address Chancellor Gary L. Miller, 20 April 2012 ‐

A. Coastal Activities That are Part of This Self‐Study.

As evidence of the thorough integration of marine science throughout the university, the following ad‐ministrative units offer programs in Marine Science. At levels from K12 through core undergraduate and graduate programs, to lifelong learning opportunities, UNCW faculty collaborate to solve problems of direct concern to North Carolina’s coastal regions (Table 1).

Table 1: Academic units offering marine science curricula.

1. Center for Marine Science 2. MARBIONC 3. Biology and Marine Biology 4. Chemistry & Biochemistry 5. Environmental Studies 6. Geography & Geology 7. Physics & Physical Oceanography 8. Public & International Affairs 9. Watson College of Education

UNCW weaves Marine Science throughout the curricular fabric across the academic spectrum, including Center for Marine Science, the College of Arts and Sciences, the Cameron School of Business, and the Watson College of Education. Marine Science emphases and excellence are also demonstrated in the sponsored research in those units, and in the interdisciplinary research done at the Center for Marine Science. Beyond the units listed above, marine and coastal themes are consistent in the arts and human‐ities, and new efforts to integrate a coastal perspective into the academic fabric of the College of Health and Human Services are being explored. No fewer than 15 different degree programs impact the educa‐tion of young marine scientists seeking positions upon graduation in academics, business, government,

5

or in pursuit of advanced degrees. The programs described in the following sections reflect 40 or more years of development and refinement, and continue to evolve to be more interactive, collaborative, and innovative. Academics, research, facilities, outreach, international experiences, and economic devel‐opment are all areas in which UNCW has active marine science elements (Table 2).

Table 2: Individual and Collaborative Marine Science Programs listed with Year Initiated

Unit Mar Sci Degree (Yr Init) BA BS MS PhD Other

Research Facilities Outreach Intl Program Economic Development

BIO 72 80 02 * * * * *

CHM 88 * * * *

GGY 10 87 * * * *

PHY 72 * * *

EVS 72 97 08 * * * * *

PLS 11 * * *

MSC 98 11 plan† * * * * *

EDN MAT(interface), CESTEM(interface),Marine Quest (80)

** *

BUS MBA(collab with MSC) * * * *

BIO: Biology and Marine Biology; CHM: Chemistry and Biochemistry; GGY: Geography and Geology; PHY: Physics and Physical Oceanography; EVS: Environmental Studies; PLS: Political Science Public & Intl Affairs; MSC: Center for Marine Science; EDN: Watson College of Education; BUS: Cameron School of Business; †planning document for the PhD in Coastal & Marine Science interdisciplinary program includes BIO, CHM, GGY, PHY, EVS led by MSC.

B. Impacts and Future Directions of Coastal and Marine Science Activities

"To be a national and global leader in demonstrating how universities can serve their regions, we must come to understand and embrace the importance of our coastal location as a powerful metaphor for many of the most significant questions of commerce, human health, nutrition, the environment and so‐cial and cultural dynamics. In this way, we must serve the world even as we serve our region.”

Inaugural address Chancellor Gary L. Miller, 20 April 2012

Integrating learning with all of its elements of classroom work, laboratory and field research, and out‐reach and translational activities reinforces an elevated understanding and appreciation of the role of the ocean on life. Sustainable use, coupled with an environment of creativity and innovation serves to build certain business concepts and strategic alliances that sustain our coastal environment, while at the same time optimizing its products and processes for the health and well‐being of mankind. Students have a natural enthusiasm for the study of the oceans, and by embracing ocean sciences UNCW fosters a greater enthusiasm for basic job skills in the STEM areas. Research from basic to applied, from applied to translational, and from translational to societal benefit forms a continuum that maximizes our limited resources. The University of North Carolina Wilmington is North Carolina’s Coastal University. Established in 1947 as Wilmington College, it became a part of the North Carolina state system of higher education in 1958, was authorized to offer the bachelor's degree as a senior college in 1963, and in 1969 Wilmington Col‐lege became the University of North Carolina at Wilmington. UNCW was authorized to offer its first mas‐ter of science degree (in marine biology) in 1977 and its first doctoral program (in marine biology) in 2002. Now the University of North Carolina Wilmington is a comprehensive university offering a range of undergraduate and graduate programs emphasizing marine science. The remainder of this report high‐lights the breadth and integration of marine and coastal sciences throughout the university.

7

Section II‐1. Coastal and Marine Science Activities A. Activity: CENTER FOR MARINE SCIENCE B. Activity Narrative

Describe the mission and history of the Activity.

Vision of the UNCW Center for Marine Science: strive to be a world‐class facility that supports multidis‐ciplinary approaches to research, education, technology transfer, public service and regional engage‐ment in the marine sciences.

Mission of the Center for Marine Science: to promote education, basic and applied research, and public service in all fields of the marine sciences. The Center provides facilities and support primarily for faculty and students from the science departments at UNCW, but also for associated organizations and visiting students and scientists conducting marine science research. By providing a state‐of‐the‐art facility, the Center fosters research programs of high quality, thereby enhancing the educational opportunities and experiences, and serving as an important regional node for technology transfer and public service.

UNCW is uniquely poised within the UNC System to articulate and address the complex interdisciplinary marine issues facing the North Carolina coast in the next decade. Marine science has evolved within UNCW so that it is now woven into the very fabric of the University serving multiple departments and multiple colleges. As so powerfully stated by Dr. Gary L. Miller on his Installation as Chancellor of UNCW in 2012, “... to be a national and global leader in demonstrating how universities can serve their regions, we must come to understand and embrace the importance of our coastal location as a powerful meta‐phor for many of the most significant questions of commerce, human health, nutrition, the environment and social and cultural dynamics. Our place between the Atlantic Ocean and the Cape Fear River is unique in North Carolina, but it is also representative of the most important loci of human interaction around the world. There is no complete understanding of human history, the human condition or litera‐ture and music and art in the absence of the sea.” and “UNCW must increase emphasis on marine and coastal science in graduate education ... continued leadership in these areas is prerequisite to our posi‐tion as a leading coastal university.”

History of Activity. UNCW’s investment in, and commitment to, marine science spans over 30+ yrs. In the 1970s, the Institute of Marine Biomedical Research was established. This activity expanded in the 1980s to the Center for Marine Science Research (CMSR) and after the M.S. in Marine Science was adopted in 2000 and assigned to CMSR, its name was shortened to Center for Marine Science (CMS). The turn of the century also brought a new 75,000ft2 facility on the new Myrtle Grove Campus with direct access to the Intracoastal Waterway. An Operations Wing of 24,000ft2 was added in 2008 and the 12,000ft2 Shellfish Research Hatchery in 2011, with CMS currently occupying ~111,000+ft2. Presently, the 69,000ft2 Marine Biotechnology Building is under construction and slated for completion in 2013.

With the advent of UNCW’s millennium campus plan in 2009, the Center for Marine Science became part of the CREST (Campus for Research Entrepreneurship, Service, and Teaching) Research Park. As CREST, the mission on the Myrtle Grove Campus expanded to include “biotechnology to product development in the health, food and energy sectors”. The CREST Research Park is one of the most advanced pub‐lic/private research centers on the East Coast. The park offers flexible research space for established firms, entrepreneurial start‐ups, government agencies and universities focusing on biotechnology, ana‐lytical and environmental sciences, and early stage pharmaceutical research and development. The CREST Research Park includes academic buildings including the Center for Marine Science and opera‐tions, a translational, best practice Shellfish Research Hatchery, and the Marine Biotechnology Building.

8

Timeline for Development of the Center for Marine Science

Date Unit Space Cum. Space

1970’s Institute of Marine Biomedical Research (IMBR) 5,000 ft2 5,000 ft2

1980‐90’s Center for Marine Science Research (CMSR) 10,000 ft2 15,000 ft2

2000 CMSR Renamed and Moved to Myrtle Grove Campus

2000 Center for Marine Science (CMS) 75,000 ft2 75,000 ft2

2008 Operations Wing 24,000 ft2 99,000 ft2

2010 Oyster Hatchery 12,000 ft2 111,000 ft2

2010 Myrtle Grove Campus Renamed to CREST Research Park

2012 Biotechnology Complex 69,000 ft2 180,000 ft2

2012‐2020 Future Development

2012‐2020 Move Aquaculture/Mariculture to CREST Park ??? ???

2012‐2020 Marine Science Education Building ??? ???

2012‐2020 Marine Science Undergraduate Wet Lab

2012‐2020 Marine Technology Building ??? ???

2012‐2020 Residential Village ??? ???

Discuss what makes this Activity unique, competitive, compelling, and/or strategic importance.

UNCW is the State’s Coastal University. It is the only one of the 16 constituent campuses of the UNC Sys‐tem in which the entire University with all of its associate resources is located on the coast. Marine sci‐ence has always been a strong draw for students and UNCW is well placed geographically and academi‐cally to offer a broad‐based program in marine science. UNCW currently has >100 faculty with significant marine science interests, including ~½ in biology, with the balance in business, chemistry, economics, education, environmental studies, geology, health, physics, and policy, as well as research faculty at CMS not affiliated with specific departments. Funding in marine research at UNCW has been growing rapidly. Over the period 2001‐2006, marine scientists within the 16‐campus UNC System managed over $99M in research and outreach programs of which ~½ were administered by UNCW.

From 2008–2012, CMS administered (does not include marine science proposals managed by other units within UNCW) 580 proposals for $91,621,923 (average of $18,324,384/yr.). Of these, 78 proposals ($6,763,352) were for regional activities and 192 proposals ($6,693,331) were for local activities or ≈ 50% of the grants for 2008–2012 directly addressed regional or local needs.

Location. The location of the Center provides easy access to diverse regional marine environments. The‐se include tidal marshes/mud flats/sand flats; tidal creeks; barrier islands and tidal inlets; the Atlantic Intracoastal Waterway; near shore marine environments; the Gulf Stream; hard bottom communities; sand dunes and maritime forests; and both highly developed and minimally developed estuarine envi‐ronments.

Center for Marine Science (CMS). CMS is dedicated to interdisciplinary approaches to questions in basic marine research. In addition to a small resident staff, faculty from the Departments of Biology and Ma‐rine Biology, Chemistry and Biochemistry, Environmental Studies, Geography and Geology, and Physics and Physical Oceanography draw research support from CMS. There are a wide variety of affiliated activ‐ities happening at CMS including: Regional Coastal Ocean Observing System (RCOOS); North Carolina Sea Grant; North Carolina National Estuarine Research Reserve (NC NEERS); Marine Biotechnology Center of Innovation, Marine Biotechnology in North Carolina (MARBIONC), Marine Quest; and an extensive community outreach program for public schools and adult education. CMS also supplies research sup‐port for (alphabetical): Aquaculture Facility; Aquatic Ecology Lab; Benthic Ecology Laboratory; Climate Change Working Group; Cooperative Institute for Ocean Exploration, Research and Technology (CIOERT);

9

Coral Reef Research Group and Nutrient Lab; Gillings Family Foundation Student/Faculty Exchange Pro‐gram with University of Southampton (UoS); Harmful Algal Blooms Lab (HABLAB); Lower Cape Fear River Program; and Remotely Operated Vehicle Facility.

Net indoor space at CMS supports a variety of activities, including collaboration and research. Facilities supporting collaboration include group meeting rooms for up to 150 individuals; autoclave and media preparation room; and computer workrooms. Facilities supporting research include fully equipped re‐search laboratories; classrooms; marine science laboratories; a greenhouse with running seawater; a radioisotope laboratory; a stable isotope laboratory; cold rooms and walk‐in freezers; temperature con‐trolled rooms; darkroom; chemical storage and balance rooms; fireproof vault for data storage; clean room; central analytic facility; sample processing rooms; aquarium room with running seawater; indoor storage; outdoor storage; and shower/locker facilities. CMS Core Facilities include: oceanographic equipment; nutrient analyzers; NMR and LCMSMS spectroscopy; DNA sequencing; and stable isotope ratio mass spectrometry.

Outdoor facilities also support a variety of activities. A 900‐foot pier with docking and research facilities is on the Atlantic Intracoastal Waterway. CMS supplies raw, filtered, and purified seawater at flow up to 600 liters/min; tank farm services; and aquarium room services. CMS maintains 22 research vessels ranging from 13 feet to the 35‐foot R/V Seahawk to the 68‐foot R/V Cape Fear and specialized equip‐ment including a Super Phantom Remotely Operated Vehicle, ocean environmental samplers (SBE‐CTD; Acrobat Towed‐Undulating Profiler), and ADCP current profilers and a wide variety of in situ moored instrumentation.

CMS Education Program. Emphasizing teaching, research and public service, CMS’s mission is closely aligned with that of UNCW. In its teaching role CMS administers the M.S. in Marine Science. The educa‐tional objectives of this degree are 1) to provide a broad interdisciplinary understanding of marine sci‐ence to students having strong undergraduate training in the sciences and mathematics; and 2) to help students to develop skills that will enable them to utilize this knowledge to solve complex marine envi‐ronmental problems. The M.S. in Marine Science currently has 36 students enrolled and has 108 gradu‐ates since May, 2001. The program usually has ~⅓ in‐state students and ~⅔ out‐of‐state students with a retention rate of 95% over the last 10 yrs. with time to degree 2.7 yrs. versus national average of 2.9 yrs. The program has produced 3 NOAA Knauss Fellows and ~93% of graduates placed in relevant occupa‐tions with ~43% remaining in NC.

The M.S. in Marine Science is unique among national programs; it is a truly interdisciplinary program. Students take courses in at least 3 core areas of marine science (biological, chemical, geological and physical oceanography) and their committee members represent at least 2 different disciplines in ma‐rine science with all students gaining experience in cruise and field sampling. The M.S. in Marine Science also offers students a unique opportunity to combine science with policy and management with a Con‐centration in Marine Policy (~ ⅓ take this op on).

A second unique program was started in 2008, Business of Biotechnology, offering post‐doctoral fellows the chance to carry out advanced research in marine biotechnology while getting a Master of Business Administration.

The marine science program at UNCW has evolved tremendously since the establishment of the Ph.D. in Marine Biology to where it now is integrated into the core of the University, across many disparate pro‐grams in multiple colleges. Therefore in 2009, UNCW proposed a Ph.D. program to meet the needs of faculty and students with marine science interests in physical and social sciences ‐ ‐entitled the Ph.D. in Coastal and Marine Science. A number of biology faculty members have much to offer a degree in ma‐rine science, and would benefit from the option of having students at the interface of disciplines in both

10

the marine biology program and in a more interdisciplinary marine science program. A strong founda‐tion for training in coastal and marine science has grown and matured in the past 10 years since the Ph.D. in Marine Biology was started in 2002. Faculty expertise has strengthened in all areas of marine science, especially in physical oceanography (where additional hires are necessary). UNCW can now pro‐vide Ph.D. level students with a sound educational experience in all aspects of marine science. In order for the marine science program to continue to develop to meet the needs of our region and North Caroli‐na in general, it is absolutely vital to increase our capacity to address state and regional needs through development of an interdisciplinary Ph.D. that will be inclusive of the natural sciences, business and so‐cial sciences. We envision the Ph.D.’s in Marine Biology and Coastal and Marine Science functioning to‐gether in a complementary and synergistic manner much like the M.S.’s in Marine Biology and in Marine Science.

Identify the most significant impact(s) of the program on research, education, and/or society (includ‐ing direct contributions to policy or management decisions) since January 1, 2008.

1. September, 2008: The Gillings’ Family Foundation (GFF) was established to support a Joint Stu‐dent/Faculty Exchange Program between the National Oceanographic Centre, University of Southamp‐ton and the Center for Marine Science (CMS), University of North Carolina Wilmington. The exchange program supports approximately 10 students annually, five from each side of the ocean. Mostly these are undergraduate participants, but selected graduate students and faculty have had opportunities to explore collaborative research, cruise tracks, or field experiences; 2. September, 2009: The ground was broken for the Marine Biotechnology Building to be completed in 2013. This building was funded as a $14,979,310 matching grant from the National Institute of Stand‐ards and Technology (NIST) with funds from American Recovery and Reinvestment Act of 2009. Bio‐technology faculty members will move into the new building and release approximately 9 additional labs and offices for S College campus marine science faculty, thereby reducing the space crunch on campus; 3. May, 2009: The National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA) announced a five‐year, $22.5 million award of a new cooperative institute, co‐managed by Harbor Branch Oceanographic Insti‐tute (HBOI) at Florida Atlantic University in Fort Pierce, Florida, and the Center for Marine Science (CMS) at University of North Carolina Wilmington (UNCW). Cooperative Institutes function as special liaisons to NOAA in their areas of expertise, and meet annually as a group of 22 different CI Directorates to help NOAA guide its extramural research programs; 4. March, 2010: Request for Authorization to Plan Ph.D. in Coastal and Marine Science was submitted to the state of North Carolina Graduate Council. Currently under a revision prompted by the GA, will result in a planning document to create the interdisciplinary degree, thereby granting access to PhD stu‐dents for those faculty members not in the biological sciences, and offering additional opportunities to biological sciences faculty. 5. April, 2010: UNCW Center for Marine Science hosted an Innovation Workshop for NC’s Marine Re‐search Community bringing together research scientists, university administrators, government leaders, members of innovation centers and business people from around the state for a collaborative workshop on Permanent Innovation led by Langdon Morris.

The most significant challenges that will be faced by the Activity in the next five years.

1. National Economy. The most significant challenge faced by CMS and the Marine Program in general is maintaining the growth of program during poor economic times. Creative and innovative resource development and management are essential to both sustain our growth and secure our future. These economic impacts affect field and laboratory research, library resources like eResources and core print abilities, facilities upkeep and maintenance, vessel and dive support including life and safety, and pro‐

11

grammatic resources that limit national capability not just UNCW capability. Funding for these re‐sources are not insignificant and can jeopardize the USA capability in the world’s ocean ; 2. Seagoing Support. Facing potential loss of seagoing capability for research and student training: 1) Due to economic climate and lack of requests for ship time, after 30+ years of exemplary operation and while the ship’s material condition have extended its lifetime to 2022, the National Science Foundation has announced retirement of R/V CAPE HATTERAS in 2013; 2) UNCW owns and operates R/V CAPE FEAR. The 63', 25‐year old vessel is near its serviceable life (~25–30 yrs.) and the marine science program has outgrown its capabilities. Together with projected loss of other seagoing assets within UNC System and Duke University, NC marine science programs stand to lose the capability to work in the open ocean. A new state‐of‐the‐art, 65–85 ft, replacement cost is ~ $3.5M; 3. Close‐out of the National Undersea Research Center: For 30+ years, the NOAA sponsored National Undersea Research Center (NURC) at UNCW was the largest marine science grant in NC, bringing >$50 million into UNCW to support undersea science and technology development. Numerous UNCW scien‐tists and students have used the resources of NURC. The 2013 budget at all levels of Federal govern‐ment has closed the NURP budget line, from which UNCW’s NURC program was funded ; 4. Close‐out of Aquarius Reef Base: Aquarius, located 4.5 km offshore Key Largo in 20m of water, has been operated by UNCW for NOAA since 1990. Aquarius is a unique ocean science and diving facility providing unparalleled means to study coral reefs and ocean, to test state‐of‐the‐art undersea technolo‐gy, and to train students, astronauts, and scientific divers. Over 350 projects have been conducted at Aquarius Reef Base providing access to 2600+ participant, including hundreds of graduate and under‐graduate students from over 260 institutions and agencies. This is related to the NURC Center, and like NURC NURP has been zeroed in the President’s budget, upheld by the House and Senate; 5. End of National Institutes of Health/National Institute of Environmental Health Sciences Grant Funding. An 11 year NIEHS Program Project grant directed by UNCW will come to an end in 2013, with all of its specific aims being successfully completed, and in fact has moved beyond the mission of the agency. This award has brought in close to $15M to the Center of Marine Science, and has resulted in 7 patents and patent applications. The plan is to move the patented materials into a licensing phase whereby the Center can benefit from royalties and other remuneration for work completed. One drug discovered, brevenal, will enter clinical trials in2013 for the treatment of cystic fibrosis.

Include a succinct description of the future directions for, and sustainability of, the Activity in the next year and in the next five years. Include modifications to personnel, programs, funding, or major infra‐structure.

1. Expansion of CREST Research Park. UNCW’s long‐range plan (2012–2020) calls for significant growth on the CREST campus including: moving the UNCW Aquaculture/Mariculture Facility from Wrightsville Beach to consolidate all marine biotechnology units on one site; construction of a new edu‐cation building to expand classroom capacity, and undergraduate science laboratories on the CREST campus; construction of a Student Training Flowing Seawater Laboratory to support “eTEAL: experienc‐ing Transformative Education through Applied Learning”; construction of a Marine Technology Support Building; and construction of a Residential Village. All of these modifications are being made to consoli‐date resources, optimize equipment and space, and focus research support staff on one campus;

2. Proposed North Carolina Alliance in Marine Science. The UNC system (at least five significant pro‐grams) and Duke University are home to over 200 faculty, 200 professional staff and postdoctoral re‐searchers, and 500 undergraduate and graduate students working on coastal and marine science issues. For these reasons, UNCW has proposed the formation of the North Carolina Alliance in Marine Science (NC AiMS). This program would encompass and expand capabilities of existing marine programs and other affiliated organizations within NC. The Alliance would be a multi‐disciplinary and multi‐

12

institutional activity designed to support a goal‐directed, sustained effort to broadly enhance knowledge of coastal and marine environment. Charter members of the Alliance will potentially include 5 campuses of the University of North Carolina System (East Carolina University, Elizabeth City State University, North Carolina State University, University of North Carolina Chapel Hill, and University of North Caroli‐na Wilmington) and Duke University. While maintaining their individual identities, a combination of the personnel and resources from these institutions into one “Virtual Marine Resource Center” will result in capabilities comparable in size and stature to best of the marine science programs in the United States. The proposal is in draft form, and is under review at each of the marine institutions in the state;

3. Proposed Ph.D. in Coastal and Marine Science. In response to national, state and regional priorities for expanded capacity in marine science research and education, the University of North Carolina Wil‐mington requests authorization to plan an integrative and interdisciplinary Ph.D. Program in Coastal and Marine Science. This program will differ from existing marine science related programs in the state in that it will take advantage of the fact that marine science is so woven into the fabric of the University that it is a natural extension of the academic program for the Ph.D. Program. It will place emphasis on integrating scientists from various disciplines across college and university boundaries to bring together new inter/trans‐disciplinary teams to address the marine science issues that are of such paramount im‐portance to the southeast region and the coastal regions of North Carolina in general. The program will combine direct observation of the environment with a systematic search for understanding the process‐es that control it and their socioeconomic effects. This program will investigate the ocean’s role in many of society’s most pressing challenges. Students will receive individualized training in coastal and marine science mentored by interdisciplinary teams with a broad range of marine science expertise.

C. Resources 1. Personnel a.) List and provide information on faculty and key staff involved with the Activity (include current

faculty searches that are underway or expected). Expand the below table as necessary.

Table C1. Personnel

Center for Marine Science Personnel

Name Title ‐ Department/College Role

UNCW Center for Marine Science: Support Staff

CMS Management Team Baden, Daniel G Director / CMS Director CMS

Morrison, John M Professor/ PPO Assoc Dir for Ed & Research

Willey, Joan Dewitt Professor/ CAB Assoc Dir Education CMS (cont)

Skrabal, Stephen A Professor/ CAB Assoc Dir Education CMS (new)

Wagner, Amy J Visiting Res Assist Prof/ CMS Visiting Research Asst Prof

Dionesotes, Mellissa Ann Admin Associate/ CMS Administrative Associate

Beach, Anne Elizabeth Business Officer/ CMS Assoc Dir for Admin Services

Keck, Susan Kimberly Executive Assistant/ CMS Executive Assistant

13

Grosser, Suzanne M Admin Associate/ CMS Procurement Specialist

Childs, Glenn S Support Services Assoc/ CMS Storeroom Manager

Dallmer, Peggy Ann Marie Admin Associate/ CMS Administrative Associate

Boynton, Toniece Carter Administrative Associate/ CMS Administrative Associate

Styron III, Henry J Res Operations Manager/ CMS Asst Dir Marine Operations

Compeau Jr, Gerald E Research Vessel Captain/ CMS Research Vessel Captain

Johns, Kenneth D Research Ops Manager/ CMS Research Operations Mgr

Aten, Daniel W Specialty Trades Tech/ CMS Instrument Maker

Turner, Randall H Tech Support Analyst/ CMS Instrument/Computer Consultant

Wells III, David H Tech Support Analyst/ CMS Comp Consult/Ocean Instr Tech

Reinmann, Paul F Res Operations Manager/ CMS Facility Engr Specialist

Moore II, Ronald A Fac Maint Tech/ CMS Aquaculture Systems Consultant

Deanes, Robert F Fac Maint Tech/ CMS Aquaculture Systems Consultant

Thigpen, Brandon M Engineering Technician/ CMS CMS Engineering Technician

Center for Marine Science Research Faculty and Staff Tomas, Carm Professor/ CMS Professor Joint with BMB

Ross, Steve Research Professor/ CMS Research Professor

Bourdelais, Andrea Res Assoc Professor/ CMS Research Assoc Professor

Goodman Allan Res Assoc Professor/CMS Research Assoc Professor

Jacocks Karl Res Assoc Professor/CMS Research Assoc Professor

York, Robert Research Specialist/ CMS Research Specialist

Niven, Susan K Research Specialist/ CMS Research Specialist

Freshwater, David W Research Specialist/ CMS Research Specialist

Whitehead, Robert F Research Specialist/ CMS Research Specialist

Duernberger, Kimberly A Research Technician/ CMS Research Technician

Miller, Andrew Michael Research Specialist/ CMS Research Associate

Gupta, Prasoon K Post Doc Research Assoc/ CMS Post Doc Research Assoc

UNCW Shellfish Research Hatchery

Wilber, Ami Associate Professor/ CMS Director of Shellfish Hatchery

Finelli, Amy Elizabeth W Research Technician/ CMS Shellfish Hatchery Technician

UNCW Center for Marine Science: Research Program Faculty and StaffAquarius Reef Base

Potts, Thomas Andrew Assoc Director ‐ Program/ ARB Aquarius Reef Base Prog Dir

Rosser, Saul Andrew Res Operations Manager/ ARB Aquarius Reef Base Oper Dir

Rutten, Otto C Assoc Director ‐ Program/ ARB Associate Director ‐ ARB

14

Garcia, Rogelio Res Operations Manager/ ARB Research Operations Mgr

Hulsbeck, Mark W Res Operations Manager/ ARB Research Operations Mgr

Talacek, James R Res Operations Manager/ ARB Research Operations Mgr

LaPete, Ryan Sellers Scientific Diving Specialist/ ARB Undersea Research Diver

Brown, Justin Alan Scientific Diving Specialist/ ARB Undersea Research Diver

Undersea Vehicle Program Horn, Lance W Res Operations Manager/ ARB Research Operations Mgr

Taylor, Glenn H Res Operations Manager/ ARB Research Operations Mgr

Cape Fear River Program Mallin, Michael A Research Professor/ CMS Research Professor

McIver, Matthew R Research Specialist/ CMS Research Specialist

Fish Mariculture Watanabe, Wade O Research Professor/ CMS Research Professor

Alam, Md Shah Res Assistant Professor/ CMS Research Asst Professor

Regional Coastal Ocean Observing System (RCOOS) Leonard, Lynn Professor/ GAG Principle Investigator

Dorton, Jennifer Renee Univ Program Specialist/ CMS Exten Educ & Training Spec

Hall, Stephen R Research Specialist/ CMS Research Specialist

Qi, Xiaoyan Bus & Tech Appl Tech / CMS Bus & Tech Appl Tech

NC National Estuarine Research Reserve Sutton, Hope Elisabeth Environmental Specialist/ CMS Coastal Reserve Stewardship

Wells, Heather A Tech Support Analyst/ CMS Research Specialist

Toothman III, Byron Research Specialist/ CMS Research Specialist

North Carolina Sea Grant Rogers Jr, Spencer M Research Associate/ CMS Sea Grant Research Assoc

Baker Jr, Michael S Visiting Res Assist Prof/ CMS Sea Grant Fisheries Specialist

Humphrey, Lisa A Administrative Associate/ CMS Administrative Associate

Non‐Voting Voting Marine Science Faculty (Revised 09/28/2012) Pubs. NV V NAME DEPT TITLE Grad BMB CAB GAG Phy Evs CMS Oth Total 5 yr

1 Alam, Md.Shah CMS Res Assis Prof. 1 1 24 4

1 Alphin, Troy CMS Research Assoc 1 1 20 2

1 Arbogast, Brian BMB Assoc Prof. 1 1 14 3

1 Avery, Gene CAB Assistant Prof. 1 1 36 11

1 Baden, Daniel CMS Director/Prof. 1 1 129 27

1 Bailey, Jeffrey Craig BMB Assoc Prof. 1 1 18 0

1 Baker, Scott Jr. SG Fish. Specialist 1 6 1

1 Ballard, Timothy A. BMB Assoc Prof. 1 10 0

1 Bassett, W (Strangman) CMS 1 6 4

1 Baumgarner, Bradley BMB Lecturer 1 N/A N/A

1 Benedetti, Michael M. GAG Assoc Prof. 1 8 5

15

1 Bingham, Frederick PHY Full Prof. 1 1 17 2

1 Borrett, Stuart BMB Assistant Prof. 1 1 24 8

1 Bourdelais, Andrea J. CMS Res Assoc Prof. 1 1 26 12

1 Brander, Susanne BMB Res Assis Prof. 1 1 1 Brooke, Sandra D. Adj C Mar. Conserv. Inst. 1 N/A N/A

1 Cahoon, Larry BMB Prof. 1 1 50 8

1 Clavijo, Ileana BMB Assoc Prof. 1 1 5 0

1 Cutting, Robert EVS Assoc Prof. 1 1 1 1

1 Dillaman, Richard BMB Prof. 1 1 46 10

1 Dumas, Chris ECO Assoc Prof. 1 1 25 11

1 Durako, Michael BMB Prof. 1 1 57 16

1 Eitelman, Stephen CMS MARBIONC 1 N/A N/A

1 Elliott, Elizabeth CMS Res. Specialist 1 N/A N/A

1 Emslie, Steven BMB Prof. 1 1 65 24

1 Evers, Pamela ABL Assoc Prof. 1 9 2

1 Finelli, Christopher BMB Chair/Assoc Prof. 1 1 19 2

1 Frampton, Author BMB Assistant Prof. 1 1 11 4

1 Freshwater, Wilson CMS Research Analyst 1 1 1 0

1 Gamble, Douglas W. GAG Prof. 1 1 15 6

1 Goodman, Allan James CMS Res Assoc Prof. 1 3 0

1 Hall, Jack EVS Chair/Prof. 1 1 2 1

1 Halls, Joanne GAG Assoc Prof. 1 1 10 2

1 Harris, William GAG Prof. 1 20 5

1 Hawkes, Andrea GAG Assistant Prof. 1 12 4

1 Hearty, Paul EVS Res Assoc Prof. 1 70 12

1 Herstine, James H. HAH Prof. 1 8 4

1 Hill, Jeff EVS Prof. 1 1 8 3

1 Hosier, Paul BMB Prof. 1 1 11 0

1 Howe, Lee Vincent MKT Assoc Prof. 1 1

1 Imperial, Mark PIA Assoc Prof. 1 14 0

1 Jacocks, Henry CMS Res Assoc Prof. 1 8 2

1 Jones, S. Bart CAB Full Prof. 1 1 18 0

1 Kelley, Patricia GAG Prof. 1 1 26 2

1 Kenworthy, W. Judson Adj B NOAA Fish. Bio. 1 N/A N/A

1 Kieber, Robert CAB Prof. 1 1 75 19

1 Kinsey, Stephen BMB Prof. 1 1 36 17

1 Koopman, Heather BMB Assoc Prof. 1 1 26 10

1 Kurz, Whitney J. CMS NER 1 N/A N/A

1 Lane, Chad GAG Assistant Prof. 1 1 12 10

1 Lankford, Thomas BMB Assoc Prof. 1 1 12 1

1 Laws, Richard GAG Prof. 1 1 12 1

1 Lee, Hee‐‐‐Seung CAB Assoc Prof. 1 20 0

1 Leonard, Lynn A. GAG Chair/Prof. 1 1 28 9

1 Long, Zachary BMB Assistant Prof. 1 1 18 6

1 Mallin, Michael A. CMS Research Prof. 1 1 64 9

1 McCall, Jennifer CMS Visit. Res. Assis. Prof. 1 N/A N/A

16

1 McCartney, Michael BMB Assoc Prof. 1 1 18 8

1 McLellan, William BMB Research Assoc 1 57 20

1 McNamara, Dylan PHY Assistant Prof. 1 1 14 7

1 Mead, Ralph N. CAB Assoc Prof. 1 1 14 8

1 Merritt, James CMS Phased retiremen 1 1 N/A N/A1 Meyer, Gregory F. EVS Instructor 1 N/A N/A

1 Morgan, Jeremy CAB Assoc Prof. 1 1 11 4

1 Morrison, John Miller PHY Prof/Assoc Dir 1 1 36 4

1 Mosca, Deborah A. CMS CEO Mar. Biotech 1

1 Naar, Jerome CMS Res Assoc Prof. 1 1 44 19

1 Nooner, Scott GAG Assistant Prof. 1 15 8

1 Pabst, D. Ann BMB Prof. 1 1 54 14

1 Pawlik, Joseph BMB Prof. 1 1 98 27

1 Posey, Martin BMB Prof. 1 1 41 3

1 Potts, Tom CMS Assoc Dir ARB 1 2 0

1 Pyott, Sonja BMB Assistant Prof. 1 1 9 3

1 Reeves, Jimmy CAB Chair/Prof. 1 1 1 10 0

1 Roberts, J. Murray Adj C Research Assoc 1 6 3

1 Roer, Robert BMB Dean/Prof. 1 1 24 4

1 Rogers, Spencer SG 1 23 3

1 Rommel, Sentiel BMB Lecturer 1

1 Ross, Steve CMS Research Prof. 1 1 45 16

Rotenberg, James EVS Assoc Prof. 1 1 2 1

1 Rutten, Otto CMS Assoc Dir ARB 1 1 0

1 Satterlie, Richard BMB Prof. 1 1 53 7

1 Scharf, Frederick BMB Assoc Prof. 1 1 24 10

1 Schuhmann, Peter W. EAF Prof. 1 32 12

1 Seaton, Pamela CAB Prof. 1 1 31 7

1 Shafer, Thomas BMB Prof. 1 15 2

1 Sizemore, Ronald BMB Prof. 1 1 24 0

1 Skrabal, Stephen CAB Assoc Dir/Prof. 1 1 1 31 7

1 Snider, Anthony EVS Assistant Prof. 1 1 8 3

1 Song, Bongkeun BMB 1 1 31 16

1 Stapleton, Ann E. BMB Assoc Prof. 1 1 30 6

1 Szmant, Alina BMB Phased Retire. 1 53 15

1 Taggart, John EVS Assoc Prof. 1 1 10 6

1 Taylor, Alison R. BMB Assistant Prof. 1 1 33 12

1 Tomas, Carmelo BMB Prof. 1 1 27 15

1 Van Tuinen, Marcel BMB Assoc Prof. 1 1 27 4

1 Wagner, Amy GAG Visit. Res. Assis. Prof 1 N/A N/A

1 Watanabe, Wade CMS Research Prof. 1 1 1 61 12

1 Webster, David BMB Assoc Dean/Prof. 1 1 6 0

1 Westgate, Andrew BMB Res Prof. 1

1 White, J. Wilson BMB Assistant Prof. 1 1 25 7

1 Whitehead, Robert F. CMS Res. Specialist 1 1 N/A N/A

17

1 Wilbur, Ami BMB Assoc Prof. 1 1 17 6

1 Willey, Joan CAB Assoc Dir/Prof. 1 1 1 70 13

1 Williard, Amanda S. BMB Assoc Prof. 1 1 13 8

1 Wright, Jeffrey CAB Prof. 1 1 1 114 19

Updated Aug 7, 2012 Marine Science Faculty Grad BMB CAB GAG Phy Evs CMS Oth

Totals 70 47 12 11 3 10 22 8 2414 619

% Total Marine Science Faculty 67% 45% 11% 10% 3% 10% 21% 8%

% Marine Science Graduate Faculty 80% 54% 14% 13% 3% 11% 25% 9%

MS Graduate Faculty 70 University Marine Science Graduate Faculty

X MS Voting Faculty 87 University Voting Faculty assuming Research Faculty Vote X Non-Voting MS Faculty 18 University Non-Voting Faculty - Instructors, Research Assocs, etX X Total Marine Science 105 Total Marine Science Related Faculty at UNCW

b.) Provide current number and general description of undergraduate students, graduate students, and post‐docs involved with the Activity. Do not list individual students or post‐docs.

Undergraduate Students: 3 Work Study; 1 Library Assistant; 19 Hourly Working Assistants Graduate Students: 40 graduate students; 23 Teaching Assistants; 17 Research Assistants; 2 Hourly Post‐Doctoral Students: 4 Above we have listed the students who are on the CMS Payroll. It should be noted that this list does not show the support that the Center supplies to virtually all of the marine science masters and Ph. D. candidates. Further, academic support (boats and ships; Core Facilities, Running Seawater, lab space, office space, etc) for graduate students and a high percentage of the undergraduate marine science majors enrolled at UNCW also occurs through the center assets. All undergraduate students have access to CMS resources through their faculty advisor, mentor, or professor. Virtually all ma‐rine science faculty have undergraduate DIS students who, from time to time, use assets at the Cen‐ter. Access to undergraduate students is transparent during normal business hours of the universi‐ty. As much as is possible we permit after hours and weekend access, the caveat being that we pre‐fer pairs of students working together rather than individuals at odd hours. 2. Funding Provide accurate financial information for the Activity capturing the previous three fiscal years of revenues and expenses, as well as the current fiscal year and projections for FY14. For the purposes of this table, “fiscal year” corresponds to the university fiscal year. For example FY12 is July 1, 2011 – June 30, 2012.

Table C2: Revenue

Source FY10 ($) FY11 ($) FY12 ($) FY13 ($) Current

FY14 ($) Projected

Federal 6,343,763 6,144,207 5,836,253 3,842,314 2,242,987

State (not including uni‐versity

180,270 254,392 334,718 217,701 326,407

Institution (e.g. University) 2,708,144 2,811,997 2,553,523 2,365,689 2,366,769

Foundation 57,028 44,014 41,594 50,079 45,836 Other 1,233,907 1,363,612 1,320,934 1,002,415 801,579 Total 10,523,111 10,618,222 10,087,022 7,478,197 5,784,578

Revenue table description – The revenue table is comprised of FY09/10-‐11/12 actual revenues, FY12-‐13 actual/projected revenue and FY13-‐14 projected revenue. Federal and institutional revenue decline as a large grant program (and associated program income) ends during FY12/13.

Table C3: Expenses Source FY10 ($) FY11 ($) FY12 ($) FY13 ($)

Current FY14 ($) Projected

Personnel 5,011,899 5,095,439 5,037,677 3,980,480 3,284,737 Programmatic 3,602,361 3,422,338 3,326,781 2,414,143 1,580,889 Physical infrastruc-‐ ture

-‐ -‐ -‐ -‐ -‐

Maintenance and op-‐ eration

569,647 550,283 550,283 550,283 550,283

Equipment (>$5,000) 94,336 170,285 228,631 15,000 20,000 Other Direct Costs -‐ -‐ -‐ -‐ -‐ Indirect Costs 1,203,096 1,089,094 1,023,008 647,190 355,955 Total 10,481,339 10,327,439 10,166,381 7,607,097 5,791,864

Expense table description – The expense table includes actual expenses by category for FY09/10-‐ FY12/13, actual/projected expense for FY12/13 and projected expense for FY13/14. Expenses decline as a large grant program ends during FY12/13.

3. Physical infrastructure Describe the key physical infrastructure that supports your Activity. Include buildings, boats, spe-‐ cialized equipment, land, core facilities, and any other unique capability. Include pending infrastruc-‐ ture additions. Please indicate who owns the physical infrastructure and whether it is a shared re-‐ source. If shared, by whom?

The Center for Marine Science at UNC Wilmington is dedicated to providing an environment that fosters a multidisciplinary approach to questions in basic marine research. The mission of the center is to pro-‐ mote basic and applied research in the fields of oceanography, coastal and wetland studies, marine bi-‐ omedical and environmental physiology, and marine biotechnology and aquaculture. Faculty members conducting marine science research in the departments of biology and marine biology, chemistry and marine chemistry, physics and physical oceanography, geography and geology, and environmental sci-‐ ence participate in this program. The center fosters research programs of the highest quality and there-‐ by enhances the educational experience provided by undergraduate and graduate students in marine science. The University’s focus on marine science has a long history that spans over 30 years. In the 1970s, what is now the Center for Marine Research began as the Marine Biomedical Institute, located at Wrightsville Beach, North Carolina, then in the 1980s was called the Center for Marine Science Research (CMSR). In 2000, after the Master’s in Marine Science graduate degree was adopted and the first build-‐ ing of the new facility in Myrtle Grove are of Wilmington, the Center moved to its present location.

Location. The location of CMS in southeastern North Carolina provides easy access to regional marine environments such as: tidal marshes/mud flats/sand flats; tidal creeks; barrier islands and tidal inlets;

18

19

the Atlantic Intracoastal Waterway; near‐shore marine environments; the Gulf Stream; hard bottom communities; sand dunes and maritime forests; and both highly developed and minimally developed estuarine environments. Southeastern North Carolina is a growing region and this development will have a profound impact on coastal and near‐shore resources. It also supports a vibrant commercial and recreational fishing industry, is home to one of the state’s major port facilities, and has a growing tour‐ism industry that is dependent on the health of the region’s coastal and ocean resources. As develop‐ment of the region continues at a rapid pace, officials at all levels of government as well as nongovern‐mental organizations in various business sectors and nonprofit organizations will have a need for hiring staff with the technical knowledge, skills, and abilities necessary to confront emerging coastal and ma‐rine issues. The existing marine science Ph.D. programs in NC largely focus on marine/coastal issues in the NE part of the state (north of Cape Lookout). Because the geology, rates of sea level rise, and ocean current structure change dramatically at or near Cape Lookout, NC would benefit from having experts trained with a background in southeastern NC, especially if they are going to work for agencies making state‐ wide policies. The Cape Fear Region is currently being overlooked. Since there are no comparable graduate programs in the region, the proposed program would be uniquely positioned to provide the education and training necessary to help public officials as they grapple with a wide range of coastal and marine problems. During the fact‐finding tours associated with UNC Tomorrow, the public expressed great pleasure with the regional interaction of the marine science programs at UNCW. In addition, cor‐porate leaders, members of UNCW volunteer boards, and others have helped UNCW identify academic and outreach programs that would enhance the future economic wellbeing and quality of life for south‐eastern and coastal North Carolina. Implementation of the proposed Ph.D. program would greatly facili‐tate this beneficial regional interaction by providing experienced graduate students who would be work‐ing in the region for more than the two‐year time frame of a MS degree. CREST Research Park. The Campus for Research, Entrepreneurship, Service, and Teaching (CREST) is one of the most advanced biotechnology research centers on the East Coast. Operated by the University of North Carolina Wilmington, the park offers flexible research space with adjacent office facilities for es‐tablished firms, entrepreneurial start‐ups, government agencies and universities focusing on biotech‐nology, analytical and environmental sciences, and early – to late –stage pharmaceutical research and development. Situated directly on the Intracoastal Waterway in Wilmington, N.C., the CREST Research Park’s newest facility, the MARBIONC Building, complements the current state‐of‐the‐art research facili‐ties – Center for Marine Science, Marine Science Operations Facility and the Experimental Shellfish Hatchery. The vision behind the CREST Research Park is to provide a space for university researchers, private firms and government agencies to work together in creating the next generation of biotech‐nology products and solutions. The facility is designed to encourage open and frequent communication between the park’s public and private researchers. With features such as a shared cafeteria and cof‐fee nook, the open campus and common public spaces will encourage frequent opportunities for infor‐mal and formal collaboration and cooperation to help build relationships, form new ideas and solve problems. Tenants will have access to more than 80 established researchers from MARBIONC and UNC Wilmington’s Center for Marine Science with wide‐ranging specialities including development of phar‐maceuticals from marine species, aquaculture and mariculture development, natural product research and the business of biotechnology. UNCW Center for Marine Science (CMS). [Click here for a thorough on‐line tour of the Center!] CMS is an interdisciplinary program populated by faculty and students from the College of Arts and Sciences, the Cameron School of Business and the Watson College of Education. Faculty, staff and students are engaged in a wide variety of basic and applied research, service and education. A support staff of techni‐cians, research specialists, research faculty, and operations professionals all serve the faculty and stu‐

20

dents of the program. Over 400 undergraduate students call marine sciences their home degree, and 112 graduate students from several different departments masters and doctoral programs – Ph.D. Ma‐rine Biology; M.S. Marine Biology; M.S. Marine Science (administered by CMS) with specialties in Chem‐istry and Biochemistry, Geography and Geology, Environmental Studies, and Physical Oceanography; M.S. Environmental Studies; and M.S. Coastal Ocean Policy. Currently, a request to plan for a Ph.D. in Coastal and Marine Science is pending at the University of North Carolina General Administration. CMS is dedicated to interdisciplinary approaches to questions in basic marine research. The mission of the Center is to promote basic and applied research in the fields of oceanography, coastal and estuarine studies, marine biotechnology and aquaculture, marine biology, marine chemistry, marine physics, and marine geology. Faculty members conducting marine science research in the Departments of Biology and Marine Biology, Chemistry and Biochemistry, Geography & Geology and Physics and Physical Oceanography participate in programs at CMS. Center faculty members serve on regional, national, and international research and policy advisory groups, and thereby contribute to the development of agen‐das on marine research in the United States and the world. International interactions with labs in Eu‐rope, North America, South America, Australia, New Zealand, Asia, Africa, the Middle East, Bermuda, the Bahamas and Caribbean, and all regions of the coastal United States augment extensive programs that address North Carolina coastal issues. By integrating these advisory functions with research programs of the highest quality, CMS enhances the educational experience provided by the UNCW for both under‐graduate and graduate students in marine science. The Center for Marine Science occupies a research and education facility located six miles from the main campus on the Atlantic Intracoastal Waterway. The modern marine science center is fully equipped re‐search laboratories, classrooms, and marine science laboratories; a greenhouse with running seawater; a radioisotope laboratory; computer workrooms, cold rooms, and walk‐in freezers; temperature con‐trolled rooms; autoclave and media preparation room; darkroom; chemical storage and balance rooms; fireproof vault for data storage; clean room; central analytic facility; sample processing rooms; aquarium room with running seawater; 7,200 gallon oceanographic test tank with electric overhead hoist; indoor storage; outdoor storage; shower/locker facilities; and outdoor facility for tanks with running sea water. CMS Current Facilities.

Offices and laboratories for 40 scientists, 65 students, and 60+ staff

Facilities for research, education and public outreach (K‐12 through Lifelong Learning), visiting scien‐tists and shared graduate education opportunities

Dock accessible from the Intracoastal Waterway Running seawater available at Myrtle Grove and Wrightsville Beach facilities

147‐seat auditorium with state‐of‐the‐art multimedia equipment

Lab space available for scientists from other North Carolina universities

171,000 sq. ft. of net indoor space: 75,000 sq.ft. Main Building; 16,000 sq.ft. Operations Wing; 11,000 sq.ft. Oyster Hatchery; 69,000 sq.ft. Marine Biotechnology (completion 2013)

CMS’ Role in Education. The Center for Marine Science is compelled to help foster the first of UNCW's seven strategic goals: To create the most powerful learning experience possible for our students. CMS offers students, both graduate and undergraduate, the opportunity to learn through collaborative scholarly activities with world‐class faculty at a level that rivals exclusive research institutions. The cen‐ter considers itself a community of learners who embrace scholarship and the necessary interplay be‐tween teaching and research. The faculty and staff at CMS strive to create learning environments and

21

experiences that promote the cognitive, affective, physical and social development of the student learn‐er. The College of Arts and Sciences, in conjunction with the CMS oversees an interdisciplinary program of study leading to the Master’s of Science in Marine Science. The educational objectives of this degree program are:

to provide a broad interdisciplinary understanding of marine science to students having strong undergraduate training in mathematics and the sciences

to develop skills that will enable these students to utilize this knowledge to solve complex ma‐rine environmental problems.

These problem‐solving skills will provide the foundation for future contributions by the graduates in ma‐rine‐related industries, environmental management, teaching, research, and other marine‐oriented ca‐reers. Students will also be prepared to undertake additional graduate study in a doctoral program.

Undergraduate Exchange Programs with University of Southampton Contact: Alina Szmant. One of the United Kingdom’s leading universities, The University of Southampton is well‐known for con‐ducting cutting‐edge research in the fields of marine and earth sciences. The School of Ocean and Earth Science (SOES) waterfront campus at the National Oceanography Centre (NOC) is listed as one of the top five oceanographic research institutions in the world. The NOC provides SOES students with state‐of‐the‐art laboratories, access to the National Oceanographic Library and the opportunity to network with 520 leading research scientists. Students accepted into the UNC Wilmington exchange program with Southampton University will receive credit toward their degree requirement for most majors. Areas of study available include marine biology, marine chemistry, physical oceanography and marine geology.

Graduate Exchange Programs with University of Southampton Contact: Alina Szmant. One of the United Kingdom’s leading universities, The University of Southampton is well‐known for con‐ducting cutting‐edge research in the fields of marine and earth sciences. The School of Ocean and Earth Science (SOES) waterfront campus at the National Oceanography Centre (NOC) is listed as one of the top five oceanographic research institutions in the world. The NOC provides SOES students with state‐of‐the‐art laboratories, access to the National Oceanographic Library and the opportunity to network with 520 leading research scientists. Graduate students accepted into the UNC Wilmington exchange program with Southampton University will receive credit toward their degree requirement. Areas of study available are marine biology, marine chemistry, marine science, physical oceanography or marine geology.

CMS Support for Research Programs. CMS serves as host for: the Regional Coastal Ocean Observing System; an Extension Office for North Carolina Sea Grant; the North Carolina National Estuarine Re‐search Reserve; and UNCW’s Marine Quest Program and extensive community outreach program for public schools and adult education. CMS has additional strengths described in alphabetical order below:

Aquaculture Facility is situated at Wrightsville Beach. Established in 1997, this research and educa‐tional facility currently consists of controlled‐environment broodstock holding systems, a

22

larviculture laboratory, a nutrition laboratory, an experimental hatchery with live feeds production systems, and a variety of experimental recirculating grow‐out tank systems.

Aquarius, the world’s only operating undersea research laboratory, is operated by a grant to UNCW through NOAA. Aquarius is an underwater reef base located in the Florida Keys National Marine Sanctuary. The laboratory is anchored on the bottom in a specially designated “research only” zone within the Florida Keys National Marine Sanctuary. It is three and half miles offshore, at a depth of 60 feet, next to spectacular coral reefs. Scientists live in Aquarius during ten–day missions under saturation conditions to study and explore the coastal ocean. Since 1993, the Aquarius undersea lab has supported more than 90 missions including astronaut training exercises, producing over 300 peer‐ reviewed scientific publications along with numerous popular science articles and educational programs.

Aquatic Ecology Laboratory is responsible for assessing the physical, chemical and biological compo‐nents of marine, estuarine, and freshwater ecosystems in Southeastern North Carolina. These data are used to analyze water quality throughout the region.

Benthic Ecology Laboratory takes a population and community approach to understanding coastal habitats. Using infauna, epifauna and nekton as indicators, the lab is interested in factors controlling food web structure in coastal and estuarine habitats, the importance of various habitat types, espe‐cially oyster, seagrass and salt marsh, as nurseries and foraging areas, and the influence of anthro‐pogenic changes on coastal communities. These habitats are also examined in light of novel ap‐proaches and considerations for restoration of degraded environments, in close collaboration with resource managers, environmental concerns, and local user groups.

UNCW Climate Change Working Group is an interdisciplinary group of faculty engaging in research, scholarship, pedagogy, community outreach, and professional service activities related to climate change studies. The charge of this group is to position UNCW to strategically respond to federal, state, and local requests for data, research products, and regional expertise in the broad area of cli‐mate science.

Cooperative Institute for Ocean Exploration, Research and Technology (CIOERT) is a NOAA funded ($22.5 million over 5 years) consortium between UNCW and Florida Atlantic University. CIOERT sup‐ports development of innovative technology for undersea research. This new institute will conduct research in three main categories: development of advanced underwater technologies, exploration and research of the eastern continental shelf and improved understanding of coral ecosystems.

Coastal and Marine Geophysics Laboratory (CMGL) is global in scope and involves the collection and analysis of a broad range of geophysical data. Major research focus areas include marine tectonics (mid‐ocean ridge and subduction zone processes), seabed classification (estuarine and coastal ocean benthic habitats), and geohazards (active faults, submarine landslides and tsunamis, volcanic erup‐tions).

Coral Reef Research Group and Nutrient Lab studies the physiological ecology of reef corals and on nutrient dynamics in tropical coastal systems, including coral reproductive ecology and energetics and nutrient effects on coral reefs.

University of North Carolina Wilmington’s Regional Coastal Ocean Observing System (RCOOS), a component of the Southeast Coast Ocean Observing Regional Association (SECOORA) is a member of the congressionally mandated Integrated Ocean Observing System (IOOS). RCOOS formerly the Coastal Ocean Research and Monitoring Program (CORMP), established in 2000 as a research and monitoring program, has a goal to provide an interdisciplinary science‐based framework that sup‐ports sound public policy leading to wise coastal use, sustainable fisheries and improved coastal ocean ecosystem health.

Gillings’ University of North Carolina Wilmington / University of Southampton Exchange Program.

23

UNCW recently began collaborating in the Gillings’ Family Foundation Student/Faculty Exchange Program with the University of Southampton (UoS) in the United Kingdom, home to UK’s National Oceanographic Center, Southampton (NOCS). This association will allow our faculty, as well under‐graduate and graduate students, access to NOCS’s state‐of‐the‐art laboratories, access to the British National Oceanographic Library and opportunity to network with over 520 leading research scien‐tists and seagoing staff. The National Oceanography Centre, Southampton (NOCS) where UoS’s School of Ocean and Earth Science (SOES) is based, is the UK’s main focus for marine science and one of the leading five oceanography centers in the world. NOCS activities encompass major ocean technology development, long‐term observations, managing international science program, promot‐ing enterprise and knowledge transfer, providing advice to government, business and charities, and the engagement between science and society. Moreover, the Center is also specifically charged with working with the wider science community to provide strategic leadership, coordination and facilita‐tion for the whole of the UK marine and related earth sciences.

Harmful Algal Blooms Lab (HABLAB) investigates naturally occurring toxic or poisoning events in coastal environments including estuaries and rivers, which are a threat to human health and the fish and shellfish industries. HABLAB scientists have over $1.5 million in annual research funding from the EPA, NIH, the state of Florida, and the NC Biotechnology Foundation. Current studies cover harmful bloom events from the Gulf of Mexico to the Chesapeake Bay, and include different toxin groups such as the brevetoxins, ciguatoxins, spirolides, diarrheic shellfish toxins, karlotoxins, and the microcystins. The expertise of the HABLAB is specifically in microalgal taxonomy and ecology, includ‐ing large‐scale laboratory culture of toxic species, chemical identification and analysis of toxins, mo‐lecular mechanisms of toxicity, toxin biosynthesis, and the production of toxin standards for re‐search purposes. HABLAB scientists serve on national and international committees concerned with seafood and water safety, and are frequently called upon for “rapid response” when toxic episodes are observed in USA coastal waters.

Lower Cape Fear River Program is a environmental assessment program covering the Cape Fear Riv‐er Estuary and a large portion of the lower Cape Fear River watershed. A collaboration of academia, government, industry, and the public, the program objectives are to develop an understanding of the fundamental scientific processes shaping and controlling the ecology of the Cape Fear River sys‐tem and provide mechanisms for information exchange and public education. This program provides supporting data and sampling opportunities for many graduate student research projects.

Marine and Atmospheric Chemistry Research Laboratory (MACRL), located within the Department of Chemistry and Biochemistry, investigates rainwater‐seawater interactions and sediment‐seawater exchange processes. MACRL is currently studying changes resulting from global warming as well as trace metal speciation in estuarine and atmospheric waters, and photochemically mediated pro‐cesses as they impact environmental systems.

MARBIONC (Marine Biotechnology in North Carolina) is a university‐based economic development program in marine biotechnology. The concept of MARBIONC at UNCW is to develop new marine‐ based products/technologies that lead to new industries/companies (via research and collabora‐tion), augmentation of existing industries, and an increased trained workforce (via the educational programs offered at UNCW). This unique marine biotechnology program in North Carolina seeks to stimulate economic development through the discovery, development and marketing of new prod‐ucts and technologies derived from living organisms that will complement the more traditional fin‐fish and shellfish activities of coastal communities. Marine biotechnology uses marine organisms at the whole cell or molecular level, providing new products, technologies, and processes that will benefit society. Such outcomes include new pharmaceuticals, nutraceuticals, enzymes, mariculture of high value finfish, and alternative energy sources such as biodiesel.

24

CMS Core Facilities. Major pieces of equipment or shared use equipment which are provided by the Center are normally operated as CORE Facilities. Each facility has an identified faculty member as the facility Leader, technical support and service contracts maintained by CMS. These facilities are regional resources available to faculty and students from any UNC constituent campus ( for the cost of expend‐ables) at a fraction of the costs that would be charged elsewhere. They serve as regional resources, as well as cost‐share opportunities for the faculty in grant applications, offsetting the cost of analysis. The facilities include:

Oceanographic Instrumentation with 7,000gallon seawater test tank. specialized equipment includ‐ing a Super phantom Remotely Operated Vehicle (ROV), a Sea Sciences Towed Undulating Vehicle (TUV), two Seabird Electronics CTDs (SBE25 and SBE) Seabird Electronics SBE 21 thermosalinograph surface water flow‐through system, and an ADCP current profiler and a wide variety of in situ moored instrumentation.

Water Quality and Nutrient Analysis. The lab houses six main instruments with a combined value of over $250,00: a Bran+Luebbe AutoAnalyzer III, a Shimadzu TOC 5050, an Antek 9000N, a CE Elantech NC2100, an ANTEK NoxBox and a Turner 10AU fluorometer.

Spectroscopy: full complement of Bruker 500 MHz with liquid and solid state capability NMR, Mattson Cygnus 100 FT‐IR, Waters 6295 separation w/waters Micromass ZQ MS, Agilent 1100 separation w/Waters Micromass ZQ MS, Applied Biosystems QTrap LAMSMS, Applied Biosystems QStar XL MS/MS.

DNA Sequencing: The DNA Core is used extensively to train students through the use of its instru‐mentation by UNCW classes, and it also plays an essential role in many student research projects. Major instrumentation for the generation of DNA data includes an ABI 3130xl Genetic Analyzer, an ABI 7500 Real‐Time PCR system, and a Roche GS Junior genomic sequencing system. Additional in‐strumentation includes a NanoDrop spectrophotometer, Visionworks Gel Documentation system, Eppendorf Mastercycler Gradient thermocycler, microfuge, freezer and water bath. Computer sup‐port for the analyses of DNA data includes 3 MacIntosh and 2 PC computers with DNA analysis soft‐ware packages.

Microalgal Culture: over 400 clones of microalgae with bioactive molecules to characterize

Stable Isotope Ratio Mass Spectrometry: ThermoDeltaVPlus IRMS with Aurora autosampler, Co‐sech Elemental Combustion module, and CTC Analytics GCPAL.

Greenhouse with running seawater: about 450 sq ft.

Small Boat Repair Facility: personnel and supplies to maintain 16‐20 small boat fleet

Instrument Fabrication Shop: one stop shopping for equipment design and repair

Flowing Seawater System. The seawater system provides raw, filtered, and purified seawater at flow rates up to 600 liters/min; tank farm services; and aquarium room services.

Diving and Boating Safety Office. To assure that all individuals wishing to participate in diving or boating related activities done under the auspices of the Center for Marine Science at UNCW meet all qualification requirements of training, experience and knowledge commensurate with the safety guidelines as prescribed by the University of North Carolina Wilmington. This facility supports stand‐ard SCUBA, NITROX and Mixed‐Gas Diving. Equipment and repair facilities are available, including a re‐compressing chamber. The facility supports both traditional training classes as part of the Uni‐versity curriculum as well as training me the scientific diving standards of the American Academy of Underwater Sciences (AAUS).

Vessel Operations. A 900‐foot pier with docking facilities for several coastal research vessels is in place on the Atlantic Intracoastal Waterway. The center maintains 22 research vessels rang‐ing in size from 13 feet to the 35‐foot R/V Seahawk all the way up to the 68‐foot R/V Cape Fear.

25

Annually, over 200 students participate on research cruises.

N.C. Shellfish Research Hatchery Center Director: Ami E. Wilbur Ph.D. Associate Professor, Biology & Marine biology Research: Aquaculture, Population Genetics, Focuses on the application of molecular genetic approaches to address questions about the manage‐ment, conservation, and restoration of shellfish. Many shellfish populations have experienced cata‐strophic declines in response to habitat degradation, overfishing and disease. Our research utilizes ge‐netic analysis to better understand population connectivity which is critical investigate strategies for the effective restoration of these economically and ecologically important resources. Students in the lab gain experience not only in the field methods necessary to evaluate the status of shellfish populations, but also acquire valuable laboratory skills, due in part to their use of the DNA analysis core at the CMS, that provide them with marketable skills utilized by the biotech industry.

UNCW Aquaculture Program Director: Wade O. Watanabe, Ph.D. Research Professor of Biology and Marine Biology Principal Funding Agencies: USDA‐NIFA, NC Sea Grant, NOAA Marine Aquaculture Program, NC Fishery Resource Grant Program, NC Biotechnology Center, NMFS S‐K Program ~$350,000/y. Current students: 7 Masters of Marine Science program, 1UG DIS, 6 UG interns Watanabe leads the UNCW Aquaculture Program and is also Mariculture Program leader for MARBIONC, a private‐public business incubator at UNCW‐CMS. Primary biotechnical constraints to the development of a viable mariculture industry include (1) hatchery technologies that can supply high‐quality fingerlings to grow‐out operations and (2) grow‐out technologies for producing marketable size fish that mitigate high cost of coastal land and environmental permitting requirements. The program addresses these constraints and teaches environmental responsibility in conjunction with mariculture technology devel‐opment. The goals are to develop and transfer to commercial users safe and effective methods for ma‐rine food production, mitigate depletion of marine populations, and create economic opportunities through commercial cultivation. Research focuses on high‐value, high‐demand species that are threat‐ened by overfishing such as flounder and black sea bass and seeks to control the life cycle of fish produc‐tion (from egg to market) addressing the biotechnical challenges to commercial cultivation: breeding and culture, waste management, and economics and marketing. Technology is transferred in direct co‐operation with commercial end users and through multi‐stakeholder partnerships to leverage resources and minimize risks. Through graduate and undergraduate student involvement, research, education and technology transfer to the commercial end user are closely integrated. The fruition of this work is the emergence of startup commercial marine fish farms for flounder and black sea bass in NC and in VA. Remote Field Facilities

Seaquarium in Curaçao as a UNCW Center for Marine Science Field Site Partner: Seaquarium Arian “Dutch” Sheier; UNCW Daniel Baden and Alina Szmant The Seaquarium in the Netherlands Antilles has a history of collaborative interaction with UNCW. Over the past decade, Professor Alina Szmant has taken student groups to the laboratory for semester‐long, week‐long, or summer excursions to study the coral reefs and biodiversity in this this seamount coun‐try. The laboratory is a partnership between UNCW and Curacao, having been under development over the past 3 years. Together, the partners have begun design of the wet and dry laboratories, have as‐

26

sembled equipment lists for purchase by UNCW and Seaquarium, and have begun a business plan de‐velopment for bringing other universities and research entities into the program as lease tenants on an annual basis. The present agreement is hand‐shake, but is being developed into a MOU status in 2011, with draft documents under construction. A long‐term partnership is envisioned. The locale gives 24/7 365 day per year security. The site has student and faculty housing, affordable food and dive programs, and opportunities to provide our students with a complete cultural experience including religion expo‐sure, past slave trade triangle education, geology, marine biology, deep sea exploration, and an interna‐tional opportunity for “UNCWorld”.

Calabash Caye Field Station: Coastal Studies in Belize Instructors: Dr. Martin Posey (Department of Biology and Marine Biology); Dr. Jack Hall (Department of Environmental Studies), and Eden Garcia (University of Belize) Credit: BIO 480 (Field Studies in Biology) or EVS 431 (International Field Experience) Location: Location: University of Belize field station Calabash Caye, Belize. In collaboration with the University of Belize, we offer a one‐week marine and coastal field course for UNCW and University of Belize students at the Calabash Caye field station 2‐9 January 2012, followed by class projects in spring 2012 semester. This is intended as a precursor to further, perhaps longer, collab‐orative field experience for our students at this station. Calabash Caye offers easy access top barrier coral reef systems, seagrasses, lagoons, mangroves, and other critical tropical marine habitats. Students will be exposed to an intensive study of these various ecosystems, and the particular uses and threats related to coastal habitats in tropical regions and developing economies. A unique aspect of this effort is integration of University of Belize students and faculty in a UNCW led course. The locale gives 24/7 365 day per year security. The site has student and faculty housing, affordable food and dive programs, and opportunities to provide our students with a complete cultural experience including religion expo‐sure, past slave trade triangle education, geology, marine biology, deep sea exploration, and an inter‐national opportunity for “UNCWorld”.. CMS Outreach Activities.

MarineQuest is the official marine science outreach program for the University of North Carolina Wilmington and the Center for Marine Science providing young people with opportunities to ex‐plore, discover and value our marine habitats.

o MarineQuest Summer Academic Enrichment Programs. MarineQuest summer camps are de‐

signed to make the learning process fun and engaging while providing real hands‐on, field‐based opportunities for students ages 5 to 17. MarineQuest offers over 25 unique curriculum pro‐grams that are age appropriate and include a variety of topics.

o MarineQuest School Programs. Students experience the wonders of the coast with your stu‐dents through hands‐on inquiry‐based classroom, field, and lab activities. All lessons are based on state and national education standards, including Ocean Literacy Principles, and highlight the different fields of study that make up marine science. Three academic enrichment programs are offered focusing on the marine science of our coastal environments: Ocean Explorers, Coastal Encounters and Coast‐to‐Classroom.

o Saturday Marine Explorers and Adventure. Saturday filled with exciting scientific fun at CMS. Fo‐cuses on different theme exploring sea creatures, marine habitats and ocean phenomena through lab experiments, field activities, games and more. New for Fall 2012, two exciting ver‐sions of our Saturday program each designed especially for either our younger or older

27

MarineQuesters. Marine Explorers (ages 5‐8). Include the classic Saturday programing paired with some

activities from the ArtSea camps. Marine Adventures (ages 9‐12) Saturday afternoons spent exploring marine science with

technology, lab experiments, field activities and more. o MarineQuest Scouts. MarineQuest scout programs are your porthole to marine and environ‐

mental science education adventures in coastal North Carolina. The Scouts experience the won‐ders of the coast with through hands‐on classroom, field and lab activities.

o MarineQuest Kayak Pack. On‐the‐water adventure exploring coastal habitats from a kayak. Kay‐ak Pack members spot some of the rich wildlife common to this area including brown pelicans, egrets, herons, gulls, dolphins and more.

CMS and the Community. Research, Education, and Outreach – three important ways that CMS benefits the greater Wilmington community through its major outreach programs, such as: o Community Participation – CMS scientists and research staff are frequently called upon to pro‐

vide information and advice on issues that impact the environment locally, regionally, or nation‐ally.

o Bluefish Society ‐‐ CMS’s annual giving program. All Bluefish Society funds are used for the Cen‐ter’s public outreach efforts, helping to defray operating costs for the popular Planet Ocean Seminar Series and other community enrichment programs. Bluefish Society contributors re‐ceive the following benefits: advanced notice and registration for preferred seating at each Planet Ocean Seminar, invitations to selected special events at the center, donor name(s) on a poster displayed in our lobby, discounts on the excellent Odyssey programs offered by UNCW’s Department of Public Service, a handsome Bluefish Society lapel pin. Contributors also have the opportunity to interact with world‐renowned scientists, high‐level government officials, and other environmental experts featured at Planet Ocean Seminars.

o Planet Ocean Seminar Series – CMS offers four distinguished lecture seminars each academic year, featuring prominent speakers from our own faculty and other leading research institu‐tions, from well‐known environmental organizations, and from government agencies.

Planet Ocean Seminars

2001 ‐ 2002: o Scott Nixon, University of Rhode Island Professor of Oceanography, “Replacing the Nile: Is

Human Development Providing the Fertility Once Delivered By a Great River?” o Alina Szmant, UNCW Professor of Biological Sciences, “Can We Reverse the Decline of Flori‐

da Coral Reefs? A 2‐Step Attempt at Ecological Restoration o Steven Miller, Director, National Undersea Research Center (NURC) “SeaLab, Tektite,

Hydrolab, and UNCW’s Aquarius: The Story of the U.S. Underwater Space Program “ o Ann Pabst, UNCW Associate Professor of Biological Sciences, “Bottlenose Dolphins: North

Carolina’s Local Marine Mammal”

2002 ‐ 2003 o Dr. Rita R. Colwel Director, National Science Foundation, “Oceans, Climate and Health: The

Cholera Paradigm” o Dr. Roger Hanlon, Senior Scientist, Woods Hole Marine, Biological Laboratory, “Squid Pro

Quo: The Behavioral Ecology of Cephalopod Predator o Dr. Joseph Pawlik, Professor of Biological Sciences, UNCW, “How the Spineless Protect

Themselves: Chemical Warfare on Coral Reefs”

28

o Dr. William Cleary, Professor of Geology, UNCW, “Migrating Inlets and Shifting Shorelines: The Fate of Southeastern North Carolina Beaches”

2003 – 2004 o Daniel G. Baden, PhD, Director, UNCW Center for Marine Science, “Florida Red Tide: A

Whiff, a Sniff and a Sneeze” o John Broadwater, PhD, Manager, Monitor National Marine Sanctuary, “Retrieving the Moni‐

tor: Marine Technology and Archaeology” o Lora E. Fleming, MD, PhD, University of Miami Department of Epidemiology & Public Health,

“Harmful Algal Blooms and You: It’s a Bloomin’ Nuisance”

2004 – 2005 o Richard A. Satterlie, Ph.D., Frank Hawkins Kenan Distinguished Professor of Marine Science,

“When Molluscs Fly” o Martin H. Posey, Ph.D., Chair, UNCW Department of Biological Sciences, “Oysters ‐ Not Just

Food on the Half‐Shell: Ecological Importance and Restoration of a Key Coastal Ecosystem” o Richard A. Lutz, Ph.D., Director, Center for Deep Sea Ecology and Biotechnology, Rutgers

University, “Voyage Into the Abyss o Bess B. Ward, Ph.D., William J. Sinclair Professor of Geosciences, Princeton University,

“Clues to Ocean Chemistry Found in Permanently Ice‐Covered Antarctic Lakes”

2005 – 2006 o Samuel H. Wilson, M.D., Deputy Director, National Institute of Environmental Health,

“Oceans in Human Health. o Jeffrey L. C. Wright, Ph.D., Carl B. Brown Distinguished Professor of Marine Science, Univer‐

sity of North Carolina Wilmington, “Undersea Treasure: The Promise of Marine Biotechnolo‐gy”

o William Todd, NASA Extreme Environment Mission Operation Team Lead, “The NEEMO Pro‐ject: How NASA Uses the Habitat Aquarius as an Analog for Space Exploration”

o John M. Morrison, Ph.D., UNCW Professor of Physics and Physical Oceanography, “The Ga‐lapagos Marine Reserve: Islands of Change”

2007 – 2008 o Dr. Nancy Grindlay, Professor of Geography and Geology, UNCW, “The Risk of Tsuna‐

mis: Where, How, When?” o Dr. D. Wilson Freshwater, Research Specialist and Core Leader, UNCW Center for Marine

Science” Lionfish: King of the Offshore Jungle? A Comprehensive Look at the Western Atlan‐tic Lionfish Invasion “

o Mr. George Kieffer, Director of Dolphins, Curaçao Sea Aquarium Dolphin Academy. “The Dolphin Cooperative: Discovering the Mammal Behind the Myth, the Science Behind the Smile”

o Dr. Lorraine C. Backer, National Center for Environmental Health at the CDC, “Epidemiology at the Limits of Detection: Harmful Algal Blooms and Public Health”

2008 – 2009 o Spencer Rogers, North Carolina Sea Grant, “How the Beach Works” o Dr. Stanley Riggs, East Carolina University Department of Geological Sciences, “North Caroli‐

na's Coast in Crisis: A Vision For the Future” o Dr. Thomas Lankford, UNC Wilmington Department of Biology and Marine Biology, “The

Wrightsville Beach Nourishment Project: Implications for Surf‐Zone Ecosystem Health” o Dr. Donald F. Boesch, University of Maryland Center for Environmental Science, ”Climate

Change and the Coast: What Are We in For?”

29

2009 – 2010 o Dr. Amanda Southwood, UNCW Department of Biology and Marine Biology, “Diamonds in

the Rough: Biology and Conservation of Diamondback Terrapins” o Dr. Jonathan Copley, National Oceanographic Centre, University of Southampton, UK, "Is‐

lands" in the Abyss: Exploring Life at Volcanic Vents on the Ocean Floor” o Dr. G. Brooks Avery, UNC Wilmington Department of Chemistry and Biochemistry, “Coffee,

Collaboration and Climate Change: Marine Chemistry at UNCW” o J. Glenn Morris, Jr., M.D., M.P.H. & T.M., University of Florida Emerging Pathogens Institute,

Changing Climate, Changing Oceans: Ciguatera, Vibrios and Other Emerging Disease Risk”

2010 – 2011 o Dr. Otis B. Brown, NC State University and NOAA's National Climatic Data Center , “Climate

Change: Where Are We Now? “ o Dr. John Rummel, East Carolina University, “Mitigate, Adapt, or Suffer? Preparing North

Carolina's Coasts for a Changing Climate” o Dr. Douglas Gamble, UNC Wilmington Department of Geography and Geology,” Climate

Change or Coastal Change? The Future of the Carolina Coast” o Dr. Larry Cahoon, UNCW Department of Biology and Marine Biology, “Responding to Cli‐

mate Change: Exploring Future Scenarios “

2011‐2012 o Dr. Marcia McNutt, U.S. Geological Survey, “USGS Science: Making a Difference During the

Deepwater Horizon Oil Spill” o Dr. Terry C. Hazen Lawrence Berkeley National Laboratory, University of California, Berkeley,

“Microbial Ecogenomic Response to the Deepwater Horizon Oil Spill ‐ New Insights to Old Problems”

o Dr. Ami E. Wilbur, UNC Wilmington Department of Biology and Marine Biology, Bigger, Bet‐ter, Faster: Oyster Breeding and the Shellfish Research Hatchery”

o Dr. Steve W. Ross, UNCW Center for Marine Science, “The World of Deep‐Sea Corals: The Hidden Reefs”

30

D. Research, Teaching, Public and Professional Service

1. Research In the below table, list currently funded research projects (extramural and intramural). Include title, investigators, dollar amount, and time frame. You may reference information in the REACH NC Ap‐pendix in response to this question.

Explanation of the Table: This table only contains data from grants administered by CMS. For a picture of the total grants and expenditures, these figures must be supplemented by the grants controlled by the other Marine Science Units on campus. The first 8 proposals are multi‐year, multi‐investigators where there may have been more than one grant – the multiple grants for these proposals and been grouped and the proposals are just counted as one. The remaining proposals are just 2 proposals cho‐sen for each year from grants ending in 2008 to grants ending in 2015. At the end of the table there is a breakdown of the amount of funds and number of proposals by source (federal, Sea Grant, Regional, Local and whether or not they qualified for T&A) ,as well as whether the proposals require match. The bottom line that CMS managed 580 grants for $89,027,11 during the period 2008 – 2015 (it should be noted that many of the proposals actually began earlier than 2008 and the portion of the funds prior spent prior to 2008 is not available). Therefore CMS administered approximately $17.8 M per year dur‐ing the review period.

Table D1. Research

2008 ‐ 2012 Grants Administered by the UNCW Center for Marine Science

PROJECT TI‐

TLE PI/CoPIs – Institutions SPONSOR AMOUNT Dates

Multi‐Year; Multi‐Investigator Proposals

1

PI: Baden, Dan‐iel; Co‐PI= Ba‐den, Daniel

MARBIONC Building: Economic Development

DoC/National In‐stitute of Stand‐ards and Technol‐ogy (NIST)

$14,979,888 09/01/2009 to 12/31/2012

2

PI: Baden, Dan‐iel; Co‐PI= 6 institutions, 2 govt agencies

Effects of inhaled Florida red tide brevetoxins

NIH/National In‐stitute of Envi‐ronmental Health Sciences (NIEHS)

$14,783,990 07/01/2000 to 06/30/2013

3

PI: Baden, Dan‐iel; Co‐PI= Al‐exander, Aa‐ron; Dorton, Jennifer; Shepard, An‐drew

Cooperative Institute for Ocean Exploration and Research 2009‐2010 Sci‐ence Plan

Florida Atlantic University

$2,782,837 07/01/2009

to 06/30/2012

31

4a

PI: Potts, Thomas; Co‐PI=

NURC/UNCW Annual Funding Proposal

DoC/National Oceanographic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA)

$11,637,726 01/01/2008 to 05/31/2012

4b

PI: Shepard, Andrew; Co‐PI= Potts, Thomas

NURC/UNCW Phase II Annual Funding Proposal


$1,773,721 08/01/2007 to 06/30/2010

4c

PI: Potts, Thomas An‐drew; Co‐PI= Thomas Potts; Saul Rosser

Aquarius Reef Base 2012 Annual Funding Proposal

NOAA Oceanic and Atmospheric Research (OAR)

$1,200,000 01/01/2012

to 12/31/2012

5a

PI: Moss, Marvin; Co‐PI= Durako, Mi‐chael; Leonard, Lynn

CORMP Coastal Ocean Research and Monitoring Program 2005‐07


$408,464 08/01/2005 to 11/30/2008

5b

PI: Leonard, Lynn; Co‐PI= Dorton, Jen‐nifer;

Maintenance of RCOOS assets, Data Manage‐ment Activities, and Edu‐cation and Outreach

Southeast Coastal Ocean Observing Regional Associa‐tion

$386,749 06/01/2011 to 05/31/2013

5c

PI: Leonard, Lynn; Co‐PI= Dorton, Jen‐nifer; Merritt, James

Integration of Coastal Observations and Assets in the Carolinas in Sup‐port of RCOOS Develop‐ment in SECOORA

DoC/NOAA/Coastal Services Center (CSC)

$3,892,218 11/01/2007 to 10/31/2012

6

PI: Ross, Steve; Co‐PI=

Lophelia II: Continuing ecological research on deep‐sea corals and deep reef habitats in the Gulf of Mexico

DoI/US Geological Survey

$2,017,679 05/15/2008 to 11/30/2012

7

PI: Miller, Ste‐ven; Co‐PI= Prager, Ellen

Research and Monitoring in the Florida Keys Na‐tional Marine Sanctuary and Aquarius 2000 Pro‐gram Support

Emerson Associ‐ates International

$1,589,910 06/01/1998 to 03/31/2011

32

8

PI: Miller, Ste‐ven; Co‐PI= Chiappone, Mark; Rutten, Leanne; Swan‐son, Dione

Coral Reef Monitoring and Assessment in the Florida Keys


$518,133 08/01/2006 to 09/30/2011

Proposal with End Date in 2013

9

PI: Emslie, Ste‐ven D; Co‐PI= Steven Emslie

Stable isotope analyses of pygoscelid penguin remains from active and abandoned colonies in Antarctica

National Science Foundation (NSF)

$817,804 09/01/2008

to 08/31/2013

10

PI: Kieber, Robert J; Co‐PI= Robert Kieber; Gene Avery; Ralph Mead; Joan Willey

RUI: Impact of changing fuel usage on the atmos‐pheric cycling of ethanol, optically active organic compounds and Fe in rainwater

National Science Foundation (NSF)

$614,480 09/01/2010

to 08/31/2013


11

PI: Baker, Mi‐chael; Co‐PI=

Characterization of bycatch associated with the South Atlantic Snap‐per Grouper Bandit Fish‐ery with electronic video monitoring, at‐sea ob‐servers and biological sampling


$381,765 08/01/2009 to 07/31/2012

12

PI: Morrison, John; Co‐PI=

Benthic Dinoflagellate Migration (BENDiM) Oc‐currence and Processes

NC State Universi‐ty (NCSU)

$243,000 08/01/2007 to 07/31/2012


13

PI: Watanabe, Wade; Co‐PI= Dumas, Chris; Alam, Md Shah

Controlled breeding. Larviculture, intensive growout and marketing of high‐value marine fin‐fish species for US Agri‐culture

US Department of Agriculture (USDA)

$513,095 08/01/2006 to 07/31/2011

14

PI: Dorton, Jennifer; Co‐PI=

Southeast Marine Weather Portal


$506,575 10/01/2007 to 12/31/2011

33


15

PI: Watanabe, Wade; Co‐PI= Alam, Md Shah; Dumas, Chris

Commercialization of black sea bass aquacul‐ture: nursery, growout and marketing

DoC/National Oceanographic and Atmospheric Admin‐istration (NOAA)

$2,044,652 09/01/2006 to 08/31/2010

16

PI: Ross, Ste‐ve; Co‐PI=

Trophic studies, crusta‐cean studies and over‐all project manage‐ment at Gulf of Mexico Lower Continental Slope chemosynthetic and hard substrate com.

DoI/US Geological Survey

$382,132 10/01/2006 to 09/30/2010


17

PI: Wright, Jef‐frey L.; Co‐PI= Baden, Daniel; Tomas, Car‐melo

Diverse Chemical Librar‐ies from Photosynthetic Marine Microalgae

National Institutes of Health (NIH)

$1,376,469 09/23/2005 to 12/31/2009

18

PI: Naar, Je‐rome; Co‐PI= Baden, Daniel; Satake, M; Wright, Jeffrey L.

Brevetoxin accumulation in fish and potential hu‐man health impacts


$811,164 10/01/2005 to 09/30/2009

19

Szmant, Alina

Collaborative Proposal: Coral Reef Genomics: A genome wide approach to the study of coral symbiosis

University of

California

09/01/2003 to 12/31/2008

20

PI: Cahoon, Lawrence B; Co‐PI: Laurence Cahoon, Chris Halkides, Bongkeun Song

Microbial anti‐oxidents from swine waste la‐goons

UNC General Ad‐ministration

$116,507 01/01/2008 t0 12/31/08

Summary Table for Grant Support for 2008 – 2012(5)

Proposal $ 2008‐2015

Proposal # 08‐15 Source %‐$ %‐# Match

1 $74,685,172.35 210 Federal 82% 36% NO

34

2 $3,480,067.00 100 Sea Grant 4% 17% YES

3 $6,763,352.00 78 Regional 7% 13% NO

4 $6,693,331.65 192 Local 7% 33% NO

2 + 3 + 4 $16,936,750.65 370 No F&A 18% 64% Some

1 ‐ 4 $91,621,923.00 580 All Sources 100% 100%

2. Teaching and Instruction (if applicable) a.) Identify courses taught for degree credit that are directly related to the Activity.

Courses that are directly related to the MS in Marine Science (coded MSC) are listed. In addition, the gradate courses in Physical Oceanography are listed here because the Department of Physics and Physi‐cal Oceanography does not currently offer a Master’s degree of their own.

Table D2. Teaching and Instruction for Degree Credit

Course title, number, and lev‐el

Dates of‐fered

Instructor(s) and affiliation(s)

Brief description of course (one sentence)

Enrollment Fig‐ures Total/on‐site/distance ed‐ucation

MSC 501. Intro‐duction to Coastal and Ma‐rine Science Re‐search

200820 Willey, CAB Scientific proposal and man‐uscript preparation. Commu‐nication techniques. Experi‐mental design and data anal‐ysis. Computer applications. Library use. Laboratory safety

200820/01

MSC 526. Cruise or Field Sampling

200910 200920 201020 201110 201120 201210 201310

Willey, CAB Willey, CAB Willey, CAB Willey, CAB Willey, CAB Willey, CAB Willey, CAB

Cruise and/or field sampling not covered by other cours‐es. Participation in the plan‐ning and sampling phases of major marine or environmen‐tal research programs.

200910/05 200920/01 201020/02 201110/05 201120/01 201210/01 201310/02

BIO 564. Biologi‐cal Oceanogra‐phy

200820 200910 201010 201020 201120 201210 201220 201310

Cahoon, BMB Finelli, BMB Finelli, BMB Cahoon, BMB Cahoon, BMB Finelli, BMB Cahoon, BMB Finelli, BMB

Discussion of the recent oceanographic literature concerning nutrient cycling, distribution and regulation of oceanic productivity, and ad‐vances in methodologies used to study oceanic pro‐cesses and controlling fac‐tors.

200820/13 200910/10 201010/12 201020/23 201120/18 201210/07 201220/23 201310/13

CHM 575. Chem‐ical Oceanogra‐phy

200910 201010 201110 201210 201310

Willey, CAB Willey, CAB Willey, CAB Willey, CAB Willey, CAB

Sources, distribution, forms of occurrence, and reactions of chemical species in seawater. Chemistry of concentrated aqueous

200910/13 201010/16 201110/06 201210/13 201310/11

35

solutions. Patterns of global ocean circulation. Air‐sea and sediment‐seawater interactions. Estuarine processes and reactions. Human impact on oceans.

PHY 575. (475) Physical Ocean‐ography

200820 201020 201120 201220

Morrison, PPO Morrison, PPO Morrison, PPO Morrison, PPO

An introduction to the physi‐cal processes operating with‐in coastal and estuarine sys‐tems. The focus of the course will be on the dynamical de‐scription of topics such as gravity waves, surf zone hy‐drodynamics, storm surge, tides, estuarine hydraulics, sediment transport and morphodynamicic

200820/07 201020/14 201120/14 201220/08

CHM 576 (PHY 576). Chemical and Physical Analysis of Sea‐water

200910 201010 201110 201210 201310

Kieber, CAB Kieber, CAB Kieber, CAB Kieber, CAB Kieber, CAB

Study of modern chemical and physical measurements of seawater including salinity, alkalinity, pH, nutrients, and dissolved oxygen. Several class periods may also be de‐voted to working aboard an oceanographic research ves‐sel while at sea.

200910/06 201010/13 201110/11 201210/11 201310/07

MSC 579. (CHM 579) Role of the Oceans in Human Health

Fall Semes‐ter: Not offered for period of interest

Kieber, CAB Discovery, structure, and bio‐logical activity of marine bio‐active compounds, chemo‐taxonomy, pharmaceutical leads, marine biotoxins, structure, mode of action, regulation and monitoring, the producing organisms, how (biosynthesis) and why these compounds are made.

MSC 591. Di‐rected Inde‐pendent Study

200820 200910 200910 200920 201120 201120 201310

Watanabe, CMS Freshwater,CMS Song, BMB Freshwater, CMS Borrett, BMB Skrable Rommel, CAB

Involves investigation, under the direction of a faculty member, beyond what is offered in existing courses.

200820/01 200910/01 200910/01 200920/10 201120/01 201120/02 201310/01

MSC 595. Gradu‐ate Seminar

200820 200920 201020 201120

Willey, CAB Willey, CAB Willey, CAB Willey, CAB

Discussion by students, facul‐ty and guest lecturers of re‐search ideas and results.

200820/14 200920/20 201020/12 201120/11

36

201220 Willey, CAB 201220/10

MSC 599. Thesis Fall and Spring Se‐mester

Marine Science Graduate Faculty

PHY 576 (CHM 576). Chemical and Physical Analysis of Sea‐water

200910 201010 201110 201210

Bingham, PPO Bingham, PPO Bingham, PPO Bingham, PPO Bingham, PPO

Study of modern chemical and physical measurements of seawater including salinity, alkalinity, pH, nutrients, and dissolved oxygen. Several class periods may also be devoted to working aboard an oceanographic research vessel while at sea.

200910/06 201010/13 201110/11 201210/11

PHY 577 (PHY477). Obser‐vational Methods and Data Analysis in Physical Oceanography

Spring Se‐mester

Bingham, PPO This course will supply the student with a working knowledge of the use and operation of various physical oceanographic instruments and data reduction and analysis techniques.

201120/02

PHY 578 (PHY 550). Geophysi‐cal Fluid Dynam‐ics

Spring Se‐mester

Dylan McNama‐ra, PPO

The fundamental principles governing the flow of a density‐stratified fluid on a rotating planet, with applications to the motions of the ocean and atmosphere. Equations of state, compressibility, Boussinesq approximation. Geostrophic balance, Rossby number. Poincare, Kelvin, Rossby waves, geostrophic adjustment.

New 2012

PHY 579 (PHY479). Ocean Circulation Sys‐tems

Fall Semester

John Morrison, PPO

Course focuses on results of World Ocean Circulation Experiment (WOCE), a multi‐national, multi‐decadal program designed to observe the global ocean. Explores large‐scale circulation and properties of the ocean to lay the foundation for the challenge of understanding the future of the world oceans and role in climate change.

New 2012

37

PHY 580 (PHY480). Coastal and Estu‐arine Systems

Spring Se‐mester

Dylan McNamara PPO

An introduction to the physical processes operating within coastal and estuarine systems. The focus of the course will be on the dynamical description of topics such as gravity waves, surf zone hydrodynamics, storm surge, tides, estuarine hydraulics, sediment transport and morphodynamics.

New 2012

*If courses are known to enroll a high number of on‐site or distance education students from other universities, please discuss these instances along with number and affiliations of distance education enrollees.

b.) Identify workshops, continuing education, or other non‐credit bearing instruction to community

that are directly related to the Activity. Table D3: Non‐Degree Credit Instruction

Workshop Instruc‐tion title

Dates offered

Instructor(s) and Affiliation(s)

Brief description of in‐struction (1 sentence)

Enrollment Figures Total/on‐site/distance edu

None

c.) Public Service, Outreach and Community Engagement Identify faculty outreach and community engagement that directly relate to the Activity. Profession‐al Service will be captured in a different section, so please constrain this list to those examples that serve to broaden the impact of the Activity through societal engagements, such as science cafes and K‐12 initiatives. Please limit this list to the most relevant and significant 20 examples. Table D4. Public Service, Outreach and Community Engagement

Public Service / Out‐reach/Engagement program name and brief description (one sentence)

Dates Personnel Involved Participants in program (e.g. K‐12 teachers)

Number of partic‐ipants

Bluefish Society ‐‐ CMS’s annual giving program . All Bluefish Society funds are used for the Center’s public outreach efforts

4 times/yr Baden, Morrison, Dionsotes,Keck

Continuing Educa‐tion

100+

38

Planet Ocean Seminar Series – CMS offers 4 distinguished lecture seminars each aca‐demic year, featuring promi‐nent speakers from our own faculty and other leading re‐search institutions, from well‐known environmental organi‐zations, and from government agencies.

4 times/yr Baden, Morrison, Dionsotes,Keck

Continuing Educa‐tion

100+

Marine Quest ‐‐ the official marine science outreach program for the University of North Caroli‐na Wilmington and the Center for Marine Science providing young people with opportuni‐ties to explore, discover and value our marine habitats.

Year Round

Marine Quest Em‐ployees

K‐12 Various

Marine Quest Summer Aca‐demic Enrichment

May ‐ Au‐gust


5 to 17 25+

Marine Quest Marine Explor‐ers

Saturdays


5‐8 25+

Marine Quest Marine Adven‐tures

Saturdays


9‐12 25+

Marine Quest Scouts Saturdays


12‐18 25+

Marine Quest Kayak Pack Saturdays


12‐18 25+

d.) Professional Service Identify advisory, regulatory or other professional service that members of the Activity have provid‐ed to North Carolina or at the regional / national / international level. Include all North Carolina ad‐visory or regulatory boards and groups; and significant national / international boards. Please limit this list to the most relevant and significant 20 examples. Table D5. Professional Service

Board or Group name Dates Activity member name and af‐filiation

Service provided

UNC Marine Science Council 2000 – Pre‐sent

Dan Baden, CMS Appointed Mem‐ber

SAB NOAA working group on Oceans and Health

2010‐2011 Dan Baden, CMS Appointed Mem‐ber

Ocean Leadership 2007 – pre‐sent

Dan Baden, CMS (Primary), and John Morrison, CMS (Alternate)

University Repre‐sentatives

National Association of Ma‐rine Laboratories

2010 ‐ pre‐sent

Dan Baden, CMS (Primary), and John Morrison, CMS (Alternate)

University Repre‐sentatives

39

NSF Regional Class Research Vessel Advisory Committee

2003 – 2010 John Morrison, CMS Appointed Com‐mittee Member

University National Oceano‐graphic System (UNOLS)

2005 ‐ pre‐sent

John Morrison, CMS Elected Council Member

Ocean Science on the Hill 2009 – present

John Morrison, CMS Advocate for Ocean Science

NASA Ocean Color Working Group

1995 ‐present

John Morrison, CMS Working Group Member

NASA Biodiversity Working Group

2001 ‐present

John Morrison, CMS Working Group Member

Duke/UNC Oceanographic Consortia Program Committee

2000 ‐present

John Morrison, CMS Chair

Duke/UNC Oceanographic Consortia Policy Board

2000 ‐present

John Morrison, CMS Ex‐Officio Mem‐ber

US Consortia for Ocean Car‐bon Biogeochemistry

2006 – pre‐sent

John Morrison, CMS Member

Southeast Coastal Ocean Ob‐serving Regional Association Board of Directors

2008 ‐ 2014 Lynn Leonard, CMS Elected

Southeast Coastal Ocean Ob‐serving Regional Association

2007 – pre‐sent

Lynn Leonard, CMS Invited

Southeast Coastal Ocean Ob‐serving Regional Association

2007 – pre‐sent

John Morrison, CMS Alternate Univer‐sity Representa‐tion

Cooperative Institute for Ocean Exploration, Educa‐tion, Research and Technolo‐gy (CIOERT)

2008 ‐ Daniel Baden, CMS Managing Direc‐tor


2008 – present

John Morrison, CMS Invited


2010 – present

Alina Szmant Invited

Expert Panel to review the state of Science and Technol‐ogy in Canada

2011 Jeffrey Wright, CMS Invited

U.S. Integrated Ocean Ob‐serving System (IOOS®) Fed‐eral Advisory Committee

2012‐ present

Lynn Leonard, CMS Invited

Marine Mammal Stranding Network

2003 – pre‐sent

D. Ann Pabst, BMB Coordinator

40

E. Outputs and Impacts

1. Publications a.) List refereed publications directly related to Activity. Please limit to the 20 most significant or

representative publications for the period of January 1, 2008 – present. You may reference in‐formation in the REACH NC Appendix in response to this question.

1. Bowler, Chris, Andrew E. Allen, Jonathan H. Badger, Jane Grimwood, Kamel Jabbari, Alan Kuo, Uma

Maheswari, Cindy Martens, Florian Maumus, Robert P. Otillar, Edda Rayko, Asaf Salamov, Klaas Vandepoele, Bank Beszteri, Ansgar Gruber, Marc Heijde, Michael Katinka, Thomas Mock, Klaus Valentin, Fréderic Verret, John A. Berges, Colin Brownlee, Jean‐Paul Cadoret, Anthony Chiovitti, Chang Jae Choi, Sacha Coesel, Alessandra De Martino, J. Chris Detter, Colleen Durkin0, Angela Falciatore, Jérome Fournet, Miyoshi Haruta, Marie J. J. Huysman, Bethany D. Jenkins, Katerina Jiroutova, Richard E. Jorgensen0, Yolaine Joubert, Aaron Kaplan, Nils Kröger, Peter G. Kroth, Julie La Roche, Erica Lindquist, Markus Lommer, Véronique Martin–Jézéquel, Pascal J. Lopez, Susan Lucas, Manuela Mangogna, Karen McGinnis0, Linda K. Medlin, Anton Montsant, Marie‐Pierre Oudot–Le Secq, Carolyn Napoli0, Miroslav Obornik, Micaela Schnitzler Parker0, Jean‐Louis Petit, Betina M. Porcel, Nicole Poulsen, Matthew Robison, Leszek Rychlewski, Tatiana A. Rynearson, Jeremy Schmutz, Harris Shapiro, Magali Siaut, Michele Stanley, Michael R. Sussman, Alison R. Taylor, Assaf Vardi,0, Peter von Dassow, Wim Vyverman, Anusuya Willis, Lucjan S. Wyrwicz, Daniel S. Rokhsar, Jean Weissenbach, E. Virginia Armbrust0, Beverley R. Green, Yves Van de Peer & Igor V. Grigoriev. The Phaeodactylum genome reveals the evolutionary history of diatom genomes. Nature 2008, 456(7219): 239‐44.

2. Louise K. Blight, David G. Ainley, Stephen F. Ackley, Grant Ballard, Tosca Ballerini, Robert L. Brownell, Jr., C.‐H. Christina Cheng, Mariachiara Chiantore, Daniel Costa, Malcolm C. Coulter, Paul Dayton, Ar‐thur L. Devries, Robert Dunbar, Sylvia Earle, Joseph T. Eastman, Steven D. Emslie, Clive W. Evans, Robert A. Garrott, Stacy Kim, Gerald Kooyman, Amélie Lescroël, Michael Lizotte, Melanie Massaro, Silvia Olmastroni, Paul J. Ponganis, Joellen Russell, Donald B. Siniff, Walker O. Smith, Jr., Brent S. Stewart, Ian Stirling, Jay Willis, Peter Wilson, and Eric J. Woehler. Fishing for data in the Ross Sea, Science 2010, 330, (6009) pp. 1316‐1318.

3. Avery Jr., G.B., J.L. Dickson Brown, J.D. Willey, R.J. Kieber. Assessment of rainwater volatile organic carbon in southeastern North Carolina, USA. Atmospheric Environment 2009, 43(16): 2678‐2681.

4. Barreto, Felipe S., Michael A. McCartney. Extraordinary AFLP fingerprint similarity despite strong assortative mating between reef fish color morphospecies. Evolution 2008, 62(1): 226‐233.

5. Dale, Olivia R., Craig R. Tobias, Bongkeun Song. Biogeographical distribution of diverse anaerobic ammonium oxidizing (anammox) bacteria in Cape Fear River Estuary. Environmental Microbiolo‐gy 2009, 11(5): 1194‐1207.

6. Fire, Spencer E., Zhihong Wang, Tod A. Leighfield, Steve L. Morton, Wayne E. McFee, William A.

McLellan, R. Wayne Litaker, Patricia A. Tester, Aleta A. Hohn, Gretchen Lovewell, et al. Domoic acid exposure in pygmy and dwarf sperm whales (Kogia spp.) from southeastern and mid‐Atlantic U.S. waters. Harmful Algae 2009, 8(5): 658‐664.

41

7. Gartner Jr., John V., Kenneth J. Sulak, Steve W. Ross, Ann Marie Necaise. Persistent near‐bottom aggregations of mesopelagic animals along the North Carolina and Virginia continental slopes. Ma‐rine Biology 2008,153(5): 825‐841.

8. Harwell, Heather D., Martin H. Posey, Troy D. Alphin. Landscape aspects of oyster reefs: Effects of

fragmentation on habitat utilization. Journal of Experimental Marine Biology and Ecology 2011, 409(1‐2): 30‐41.

9. Jury, Christopher P., Robert F. Whitehead, Alina M. Szmant. Effects of variations in carbonate chem‐

istry on the calcification rates of Madracis auretenra (= Madracis mirabilis sensu Wells, 1973): Bi‐carbonate concentrations best predict calcification rates. Global Change Biology 2010,16 (5): 1632‐1644.

10. Kowalczuk, Piotr, William J. Cooper, Michael J. Durako, Amanda E. Kahn, Michael Gonsior, Heather

Young. Characterization of dissolved organic matter fluorescence in the South Atlantic Bight with use of PARAFAC model: Relationships between fluorescence and its components, absorption coeffi‐cients and organic carbon concentrations. Marine Chemistry 2010, 118(1‐2): 22‐36.

11. Lin, Jing, Lian Xie, Leonard J. Pietrafesa, Hongzhou Xu, Wendy Woods, Michael A. Mallin, Michael J.

Durako. Water quality responses to simulated flow and nutrient reductions in the Cape Fear River Estuary and adjacent coastal region, North Carolina Ecological Modelling 2008, 212(3‐4): 200‐217.

12. McNamara, Dylan E., B.T. Werner. Coupled barrier island‐resort model: 1. Emergent instabilities

induced by strong human‐landscape interactions. Journal of Geophysical Research F: Earth Sur‐face 2008, 113(1)

13. Mead, Ralph N., Jeremy B. Morgan, G. Brooks Avery Jr., Robert J. Kieber, Aleksandra M. Kirk, Steph‐

an A. Skrabal, Joan D. Willey. Occurrence of the artificial sweetener sucralose in coastal and marine waters of the United States. Marine Chemistry 2009, 116(1‐4): 13‐17.

14. Pawlik, Joseph R.. The chemical ecology of sponges on Caribbean reefs: Natural products shape natural systems. BioScience 2011, 61(11): 888‐898.

15. Prince, Emily K., Tracey L. Myers, Jerome Naar, Julia Kubanek. Competing phytoplankton undermines

allelopathy of a bloom‐forming dinoflagellate. Proceedings of the Royal Society B: Biological Scienc‐es 2008, 275(1652): 2733‐2741.

16. Satake, Masayuki, Anna Campbell, Ryan M. Van Wagoner, Andrea J. Bourdelais, Henry Jacocks, Dan‐

iel G. Baden, Jeffrey L. C. Wright. Brevisin: An aberrant polycyclic ether structure from the dinoflagellate Karenia brevis and its implications for polyether assembl. Journal of Organic Chemis‐try 2009, 74(3): 989‐994.

17. Sweet, William V., John M. Morrison, Y. Liu, Daniel Kamykowski, Blake A. Schaeffer, Lian Xie, Stuart

Banks. Tropical instability wave interactions within the Galápagos Archipelago. Deep‐Sea Research Part I: Oceanographic Research Papers 2009, 56(8): 1217‐1229.

42

18. Tomas, Carmelo R., Theodore J. Smayda. Red tide blooms of Cochlodinium polykrikoides in a coastal cove. Harmful Algae 2008, 7(3): 308‐317

19. Van Wagoner, Ryan M., Masayuki Satake, Andrea J. Bourdelais, Daniel G. Baden, Jeffrey L. C. Wright. Absolute configuration of brevisamide and brevisin: Confirmation of a universal biosynthetic pro‐cess for Karenia brevis polyethers. Journal of Natural Products 2010, 73(6): 1177‐1179.

20. Voolstra, Christian R., Julia Schnetzer, Leonid Peshkin, Carly J. Randall, Alina M. Szmant, Mónica Me‐

dina. Effects of temperature on gene expression in embryos of the coral Montastraea faveolata. BMC Genomics 2009, 10

21. Williams, Terrie M., Mary Zavanelli, Melissa A. Miller, Robert A. Goldbeck, Michael Morledge, Dave

Casper, D. Ann Pabst, William McLellan, Lucas P. Cantin, David S. Kliger. Running, swimming and div‐ing modifies neuroprotecting globins in the mammalian brain. Proceedings of the Royal Society B: Biological Sciences 2008, 275(1636): 751‐758.

22. White, J. Wilson, Louis W. Botsford, Marissa L. Baskett, Lewis A.K. Barnett, R Jeffrey Barr, Alan Has‐

tings. Linking models with monitoring data for assessing performance of no‐take marine reserves. Frontiers in Ecology and the Environment 2011, 9(7): 390‐399.

b.) List non‐refereed publications such as journal articles, reviews, conference papers, books and

book chapters directly related to Activity. Please limit to the 20 most significant or representa‐tive publications for the period of January 1, 2008 – present.

2. Technical Outputs

List any technical outputs such as CDs, software programs, databases, algorithms, and/or measure‐

ment instruments. Include the key participants and their affiliation. There is no time limit on when these occurred.

Carolinas Regional Coastal Ocean Observing System (Carolina RCOOS) (http://carolinasrcoos.org/), Lynn Leonard; 2011 ‐ Present

Coastal Ocean Research and Monitoring Program (CORMP); Data Base System (http://www.cormp.org/); Lynn Leonard; 2000 – Present

Lower Cape Fear River Program (http://uncw.edu/cms/aelab/LCFRP/); James Merrit’ 1995 – Present.

Marine Biotechnology in North Carolina (MARBIONC) Harmful Marine Microalgae (HABS) Reference Collection (http://uncw.edu/cms/ResearchMARBIONCResearch.html); Carm Tomas, 2003 ‐ Present.

Molecular Libraries Small Molecule Repository (MLSMR) (http://mli.nih.gov/mli/secondary‐menu/mlscn/ml‐small‐molecule‐repository/); Jeffrey Wright, Carm Tomas, Dan Baden; 2010 ‐ Present

Salinity Processes in the Upper Ocean Regional Study (SPURS) Data Management System (http://spurs.jpl.nasa.gov/SPURS/); Fred Bingham, 2010 – Present.

43

Southeast Marine Weather Portal (http://secoora.org/data/marineweatherportal); Jen‐nifer Dorton; 2007 – Present.

See Section on MARBIONC

3. Commercialization and Technology Transfer

List and describe commercialization or the transfer of technology to either the private or the governmental sector. Technology transfer can include a range of actions including patent applications, company formations, and/or licensing agreements. There is no time limit on when these occurred.

See Section on MARBIONC

4. Awards and Honors Please list and describe awards and honors conferred to faculty, staff and students as a result of their participation in the Activity. Please limit to the 20 most significant or representative publica‐tions for the period of January 1, 2008 – present. Table E1. Awards and Honors

Award or Honor Date Name Brief Description

William R. Kenan Dis‐tinguished Professor of Marine Science

2000 Daniel G. Baden The William R. Kenan, Jr., Charitable Trust provided funds to establish this distin‐guished professorship in memory of Ow‐en G. Kenan.

Frank Hawkins Kenan Distinguished Profes‐sor of Biological Sci‐ences

2000 Richard A. Satterlie This professorship was established by C. D. Spangler, Jr., and the C. D. Spangler Foundation in honor of Frank Hawkins Kenan's extensive and successful efforts on behalf of higher education in North Carolina, and deep roots in Wilmington

Carl B. Brown Distin‐guished Professor of Marine Science

2000 Jeffrey L. Wright This professorship was created with a gift from Carl B. Brown in response to the challenge grant of the Board of Gover‐nors provided by the Distinguished Pro‐fessors Endowment Trust Funds estab‐lished by the NC General Assembly.

The William E. Sisson Marine Science En‐dowment

Endowed Center for Marine Re‐search

This endowment supports marine science research activities by the Center for Ma‐rine Science.

Agios Isidoros, Louis & Artemis Cotses, and Tommy Cotses Mariculture Fund

Endowed Center for Marine Re‐search Aquacul‐ture/Mariculture Pro‐gram

The fund was created by Tommy L. Cotses in memory of his parents, Louis and Artemis Cotses and to honor the Cotses family legacy of supporting educa‐tion. The fund is intended to provide support for the study of mariculture at

44

UNCW.

CMS Undergraduate Awards

Fall, Spring, and Summers

CMS CMS awards $1000/student for ~10 stu‐dents per year to work with Marine Sci‐ence Faculty.

CMS Pilot Projects

7‐Research: $211,957

1‐Equip: $20,037

________________ 6‐Research: $169,976

2008‐2009

____ 2011‐2012

Mead & Morgan; Tay‐lor, Alison Lema, Song & Narr West‐gate

Koopman, et al. ___________________

Webb Lane & Reber McNama‐ra; Long &Freshwater White & Brander Cahoon & Bai‐ley

CMS offers competitive awards for facul‐ty teams to carry out pilot research pro‐jects on a competitive basis to faculty embers conducting research which best support eh mission of the center and rep‐resent new initiatives. The total proposal budget should not exceed $25K for 1 in‐vestigator, $35K for 2, and $45k for 3 or more investigators. (Total Amount Awarded has ranged from $150 – 250K)

F. Other

If there is other information that has not been requested above and is relevant, please include it here.

When reviewing CMS it is important to remember that CMS is a “support” facility for the Marine Science Faculty at UNCW. This includes teaching, research and outreach support. Most of the activities in ma‐rine science occurring at UNCW touch the Center in some way. For clarity and brevity, the reviewers should refer to individual departments and programs for their references to CMS. Teaching. The Master of Science in marine science program is unique in that it is administered out of the Center for Marine Science. Like all graduate programs, it reports to the Graduate School. This program is run by the CMS Associate Director for Education with guidance from the CMS Education Committee, which is composed of fourteen academic and research faculty and two graduate students in the various areas of marine science at UNCW. This program is truly an interdisciplinary program that does not have ownership by a single department. Almost all of the courses that marine science students take are taught through the academic science departments, and those departments receive credit for the credit hours produced. Because almost all faculty have primary affiliation in an academic department, this pro‐gram does not need to generate credit hours to justify faculty positions, and the current arrangement benefits departments that contribute to the program. Whereas students can do similar research pro‐jects in either the marine science program or in one of the departmental programs, the marine science program is unique in that it is interdisciplinary, and students take courses in at least three different dis‐ciplines and have committees with faculty members from at least two different academic disciplines. Faculty advisors for marine science students come from varied backgrounds: oceanography, marine sci‐ence, aquaculture, biology, chemistry, economics, geography, geology, geophysics, and physics.

45

Research. Besides a small faculty of its own that was hired to fill in programmatic gaps in the other ma‐rine science programs, a number of faculty from departments on main campus are supported within CMS with office and laboratory space: Biology and Marine Biology: 13; Chemistry and Biochemistry: 2; Geography and Geology: 6 and Physical Oceanography: 3. In addition, all marine science faculty have access to the CMS Core Facilities as well as, a greenhouse with running seawater; a radioisotope labora‐tory; computer workrooms, cold rooms, and walk‐in freezers; temperature controlled rooms; autoclave and media preparation room; darkroom; chemical storage and balance rooms; fireproof vault for data storage; clean room; central analytic facility; sample processing rooms; aquarium room with running seawater; 7,200 gallon oceanographic test tank with electric overhead hoist; indoor storage; outdoor storage; shower/locker facilities; and outdoor facility for tanks with running sea water. Outreach. Besides CMS’s own Public Service, Outreach and Community Engagement Programs, we house and support the Watson College of Education’s Marine Quest Program; the Cameron School of Business’s Business of Biotechnology (joint program with MARBIONC); North Carolina Sea Grant, North Carolina National Estuarine Research Reserve; and the Marine Bio‐Technologies Center of Innovation.

46

Section II‐2.Coastal and Marine Science Activities

A. Activity: MARBIONC‐‐‐Marine Biotechnology in North Carolina B. Activity Narrative

Mission and History

MARBIONC was officially formed in 2004 via funding from the State of North Carolina and the initial collaboration of key personnel who could implement MARBIONC’s vision:

“…To position North Carolina’s marine biotechnology industry as a key component in reach‐ing economic and environmental solutions on a global scale…”

MARBIONC is an economic development program that is supported by the state of North Carolina and is administered by the Center for Marine Science for the University of North Carolina Wilming‐ton. The program was designed to produce impact in the food, energy, and health sectors.

The initial effort was to support a discovery pipeline of new marine bioactive compounds as leads for the biotech and pharmaceutical industries. This initiative begins with the collection, identifica‐tion, and maintenance of a collection of marine microorganisms with biotechnology potential. The‐se organisms, including marine algae (over 400 clones maintained at all times), bacteria (over 500 different species) and, to a lesser degree, fungi collected from world‐wide sources, form the founda‐tion for marine natural product discovery resulting in a variety of products used for various aspects of human health. MARBIONC’s initial efforts also focused on the development of sustainable sources of marine finfish and shellfish for human consumption, eco‐friendly feeds for marine finfish and ornamental fish consumption, and technologies capable of detecting or gaining a better under‐standing of unique biochemical processes.

To accomplish its Mission and Vision, MARBIONC provides a broad scientific infrastructure, primarily in the form of 1) facilities, 2) sophisticated instrumentation and 3) support and 4) training of scien‐tific personnel: 1) Soon, the group will be moving to world‐class research facilities in the new MARBIONC facility (scheduled to open Q1 2013); 2) High tech NMR, LCMCMC, and IRMS core facili‐ties have been developed as shared resources; 3) MARBIONC has financially supported marine re‐search scientists at other North Carolina‐based institutions including UNC‐CH’s Institute of Marine Sciences, East Carolina University and UNC Pembroke. MARBIONC‐derived grant support main‐tained funded collaborations with Mote Marine Laboratory, University of Miami RSMAS and Medical School, Lovelace Respiratory Research Institute, Mount Sinai Medical Center Miami Beach, the CDC, and FL Dept of Health; 4) The MARBIONC Business of Biotechnology program, (the first of its kind in the nation) is training the next generation of scientific entrepreneurs by combining an MBA degree in association with UNCW’s Cameron School of Business with a multi‐year post‐doctoral research fellowship.

MARBIONC’s mission, vision and history continue to be realized in innovative ways, as demonstrated by the creation of the MARBIONC Development Group, LLC and by the establishment of business and/or development relationships with diverse commercial entities.

Through successful identification and production of unique or difficult to produce neurotoxins used in biomedical research, chemical standards for analysis and bioactive molecules from marine micro‐organisms, MARBIONC created a UNCW associated entity, MARBIONC Development Group, LLC, a North Carolina registered not‐for‐profit entity, for the wholesale and retail commercialization of these and other products. A substantial portion of income from these sales is returned to the pro‐

47

ducing laboratory while the remainder supports additional education and R&D activities for future commercially viable products.

The efforts by MARBIONC and MARBIONC Development Group, LLC have resulted in business and/or development relationships with commercial entities including:

North Carolina: Ocean Therapeutics (Cary, NC); Aqua Plantations, LLC; World Ocean Solu‐tions; Carolina Classic Catfish; Duke University; UNC‐CH; Blue Ocean, LLC; IKA Works; Targacept; UNC Pembroke;

U.S.: Reed Mariculture, CA; Aquatic Eco Systems, FL; Axxora/Enzo, CA; LKT, MN;

International: National Research Council Canada, Prince Edward Island; Research Productivi‐ty Council, New Brunswick, Canada; Curacao Seaquarium and Submarine Base, Curacao; CEMBO Center for Marine Biotechnology in Oman, Muscat;

New Translational Public‐Private R&D space: MARBIONC facilitated efforts to create an environment for the interaction of private companies and marine biotechnology transla‐tional R&D. MARBIONC was at the forefront of applying for and receiving a $15 million matching grant from the National Institute of Standards and Technology (U.S. Department of Commerce) for the construction of a 69,000 square foot building (the MARBIONC Build‐ing) dedicated to private and public research facilities on UNCW’s Center for Marine Sci‐ence. A needs analysis revealed that no such space existed in SE North Carolina. The UNCW proposal was one of the first four proposals funded in the USA.

MARBIONC’s Traits:

The MARBIONC economic development program is distinct, if not unique, in North Carolina. Its leadership team is composed of a talented staff of individuals having diverse backgrounds in R&D academics, private business experience, corporate R&D development, and corporate legal experi‐ence(IP and transactional). The team manages the creation of innovative products and technolo‐gies, evaluates market potential, devises translational activities, creates and perfects intellectual property either marketing and selling products through its LLC or out‐licensing products to industrial partners.

This format is distinguished from those being created at other institutions for several specific rea‐sons. First, it creates a greater potential to support R&D efforts. Second, it creates business relation‐ships for the commercialization of technologies. Third, it shifts financial support paradigms to a combination of federal, state and industrial grants and partnerships. Finally, fourth, it creates busi‐ness opportunity and economic growth locally, regionally and throughout the State. These oppor‐tunities do not merely provide partners for existing companies, but also represent either the poten‐tial for the creation of new industries with newly trained individuals, or the expansion of specific sectors of existing businesses.

The MARBIONC approach spans the entire life‐cycle of discovery (research), development and com‐mercialization for marine biotechnology which impacts a broad range of uses and human benefits. A longer‐term strategy of sharing work space and developing relationships with private entities will be closer to fruition upon the opening of the aforementioned MARBIONC Building. MARBIONC per‐sonnel will occupy approximately 40% of the laboratory space, with the remaining space available for lease to private biotechnology companies which have the potential to collaborate with MARBIONC and other UNCW research personnel. Our focus is translational R&D, leading from dis‐covery to commercialization. In this manner, MARBIONC is able to capitalize on University discov‐ery, guidance towards the proper studies to gather results in support of intellectual property, and/or

48

industry interest and participation.

MARBIONC’s Strategic Importance:

Business of Biotechnology graduates, trained through a combination of lock‐step MBA education and laboratory‐based translational research, have made an impact in a multitude of industries with graduates spanning the fields of medicine, academic R&D, entrepreneurship, diagnostics, contract research and various other fields. These students matriculate with the dual expertise, and are in high demand both domestically and internationally. Representing the one to two percent of appli‐cants that are admitted into this program, they are becoming future leaders in their respective areas of endeavor.

The MARBIONC economic development program and its personnel lead marine biotechnology re‐search, development and commercialization efforts in North Carolina while forming diverse com‐mercial partnerships, strategic R&D relationships and economic development opportunities.

As part of our continuing collaborative effort, MARBIONC personnel were key members of the advi‐sory formation team for a state‐wide marine biotechnology center of innovation (MBCOI). The MBCOI is a $2.4 million program funded by the North Carolina Biotechnology Center. The Executive Headquarters of the MBCOI reside in leased space at the Center for Marine Science Center with the secondary office located in Carteret County with the other university partners at UNCCH, Duke, and NCSU, One of three members of the Board of Director is Dr. Baden, Executive Principal of MARBIONC and Director of CMS.

NOTE: The MBCOI provides an additional venue for inter‐institutional collabora‐tion/value creation in Marine Biotechnology. MBCOI stands independent as a not‐for‐profit LLC, not administratively affiliated with any university in the UNC system, but collaborating with all. MARBIONC and MBCOI are NOT related. An Executive Summary of MBCOI is presented in section F. “other”.

Significant Impacts since 2008:

Research and Discovery

NIH funded the original discovery research and animal efficacy and toxicology studies for the development of brevenal;

A Florida Foundation commitment for $750K to complete the final GLP animal toxicology study for brevenal is pending;

Patented world‐wide composition of matter IP for brevenal, a pre‐clinical pharmaceutical candi‐date for the treatment of cystic fibrosis and COPD. Funding of over $350K for patent preparation and U.S. and International filing was through a Wilmington‐based CRO/pharmaceutical company, AAIPharma. Several significant derivative patents were issued for a variety of uses of the drug;

Filed patent applications and continuing to develop Escortin™ carriers, molecules from a marine microalgae that, when conjugated with otherwise poorly absorbed cellular imaging agents or bioac‐tive molecules, actively “escort” the entire conjugate across cell membranes. Future development could provide significant benefits to cellular‐based biomedical research with broad implications for the entire pharmaceutical industry, particularly highly cytotoxic and central nervous system drugs;

Preparing patent application for a novel marine‐derived antiviral compound, that is active against the equine herpes and encephalitis;

Creation of high‐throughput fraction library for assay screening

Further expansion of the chemical compound library

Completed the first genome sequence of a marine bacterium

49

The graduation of the 7th elite Business of Marine Biotechnology class is May 2013.

Economic Development

The formation and operation of a commercially viable entity in MARBIONC Development Group, LLC was achieved;

Sales through the LLC provided support to laboratories and future translational, development projects via a Program Income model;

Transitioned R&D into business related to mariculture: Aqua Plantations, Wilmington, black sea bass; Blue Ocean, Jacksonville, Flounder; Keith Hare, Warsaw, flounder (this farm is particularly sig‐nificant as it grows flounder away from the ocean using knowledge from MARBIONC’s mariculture R&D); Carolina Classic Catfish, Ayden's eco‐friendly mariculture feeds use MARBIONC technology;

The construction of the MARBIONC Building produced close to 300 architectural, engineering and construction jobs, with a projected additional 150 permanent local jobs within five years of completion of the building.

Most Significant Future Challenges:

Funding, today, tomorrow and in the foreseeable future, represents a significant challenge, particu‐larly using the MARBIONC development model. Our evolving model is based on creating the great‐est possible market value for any product, process or other technology being developed. Finding appropriate sources of early‐stage translational funding has been and continues to be challenging.

Consistent with translational development funding the creation and perfection of intellectual prop‐erty, particularly drafting, filing in the U.S. and entering international National Phase for patents is also quite challenging. When taken in stages, funding the U.S. and PCT filings would be most benefi‐cial, permitting additional time for additional development and out‐licensing activities prior to the requirement for entering the international National Phase (30 months from the original filing date).

For each of the above funding challenges, MARBIONC has been pursuing , and will continue to pur‐sue, non‐traditional funding sources including, for example, the use of self‐sponsored advance‐ment/fund raising personnel, the creation of private – public relationships based on MARBIONC cre‐ated technologies, and pursuit of additional industrial relationships by leveraging existing knowledge, experience, expertise and resources.

A final future challenge includes the identification and training of the next generation of MARBIONC program leadership while the present compliment remains fully integrated within the process. This is a full circle approach to personnel identification, recruitment and training, incremental assump‐tion of leadership, and transitional human resource development within a concept of permanent in‐novation.

Future Direction and Sustainability:

We intend to extend the scope of discovery and product development beyond our current focus in‐cluding bioactive molecules for the pharmaceutical industry, Escortin™ carriers, mariculture and as‐sociated feeds, eco‐friendly ornamental fish feeds, and biosensors into areas including, for example, nutrition (including nutraceuticals and functional foods), cosmeceuticals, bio fuels and useful indus‐trial and other chemicals.

We will also be focusing on expanding the product line for MARBIONC Development Group, LLC with the intent to be better able to finance future development projects and, possible, assist with the costs associated with intellectual property creation and perfection.

Consistent with a current draft for a new academic shared Business—marine science position,

50

MARBIONC supports the creation and implementation of cross‐disciplinary positions. The current draft focuses on a position that would be a member of UNCW’s Cameron School of Business, but with joint ties to MARBIONC and the Center for Marine Science. The successes achieved by our Business of Biotechnology personnel need to be expanded to the undergraduate and graduate level, providing students with a better understanding of science and business, with more options for fu‐ture employment. We envision similar joint positions in “oceans and human health” (School of Health and Applied Human Sciences), “science education” (MarineQuest and the Watson College of Education), and “translational sciences” (Cameron School of Business and College of Arts and Sci‐ences).

C. Resources

1. Personnel a.) Faculty and key staff involved with the activity:

Table C1. Personnel

Name Title and department/college Role

Daniel G. Baden, PhD WR Kenan Distinguished Professor Executive Principal

Jeffrey LC Wright, PhD CB Brown Distinguished Professor Principal

Steven A. Fontana, JD Sr Technology Develop Officer Executive Team

Steven Eitelman, PhD Part Time Business consultant Business Consultant

Leeanne C Bruin, MBA Coordinator of Business Operations Business Services Coordinator

Carmelo Tomas , PhD Professor in Biology Marine Biology Marine Culture Core Leader

Wade Watanabe, PhD Res Professor Center Marine Science Mariculture Group Leader

Andrea Bourdelais, PhD Res Assoc Prof Center Marine Science Bioaasay group leader

Wendy KS Bassett, PhD Res Assoc Prof Center Marine Science Mar Nat Products Group Leader

Md Shah Alam, PhD MBA Res Asst Prof Center Marine science Mariculture

Jennifer R McCall, PhD Visiting Res Asst Prof Center Marine Sci Business of Marine Biotech

Elizabeth J. Skellam, PhD Visiting Res Asst Prof Center Marine Sci Business of Marine Biotech

Patrick Carroll Research Specialist Mariculture Technician

Susan Niven Research Specialist Culture Lead

Elizabeth Elliott, PhD Research Specialist Single Channel Assay technican

Sarah J Karafas Research Specialist Marine Culture Core Technician

Allison K Stewart Research Specialist Marine Natural Products Tech

Robert A York Research Specialist Marine Culture Core Technician

Eve MH Wright Research Specialist Marine Natural Products group

Melissa D Smith Scientific Illustrator Visual arts/presentationsupport

Brandon Thigpen Engineering Technican MARBIONC building technician

Rose Mann Menditto Mann Enterprises Advancement contractor

David Grange Osprey Enterprises Research Alliance contractor

b.) current number and general description of undergraduate students, graduate students, and

post‐docs involved with the Activity. Do not list individual students or post‐docs. Undergraduate students: 12 total‐‐‐1honors, 2 directed independent study, 7 interns/part time, 1 community college, 1 another university (until October)

51

Graduate students: 10 total‐‐‐1 international PhD student from Oslo, 9 MS in marine science Post‐doctoral students: 3 total‐‐‐2 Business of Marine Biotechnology program and 1 grant‐funded 2. Funding Provide accurate financial information for the Activity capturing the previous three fiscal years of revenues and expenses, as well as the current fiscal year and projections for FY14. For the purposes of this table, “fiscal year” corresponds to the university fiscal year. For example FY12 is July 1, 2011 – June 30, 2012.

Table C2: Revenue


FY14 ($) Projected

Federal 2,319,140 3,151,502 4,803,904 10,346,766 82,314

State (not university) 49,484 77,033 72,920 270,451 82,584

Institution (e.g. University) 1,615,893 1,907,457 2,009,439 2,312,959 2,622,027

Foundation 0 0 0 0 pending

Total 4,026,972 5,172,160 6,949,701 12,977,530 3,102,926

Revenue table description – The revenue table is comprised of FY09/10‐11/12 actual revenues, FY12‐13 actual/projected revenue and FY13‐14 projected revenue. FY10/11 through FY12/13 federal revenues include ARRA construction grant for the MARBIONC building, total of $15 million. FY 13/14 other reve‐nue includes initial lease revenue for the building at 80% occupancy.

Table C3: Expenses


FY14 ($) Projected

Personnel 1,686,723 1,930,218 1,969,815 1,871,924 1,641,744

Programmatic 1,994,844 2,884,679 4,602,129 10,471,538 538,603

Physical infrastruc‐ture

42,500 42,500 42,500 42,500 42,500

Maintenance and operation

255,000 260,770 276,101 585,169 895,317

Equipment (>$5,000) 21,956 0 9,334 0 0

Other Direct Costs* 0 0 0 0 0

Indirect Costs 133,139 170,291 136,038 71,099 23,454

Total 4,134,161 5,288,458 7,035,917 13,042,230 3,141,617

Expense table description – The expense table includes actual expenses by category for FY09/10‐FY12/13, actual/projected expense for FY12/13 and projected expense for FY13/14. Expenses decline as the MARBIONC building is completed. Annual building operating expenses are included in mainte‐nance/operation in total by FY13/14.

3. Physical infrastructure Describe the key physical infrastructure that supports your Activity. Include buildings, boats, spe‐cialized equipment, land, core facilities, and any other unique capability. Include pending infrastruc‐ture additions. Please indicate who owns the physical infrastructure and whether it is a shared re‐source. If shared, by whom?

52

Buildings (All located on the CREST Research Park campus of UNCW)

Existing Buildings

Center for Marine Science: 75,000 sq ft. 34 research laboratories of 453 nominal sq ft each. 34 offices of approximately 120 sq ft, housing 1 PI, or 2 postdoctoral trainees or 2 PhD students, shared bull‐pen space (450sq ft) for graduate students on each of two floors, approximately 10 desks each with comput‐ers. CMS also houses a number of specialized facilities including 4 adjustable experimental temperature controlled rooms (2 specifically for seawater), 3 specialized constant temperature control rooms for cultivation of microalgae and other photosynthetic single celled marine creatures, an indoor running seawater facility composed of three separate rooms totaling 1700 sq ft. The building is shared by Biol‐ogy and Marine Biology, Chemistry and Biochemistry, Geography and Geology, Physics and Physical Oceanography, Environmental Studies, Marine Quest, Center support staff, Center Administration, and leased space to the Marine Biotechnology Center of Innovation, the NC SeaGrant extension office, and the North Carolina National Estuarine Research Reserve laboratory. The MARBIONC program currently uses space in this building, but will be moving to their own building in 2013. This will free up 9 laborato‐ries and offices, and substantial specialty space. This will permit expansion of the marine science activi‐ties presently on the South College campus and also will provide additional designated visiting scientists space for other universities, as originally proposed in 2000. Funded by the State of North Carolina in 1998.

Operations Wing: 24,000 sq ft housing machine shop, oceanographic equipment, physical oceanogra‐phy, dive shop, receiving, offices for Aquarius Reef Base, Remotely operated vehicle personnel, CORMP ocean observing systems labs and offices, IT and computer repair, Marine Quest offices. The operations wing is largely a research support activity used by all CREST campus members, with offices as men‐tioned. Funded by a State Bond Issued in 2008.

Oyster Hatchery: 12,000 sq ft of space for experimental shellfish hatchery best practices. This is a de‐veloping activity which has economic development potential. The hatchery is home to the shellfish mar‐iculture group led by Dr. Ami Wilbur. Funded by direct General Assembly allocation in 2009.

Building Under Construction

MARBIONC building: 69,000 sq ft of space. Highest quality marine biotechnology facility on the East coast. Under construction, 03/2013 expected occupancy. The laboratory is a public‐private partnership building for Translational research. Corporate leased space and university leased space co‐located. 17 individual labs for corporate partners, about the same number for university partners. Specialized culti‐vation facilities, infinitely reconfigurable bench space, 24.7.365 power, security. The university partners in the MARBIONC Building are the personnel listed earlier under personnel. Funded by a Federal NIST construction grant in partnership with UNCW.

Core Facilities

Core Facilities: Core facilities are built upon an NIH Core Center concept. This concept provides for large expensive ($500,000 to $1M or more) supervised equipment available to anyone associated with the activity‐‐‐in this case the Center for Marine Science. The university provides the equipment, and service contract for major equipment cores. The Center for Marine Science and MARBIONC each share cores amongst multiple groups. Each Facility Core has an appointed Faculty Leader, and an assigned technical specialist who may be a technician or a senior staff member. Time on instruments is sched‐uled based on either an outlook calendar format or by dry erase board calendar associated with individ‐ual cores and based on their preference. Core Leaders are expected to offer adequate access to all affil‐

53

iated parties. Present Core Facilities include a) NMR spectroscopy, b) liquid chromatography‐mass spectrometry (4 instruments), c) isotope ratio mass spectrometry, d) nutrient analysis, e) oceanographic equipment. Access is provided at very low cost, most often for the cost of reagents to run samples or experiments. Core facilities are presented in more detail in the section II that refers to the Center for Marine Science as a whole.


1. Research Table D1. Research

PI NAME PROJECT TITLE INVESTIGATORS SPONSOR AWARD AMOUNT

PROJECT BEGIN DATE

Baden, Daniel Effects of inhaled Florida red tide brevetoxins

6 institutions, 2 govt agencies

NIH/National Institute of Environmental Health Sciences (NIEHS)

$ 1,375,822 7/1/2000




$ 1,205,311 7/1/2001




$ 1,409,531 7/1/2002




$ 1,074,551 7/1/2003




$ 1,455,424 7/1/2004




$ (99,856) 7/1/2004




$ (25,227) 7/1/2004




$ 175,000 7/1/2005

54




$ 1,447,122 7/1/2006




$ 14,174 7/1/2000




$ 1,416,710 7/1/2007




$ 1,425,035 7/1/2008




$ 1,466,084 7/1/2009




$ 1,494,310 7/1/2010




$ 150,000 7/1/2010

Baden, Daniel MARBIONC Building: Economic Development

Baden, Daniel DoC/National Institute of Standards and Tech‐nology (NIST)

$14,979,888 9/1/2009

Baden, Daniel Effects of Inhaled Florida Red Tide Brevetoxins

3 institutions NIH/National Institute of Environmental Health Sciences (NIEHS)

$ 300,000 7/1/2009

Baden, Daniel Effects of Inhaled Florida Red Tide Brevetoxins

3 institutions NIH/National Institute of Environmental Health Sciences (NIEHS)

$ 499,999 7/1/2010

Baden, Daniel Cooperative Institute for Ocean Exploration and Research 2009‐2010 Science Plan

Alexander, Aaron; Dorton, Jennifer; Shepard, Andrew

Florida Atlantic Universi‐ty

$ 6,000 7/1/2009


Alexander, Aaron; Dorton, Jennifer; Shepard, Andrew


$ 69,000 7/1/2009


Shepard, Andrew Florida Atlantic Universi‐ty

$ 477,361 7/1/2009

55


Shepard, Andrew; Szmant, Alina


$ 792,934 7/1/2009


Horn, Lance; Ross, Steve; Shepard, An‐drew


$ 721,771 7/1/2009

Baden, Daniel Permanent Innovation Work‐shop developed by Langdon Morris

Baden Burroughs Wellcome Fund

$ 10,000 2009 conf

Baden, Daniel Minority Predoctoral Fellowship Program

Perrineau, Elena National Institutes of Health (NIH)

$ 1,979 5/1/2003



$ 24,437 5/1/2004



$ 27,220 5/1/2005



$ 27,220 5/1/2006



$ 27,220 5/1/2007



$ 27,220 5/1/2008

Bourdelais, An‐drea

Osmoregulation in Dinoflagellates

Fowler, Nicholas; Thompson, Alysha

National Science Foun‐dation (NSF)

$ 82,314 2/1/2012


Ladder Frame Polyethers as Drug Escortins

Elliott, Elizabeth; Goodman, Allan; Klinkner, Jennifer

North Carolina Biotech‐nology Center (NCBC)

$ 249,404 1/1/2012


Development of high affinity analogues of brevenal‐novel molecular probes for the nerv‐ous system

Baden, Daniel; Good‐man, Allan; Jacocks, Henry; Taylor, Alison; Wolf, Mary


$ 216,000 9/5/2010


Development of high affinity analogues of brevenal‐novel molecular probes for the nerv‐ous system

Baden, Daniel; Goodman, Allan; Jacocks, Henry; Taylor, Alison; Wolf, Mary


$ 211,680 9/5/2010

Naar, Jerome Ciguatera testing by RBA in Lion‐fish extracts

Jacocks, Henry NOAA NOS National Centers for Coastal Ocean Science (NCCOS)

$ 8,228 6/6/2012

56

Naar, Jerome Ciguatera testing by RBA in Lion‐fish extracts

Jacocks, Henry NOAA NOS National Centers for Coastal Ocean Science (NCCOS)

$ 16,772 6/6/2012

Naar, Jerome Red tide field study Woods Hole Oceano‐graphic Institution

$ 8,000

Naar, Jerome

Development and performance evaluation of a Monoclonal An‐tibodies based ELISA for brevetoxins measurement in complex matrices.

Florida Fish and Wildlife Conservation Commis‐sion/Fish and Wildlife Research Institute (FWRI)

$ 26,689

Naar, Jerome

Detection, toxicity characteriza‐tion of brevetoxins metabolites and validation of the ELISA as an alternative to the regulatory mouse bioassay for shellfish monitoring

Baden, Daniel; Bourdelais, Andrea; Wright, Jeffrey L.

DoC/National Oceano‐graphic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA)

$ 300,000 8/1/2005

Naar, Jerome

Mitigating the harmful effects of Florida red tides using brevetoxin‐specific complexing agents Part I: Agents' identifica‐tion, mitigating effects and strategy development for field trials and large scale application

Florida Fish and Wildlife Conservation Commis‐sion (FFWCC)

$ 242,688 7/1/2007

Naar, Jerome

Mitigating the harmful effects of Florida red tides using brevetoxin‐specific complexing agents Part I: Agents' identifica‐tion, mitigating effects and strategy development for field trials and large scale application

Florida Fish and Wildlife Conservation Commis‐sion (FFWCC)

$ (36,000) 7/1/2007

Naar, Jerome Brevetoxin accumulation in fish and potential human health im‐pacts

Baden, Daniel; Satake, M; Wright, Jeffrey L.


$ 699,000 2007

Naar, Jerome Brevetoxin accumulation in fish: Toxin and toxicity assessment for potential human health threat

Florida Department of Health

$ 68,000 9/1/2003

57



$ 112,164 9/1/2003



$ 160,164 9/1/2003

Naar, Jerome

In field device for the autono‐mous detection of harmful algal blooms toxigenic species and toxins

Lynntech, Inc. $ 20,000 ########

Tomas, Carmelo R

Toxic Algae: Taxonomy, Quanti‐fication and Early Warning

Carmelo Tomas; Rich‐ard Dillaman

Norwegian Institute for Water Research

$ 2,133 1/1/2011

Tomas, Carmelo R




$ 2,670 1/1/2011

Tomas, Carmelo R




$ 6,000 1/1/2011

Tomas, Carmelo R




$ 8,609 1/1/2011

Tomas, Carmelo R

Methodological Procedure Im‐plementation and Software Tool Development for the Assess‐ment of Ecological Status of Aquatic Ecosystems from the Analysis of Phytoplakton Guilds

Carmelo Tomas University of Salento $ 10,000 6/1/2010

Tomas, Carmelo R

Methodological Procedure Im‐plementation and Software Tool Development for the Assess‐ment of Ecological Status of Aquatic Ecosystems from the Analysis of Phytoplakton Guilds

Carmelo Tomas University of Salento $ 19,884 6/1/2010

Watanabe, Wade

Practical diet development for intensive cultivation of red porgy in the southeastern US using alternative protein sources

Alam, Md Shah; DoC/National Oceano‐graphic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA)

$ 12,430 8/1/2009

Watanabe, Wade

Practical diet development for intensive cultivation of red porgy in the southeastern US using alternative protein sources

Alam, Md Shah; DoC/National Oceano‐graphic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA)

$ 136,735 8/1/2009

58

Watanabe, Wade

Controlled Breeding, Larviculture and Growout of High‐Value Ma‐rine Fish Species for US Agricul‐ture

Alam, Md; USDA/Coop State Re‐search, Education Exten‐sion Service (CSREES)

$ 205,920 8/1/2010

Watanabe, Wade

Pilot commercial scale testing of promising diets for intensive cultivation of southern flounder and black sea bass in NC using an alternative protein source

Alam, Md; NCSU/NC Sea Grant $ 45,361 6/1/2010

Watanabe, Wade

Salt incorporated diets for en‐hancing growth performance during intensive cultivation of black sea bass in NC using low salinity brackish water.


Watanabe, Wade

Integrated multi‐trophic aqua‐culture of marine finfish and salt‐tolerant plants (Salicornia) for biomitigation of effluent dis‐charge from recirculating aqua‐culture systems.

Farnell, Robert; My‐ers, Amanda

North Carolina State University (NCSU)

$ 19,848 4/1/2012

Watanabe, Wade

Optimizing All‐Female Southern Flounder Culture in Low Saline Waters


Watanabe, Wade

Optimizing All‐Female Southern Flounder Culture in Low Saline Waters

Alam, Md NCSU/NC Sea Grant $ 18,749 2/1/2010

Watanabe, Wade

The red porgy (Pagnus pagnus): optimizing prey enrichment and artificial microdiet applications for expanded hatchery produc‐tion of fingerlings.

Alam, Md Shah NC State University (NCSU)

$ 51,418 1/1/2008

Watanabe, Wade

Controlled breeding, larviculture, and growout of high value ma‐rine fish species for US Agricul‐ture

Alam, Md; USDA/Coop State Re‐search, Education Exten‐sion Service (CSREES)

$ 205,920 ########

Watanabe, Wade

Establishing a pilot hatchery for production of juveniles to sup‐port the finfish mariculture in‐dustry in NC

Dumas, Christopher; NC Biotechnology Cen‐ter

$ 66,842 9/1/2009

59

Watanabe, Wade

Controlled breeding. Larviculture, intensive growout and marketing of high‐value ma‐rine finfish species for US Agri‐culture

Dumas, Chris US Department of Agri‐culture (USDA)

$ 293,745 8/1/2006

Watanabe, Wade

Controlled breeding, larviculture and growout of high value ma‐rine fish species for US agricul‐ture

Alam, Md Shah USDA/Coop State Re‐search, Education & Ex‐tension Service (CSREES)

$ 219,350 8/1/2008

Watanabe, Wade

Preparation of SRAC publication on: New Species Profile: Black Sea Bass Contact information: Dr. Michael Masser Department of Wildlife and Fisheries Sciences 2258 TAMU Texas A&M Univer‐sity College Station, TX 77843‐2258 USA Telephone: +1 979‐845‐7370

Southern Regional Aq‐uaculture Center

$ 2,000 5/1/2009

Watanabe, Wade

Enhancing commercial aquacul‐ture of southern flounder in North Carolina: requisite tools for brookstock husbandry and expanded all‐female fingerling production


$ 22,136 2/1/2008

Watanabe, Wade


Alam, Md Shah; NC State University (NCSU)

$ 15,024 2/1/2008

Watanabe, Wade



$ 1,679 2/1/2008

60

Watanabe, Wade



$ 3,219 2/1/2008

Watanabe, Wade


Alam, Md Shah NCSU/NC Sea Grant $ 23,395 2/1/2008

Watanabe, Wade


Alam, Md Shah NCSU/NC Sea Grant $ 4,457 2/1/2008

Watanabe, Wade


Alam, Md Shah; NCSU/NC Sea Grant $ 18,938 2/1/2008

Watanabe, Wade

Flounder farming in NC: Devel‐oping improved strains and en‐hancing marketability for eco‐nomic success

NC State University (NCSU)

$ 21,622 6/5/2008

Watanabe, Wade

Commercialization of black sea bass aquaculture: nursery, growout and marketing

Alam, Md Shah; Du‐mas, Chris


$ 400,000 9/1/2006

Watanabe, Wade




$ 400,000 9/1/2006

Watanabe, Wade




$ 400,000 9/1/2006

61

Watanabe, Wade


Alam, Md Shah; Du‐mas, Chris; Schuster, Thomas


$ 211,163 9/1/2006

Watanabe, Wade




$ 211,163 9/1/2006

Watanabe, Wade




$ 211,163 9/1/2006

Watanabe, Wade




$ 211,163 9/1/2006

Watanabe, Wade




$ 23,463 9/1/2006

Watanabe, Wade

Practical diet development for intensive cultivation of southern flounder in North Carolina using an alternative protein source


$ 39,964 4/1/2007

Watanabe, Wade

Optimizing hatchery and nursery technologies for production of black sea bass fingerlings for commercial growout and stock enhancement projects


$ 50,195 5/1/2004

Watanabe, Wade

Red porgy (Pagrus pagrus): eval‐uation new species for intensive mariculture


$ 25,976 ########

Watanabe, Wade

Commercial production of southern flounder: control of sex reversal and transfer of technol‐ogy to industry


$ 5,995 2/1/2006

Watanabe, Wade

Commercial production of southern flounder: control of sex reversal and transfer of technol‐ogy to industry


$ 9,705 2/1/2006

62

Wright, Jeffrey

chemical and biological studies on a new antiviral compound from a cultured marine dinoflagellate

Frampton, Arthur; Tomas, Carmelo

NC Biotechnology Cen‐ter

$ 74,961 7/1/2011

Wright, Jeffrey L.

Diverse Chemical Libraries from Photosynthetic Marine Microal‐gae

Baden, Daniel; Tomas, Carmelo


$ 194,530 2006

Wright, Jeffrey L.




$ 106,603 2006

Wright, Jeffrey L.




$ 149,775 2006

Wright, Jeffrey L.




$ 107,403 2006

Wright, Jeffrey L.




$ 128,875 2007

Wright, Jeffrey L.




$ 450,043 2007

Wright, Jeffrey L.




$ 94,951 2007

Wright, Jeffrey L.




$ 76,681 2008

Wright, Jeffrey L.




$ 453,246 2008

Wright, Jeffrey L.

Developing Future Scientists in Rural NC Community Colleges

Van Wagoner, Ryan Brunswick Community College

$ 5,000 7/1/2008

Wright, Jeffrey L.

Expanding existing surveillance systems of harmful algal blooms and toxins

NC Department of Health and Human Ser‐vices (NC DHHS)

$ 59,993 2008

Wright, Jeffrey L.

Expanding existing surveillance systems of harmful algal blooms and toxins

NC Department of Health and Human Ser‐vices (NC DHHS)

$ 82,099 2007


63

Business of Marine Biotechnology Postdoctoral/MBA Program. This program is a 3 year lock step pro‐gram which includes 3 years of laboratory research in a marine biotechnology laboratory combined with the Cameron School of Business Professional MBA program. The program averages over 100 applica‐tions for 2‐4 positions per year, depending upon funding.


Course title, number, and level

Dates of‐fered



Enrollment Figures Total/on‐site/distance education

CHM 211 Spring Wright Introductory Organic Chemistry 65‐68

CHM/MS 579 Fall Wright Role of Oceans in Human Health 4‐6

CHM 491 Fall and Spring

Wright Directed Individual Study (DIS) 2

CHM 599 Entire year Wright Masters in Chemistry and Ma‐rine Science

2

Cameron School

3. Teaching and Instruction (if applicable) b.) Identify courses taught for Business of Marine Biotechnology Program (as part of the MBA pro‐

gram)



Dates of‐fered




MBA 550 Managerial Effectiveness

Summer, first year

R. Porter‐field, UNCW

Development and assessment of core management skills

33

MBA 510 Sta‐tistical Meth‐ods for Busi‐ness

Summer, first year

R. Badarinathi, UNCW

Survey of statistical methods and techniques

32

MBA 551 Management Strategy

Summer, first year

C. Rodri‐guez, UNCW

Evaluate a firm’s strategy and the detriments of competitive advantage

30

MBA 525 Mi‐croEconomics

Summer, first year

P. Schuhmann, UNCW

Analysis of decision making pro‐cesses and economic equilibri‐um for consumers and individual firms

30

MBA 540 Mar‐keting I

Fall, first year

T. Porter, UNCW

Introduction to Principles of Marketing

35

MBA 526 Mac‐roEconomics

Fall, first year

T. Simpson, UNCW

Analysis of aggregate economic activity

31

MBA 505 Fi‐nancial Ac‐

Fall, first year

H. Rockness, UNCW

Principles and Theory of Finan‐cial Accounting and interpreta‐

31

64

counting tion of financial statements

MBA 512 In‐formation Sys‐tems & Tech‐nology

Fall, first year

M. Orr, Ad‐junct, UNCW

Survey of current technology and its use to solve business problems

30

MBA 506 Managerial Accounting

Spring first year

D. Mautz, UNCW

Advanced accounting concepts applied to business

30

MBA 535 Cor‐porate Finan‐cial Manage‐ment

Spring, first year

E. Graham, UNCW

Broad survey of finance con‐cerned with the money‐management decisions of the individual and the firm

30

MBA 536 In‐vestment Management

Spring, first year

D. Echevarria, UNCW

Valuation principles for stocks, bonds, and options

30

MBA 552 Be‐havioral Man‐agement

Spring, first year

J. Magnus, UNCW

An intensive look at leadership, motivation, and communication within organizations

31

MBA 541 Mar‐keting II

Summer, second year

F. Spencer, UNCW

Strategic marketing planning process

29

MBA 511 Quantitative Methods

Summer, second year

B. Wray, UNCW

Intro to quantitative models and methods for the solution of business problems

13

MBA 570 Op‐erations Man‐agement

Summer, second year

D. Rosen, UNCW

Basic concepts, theories, and techniques for the management of operating systems

29

MBA 560 Busi‐ness Law

Summer, second year

R. Hanson, UNCW

Examination of the constitution‐al, legislative, judicial, regulato‐ry, and public policy forces ex‐erted on the business environ‐ment

30

MBA 513 In‐formation Analysis & Management

Fall, se‐cond year

M. Orr, Ad‐junct, UNCW

Strategic and tactical issues of info systems and technology are addressed as they support and lead business operations

31

MBA 553 – Learning Alli‐ance


V. Howe, UNCW

Applied Learning project for re‐gional small business

31

MBA 554 Practicum


J. Dougherty, Adjunct, UNCW

Capstone project 30

MBA 555 Or‐ganizational Change


S. Harper, UNCW

The study of organizational change

30

MBA 533 Real Summer, E. Graham, Current topics in real estate and

65

Estate Invest‐ment

second year

UNCW real estate investment 12

MBA 533 En‐trepreneurship

Summer, second year

C. Galbraith, UNCW

Survey of entrepreneurial en‐terprise types

17

MBA 533 Pro‐fessional Ser‐vices: Growing & Maintaining Client Rela‐tionships

Spring, second year

T. Meyer, UNCW

Issues regarding relationship management

21

MBA 533 Global Strate‐gy & Manage‐ment

Spring, second year

C. Rodri‐guez, UNCW

Challenges associated with formulating and implementing strategies in the global envi‐ronment.

12

MBA 533 Rec‐ognizing & Overcoming Organizational Defenses

Spring, second year

R. Tyndall, UNCW

Examination of organization de‐fense systems that slow or pre‐vent effective change and how to recognize and overcome the‐se actions in real life settings

15

MBA 557 Practicum

Spring, second year

J. Dougherty, Adjunct, UNCW

Capstone project continued 31

MBA 556 Ex‐ecutive Chal‐lenge

Spring, second year

V. Howe, UNCW

Set of situation and issues that executives face as leaders of organizations.

32


c.) Identify workshops, continuing education, or other non‐credit bearing instruction to community that are directly related to the Activity.

Table D3: Non‐Degree Credit Instruction

Workshop/Instruction title

Dates of‐fered


Brief description of 65ctive65ttion (1 sentence)


Summer Brunswick Community College Faculty Internship

2012 Wright, Strangman UNCW

In depth laboratory training in chromatography, data analysis

1

Bigelow NCMA Tomas UNCW

Taxonomy of Dinoflagellates Maine, 18 students 12 days

Marine Biological La‐ Tomas Taxonomy of Dinoflagellates Plymouth UK, 20

66

boratory UNCW students 14 days University of Salento Tomas

UNCW Taxonomy of Dinoflagellates Lecce Italy 22 stu‐

dents, 10 days University of Copen-hagen

Tomas UNCW

Systematics of Harmful Algae Denmark, 26 stu‐dents, 7 days

Washington DC 2011 Baden UNCW

Effects of Inhaled Toxins 48 congressional staffers

Washington DC 04/2010 Baden UNCW

Oceans and Human Health NIH Centers from 4 regions of the USA

OSHER LL learning 2010, 2011

Fontana, Eitelman UNCW

Pharmaceuticals and ex‐penses, marine biotechnolo‐gy development

50

Dubai UAE 2nd World Pharma Devel Conf

2009 Fontana UNCW

Brevenal and CF 500

d.) Public Service, Outreach and Community Engagement Identify faculty outreach and community engagement that directly relate to the Activity. Profession‐al Service will be captured in a different section, so please constrain this list to those examples that serve to broaden the impact of the Activity through societal engagements, such as science cafes and K‐12 initiatives. Please limit this list to the most relevant and significant 20 examples. Table D4. Public Service, Outreach and Community Engagement

Public Service / Out‐reach/Engagement pro‐gram name and brief de‐scription (one sentence)



Planet Ocean Lectures 4 annual Wright, Baden Public at large 135

Permanent Innovation 04/2010 Langdon Morris State personnel 132

Clin. Continuing Education 03/2011 Baden Sarasota MD 70

Economic Dev Conference 08/2012 Baden Local business 246

Kiwanis Club Wright Local community 30‐40

Landfall Association Wright Local community 50‐60

Hamline University MN 05/2012 Baden IP development 150

German Executive MBA lecture

04/2012 Baden, Wright foreign visitors 22

Curacao promotional 66Ac‐tivities

01/2012 Adriaan Schrier and Dan Baden

Faculty/ admin at universities in FL

5 visits, 40 partici‐pants

Gordon Conference on Ma‐rine Natural Products

06/2011 Dan Baden, Andrea Bourdelais

Peer scientists 140

Cape Fear Econ Devel 2010 Fontana public 25

Wilmington Econ Devel 2009 Fontana public 22

e.) Professional Service Identify advisory, regulatory or other professional service that members of the Activity have provid‐ed to North Carolina or at the regional / national / international level. Include all North Carolina ad‐

67

visory or regulatory boards and groups; and significant national / international boards. Please limit this list to the most relevant and significant 20 examples. Table D5. Professional Service

Board or Group name Dates Activity member name and affilia‐tion

Service provided

US Congress staffers 04/2011 Baden CORE/Ocean Leadership Education

Marine Biotech BOD 2011‐ Baden UNCW Expertise

MBCOI development 2008‐2011 Baden, Wright, UNCW Development of COI

CORE executive team Helped transition CORE to COL, new legal

2007‐2008 Baden UNCW Treasurer for CORE

Science Advisory Board Working Group

2009 Baden UNCW, For NOAA on oceans and health

Expertise

Council of Canadian Academies Expert Panel

2011,2012 Wright, Review state of Science and Technology in Canada

Expertise

Canada Foundation for Innovation

2011 Wright, Review CFI Funded pro‐grams at UPEI

Expertise

NURP Center Directors Meeting

12/2011 Baden, UNCW for NOAA NURP Directorship

Consortium for Ocean Leadership member

10/2008 2x annual

Baden, Morrison UNCW Member

Aquarius ATAR OSHA 04/2011 Baden, UNCW Administrator

NIH EAC meetings Annual March 2000‐2011

Baden Program Director, Bourdelais, Goodman, Niven

Complex management of field and lab pro‐grams.

NC Governors Innovation Council

10/2010 Baden from UNCW Education presentation on marine biotechnol‐ogy

MSEP Carteret County Frequent since 2008

Baden, Morrison from UNCW at‐tend on occasion

invitees

UNC Strategic Retreat of Marine Science

11/2009 Baden, Morrison UNCW Strategist member

Ireland Peer Review for Grants Celtic Tiger

10/2009 Baden UNCW Reviewer, challenger opponent (site visits)

NC Biotech meetings, seminars, get‐togethers

2008‐present

Baden, Wright, Fontana, Eitelman, Bourdelais

Participant, multiple visits

NC Biotechnology visit to Sweden

2008 Baden, together with selected NC Dept of Commerce

Key note speaker on Marine Biotechnology

NC Dept of Commerce visit to Cuba

2013(plan) Baden, Szmant, together with se‐lected NC Dept of Commerce

Economic development


1. Publications (MARBIONC personnel underlined)

68

a.) List refereed publications directly related to Activity. Please limit to the 20 most significant or representative publications for the period of January 1, 2008 – present. You may reference in‐formation in the REACH NC Appendix in response to this question. (20 listed of 50)

Priester C, Braude JP, Morton LC, Kinsey ST, Watanabe WO, Dillaman RM (2012) Ring Bands in Fish Skelatal Muscle: Reorienting the Myofibrils and Microtubules Cytoskeleton with a Single Cell. J. Morphology DOI: 10.1002/jmor.20055 online early version.

McCall JR, Jacocks HM, Baden DG, Bourdelais AJ (2012) Development of a Competitive Fluores‐cence Binding Assay for Brevetoxoins. Harmful Algae 19, 85‐91.

Laycock MV, Anderson DM, Naar J, Goodman A, Easy DJ, Donovan MA, Aifeng L, Quilliam MA, Jamali EA, Alshihi R (2012). Laboratory Desalination Experiments with Some Algal Toxins. Desal‐ination 293 05: 1‐6.

Deventer MV, Atwood K, Vargo GA, Flewelling LJ, Landsberg JH, Naar J, Stanek D (2012) Karenia brevis red tides and brevetoxin contaminated fish: A high Risk Factor for Florida’s Scavenging Shorbirds? Botanica Marina 55:1, 31‐37.

Fontana S (2011) Technology Development of an Alternative to Traditional Technology Transfer Models. IEEE Computer – COMPUTER 44:4, 30‐36.

Bean, Judy A; Fleming, Lora E; Kirkpatrick, Barbara; Backer, Lorraine C; Nierenberg, Kate; Reich, Andrew; Cheng, Yung Sung; Wanner, Adam; Benson, Janet; Naar, Jerome; Pierce, Richard; Abra‐ham, William M; Kirkpatrick, Gary; Hollenbeck, Julie; Zaias, Julia; Mendes, Eliana; Baden, Daniel G. (2011) Florida Red Tide Toxins (Brevetoxins) and Longitudinal Respiratory Effects in Asthmat‐ics. Harmful Algae 10 / 744‐748.

Van Wagoner RM, Misner I, Tomas CR, Wright JLC (2011) Occurrence of 12‐methylgymnodimiine in a spirolide‐producing dinoflagellate Alexandrium peruvianum and the biogeneic implications. Tet Lett 52:33, 4243‐4246.

Walsh JJ, Tomas CR, Steidinger KA, Lenes JM, Chen FR, Weisberg RH, Zheng L, Landsberg JH, Vargo GA, Heil CA (2011) Imprudent fishing harvests and consequent trophic cascades on the West Florida shelf over the last half century: A harbinger of human dealths from paralytic shell‐fish poisoning along the southeastern United States, in response to oligotrophication? Cont Shelf Res 31:9, 891‐911.

Kuranaga, Takefumi; Ohtani, Naohito; Tsutsumi, Ryosuke; Baden, Daniel G; Wright, Jeffrey L C; Satake, Masayuki; Tachibana, Kazuo. (2011) Total synthesis of (‐)‐brevisin: a concise synthesis of a new marine polycyclic ether. Org Lett 13 / 696‐9.

Benson, Janet M; Wolf, Molly L; Kajon, Adriana; Tibbetts, Brad M; Bourdelais, Andrea J; Baden, Daniel G; March, Thomas H (2011) Brevetoxin inhalation alters the pulmonary response to influ‐enza A in the male F344 rat. J Toxicol Environ Health A 74: 313‐24.

Lopez‐Legentil S, Song B, DeTure M, Baden DG. (2010) Characterization and Localization of a Hy‐brid Non‐ribosomal Peptide Synthetase and Polyketide Synthase Gene from the Toxic Dinoflagellate Karenia brevis. Marine Biotechnology 12: 32‐41.

Ohtani N, Tsutsumi R, Kuranaga T, Shirai T, Wright JLC, Baden DG, Satake M, Tachibana, K. Syn‐thesis of the Abc Ring Fragment of Brevisin, a New Dinoflagellate Polycyclic Ether. Heterocycles 80:825‐830.

69

Tsutsumi R, Kuranaga T, Wright JLC, Baden DG, Ito E, Satake M, Tachibana K. (2010) An improved synthesis of (‐)‐brevisamide, a marine monocyclic ether amide of dinoflagellate origin. Tetrahe‐dron 66: 6675‐6782.

VanWagoner RM, Satake M, Bourdelais A, Baden, DG, Wright JLC. (2010) Absolute Configuration of Brevisamide and Brevisin: Confirmation of a Universal Biosynthetic Process for Karenia brevis Polyethers. J Nat Prod 73: 1177‐1179.

Errera RM, Bourdelais AJ, Drennan MA, Dodd EB, Henrichs DW, Campbell L (2010) Variations in brevetoxion and brevenal content among clonal cultures of Karenia brevis may influence bloom toxicity. Toxicon 55:2, 195‐203.

VanWagoner RM, Deeds JR, Tatters AO, Tomas C, Wright JLC (2010) Structure and Relative Po‐tency of Several Karlotoxins from Karlodinium veneficum. J Nat Prod. 73:8, 1360‐1365.

Truxel LT, Bourdelais AJ, Jacocks H, Abraham WA, Baden DG (2010) Characterization of Tamulamides A and B, Polyethers Isolated from the Marine Dinoflagellate Karensa brevis. J Nat Prod 73:4, 536‐540.

George J, Dravid SM, Prakash A, Xie J, Peterson J, Jabba SV, Baden DG, Murray TF. (2009) Sodium Channel Activation Augments NMDA Receptor Function and Promotes Neurite Outgrowth in Immature Cerebrocortical NeuronsJ Neuroscience 29: 3288‐3301.

Satake, M, Campbell A, VanWagoner RM, Bourdelais AJ, Jacocks, H, Baden, DG., Wright JL. (2009) Brevesin: an aberrant polycyclic ether structure from the dinoflagellate Karenia brevis and its implications for polyether assembly. J Org chem. 74: 989‐994.

Cao Z,George J, Gerwick WH, Baden DG, Rainier JD, Murray TF. (2008) . Influence of lipid‐soluble gating modifier toxins on sodium influx in neocortical neurons. JPET 326, 604‐613.

b.) List non‐refereed publications such as journal articles, reviews, conference papers, books and book chapters directly related to Activity. Please limit to the 20 most significant or representa‐tive publications for the period of January 1, 2008 – present.

Daniel Baden (2008) MARBIONC: Unleashing the Potential of NC’s Marine Biodiversity. Impact Magazine 1:1, 14‐15.

Steve Fontana (2009) Transferring to the New Paradigm of Technology Development. Impact Magazine 2:2, 14‐15.

Stephen Eitelman (2009) Health, Food and Energy: Answers From the Ocean. Impact Magazine 2:1, 16‐17.

Jeffrey Wright (2008) MARBIONC: New Wave Science. Impact Magazine 1:2, 8‐9.

Ted Davis (2009)Blue Thumbs: NC’s Aquaculture Industry. Impact Magazine 2:3, 4‐6.




CISME: Coral in situ Metabolism instrument, for underwater non‐invasive measurement of coral metabolism. Device is designed for single diver use, for repeat measurements in changing oceans climates, to study the effects of climate change and ocean acidification. Measures pH,

70

pO2 and investigating use of pCO2 as well. Szmant, Whitehead, Baden UNCW; Mazel, Murphy from PSI inc in Boston. 4 year collaboration funded by NOAA CIOERT.

Fluorescent Assay for Toxins in Seafood: Overcomes limitation of radioactive assays or enzyme linked assays. Sensitiviein the nanogram per mL range. McCall, Bourdelais, Jacocks UNCW.

Brevenal: Potential drug for treatment of Cystic Fibrosis. Finishing pre‐clinical work by 2nd Q of 2013. Several patents. Baden, Bourdelais, Fontana UNCW.

Brevisin: Potential drug carrier for other patented drugs with limited membrane permeability. Entering preclinical toxicology and experimental phase. Patent pending. Bourdelais, Wright, Ba‐den, UNCW

Drug for treatment of Equine encephalitis. Toxicology phase, IP pending submission. Wright, Frampton, Strangman UNCW.

Fractionated microorganisms into 96‐well microtiter plates for use by drug discovery teams. Wright UNCW

Culture collections comprised of algae, bacteria, fungi, other microbes. Tomas, Wright, Baden UNCW.

Training course materials for C. Tomas o 2012 November 12‐30 APC 10, 10th Advanced International Phytoplankton Course on

Identification and Taxonomy of Marine Phytoplankton. University of Copenhagen, Copenhagen, Denmark. (My teaching assignment is for the week of 12‐17 Nov.) 12 international partici‐pants.from Australia ‐2, Greece ‐1, Hong Kong ‐1, France ‐1, USA ‐2, UK‐1, New Zealand‐1, Den‐mark ‐1, Argentina ‐1, Ireland ‐1.

2012 October 8‐19, Lagoonal Phytoplankton: Its Taxonomy, Morphometrics and Pigment Finger Prints, University of Salento, Lecce, Italy. – 16 participants from the following countries UK ‐1; Turkey ‐1; Brazil ‐1, Bulgaria ‐2; Italy 10.

2012 July 9‐20 2nd International Marine Phytoplankton Identification Course at the Marine Biological Association, Plymouth, UK. 18 Participants, Saudi Arabia ‐1; Zambia ‐2; Ghana ‐1; South Africa ‐1; Portugal ‐2; Namibia ‐1, Estonia 1; Argentina ‐1; Italy 1; USA 1; UK ‐6.

2012 June 10‐16 Algal Culturing Techniques. NCMA formerly CCMP National Culture Collec‐tion, Bigelow, Maine. 14 Participants, Canada ‐4; Taiwan ‐1; USA – 9.

2011 December 12‐17. EPA Gulf of Mexico Alliance, Harmful Algal Bloom Taxonomy Training Workshop, Keys Marine Laboratory, Layton, Florida. 14 Students and Professional staff at vari‐ous US agencies, Universities and State Monitoring programs. States Represented; MS ‐3; LA ‐3; AL ‐2 FL ‐4; TX ‐2;

2011 February 5‐12, EPA Gulf of Mexico Alliance Harmful Algal Bloom Taxonomy Workshop State of Yucatan, Merida, Mexico, 22 Mexican National Scientists who were employed at State Public Health Laboratories and Universities. 16 participants from various state health and moni‐toring agencies.

2011 February 14‐18, EPA Gulf of Mexico Alliance Harmful Algal Bloom Taxonomy Workshop, Chetumal, Quintana Roo Mexico, 19 Mexican National Scientist who were employed at State Public Health Laboratories and Universities. 21 participants including 7 from Tamaulipas where the previous workshop had to be cancelled due to violence due to drug violence.

71

2011 June 5‐11 Algal Culturing Techniques. National Culture Collection of Marine Phytoplank‐ton (CCMP), Bigelow Laboratories of Marine Sciences, Bigelow, Maine. 15 Participants: USA ‐9; Canada ‐1; Spain ‐1; Saudi Arabia ‐1; Netherlands ‐1.

2009 December 7‐11, Binational Mexico USA Course‐Workshop on the taxonomy of Harmful Al‐gal Blooms, Villahermosa, Tabasco, Mexico. 20 particpants from various Mexican Public Health and Environmental Monitoring Agencies.

2009 November 30‐December 4, Binational Mexico USA Course‐Workshop on the taxonomy of Harmful Algal Blooms, Campeche, Mexico. Participants ‐18 Mexican Citizens from Public Health and Environmental Monitoring Agencies.

2009 July 6‐17 1st International Marine Phytoplankton Identification Course at the Marine Bio‐logical Association, Plymouth, UK. Co sponsored by SAHFOS – Sir Alister Hardy Society for Ocean Studies. 20 Participants. Countries represented: France ‐3;

2008 April 5‐26 9th Advanced International Phytoplankton Course on Identification and Taxon‐omy of Marine Phytoplankton, Zoological Station, Naples, Italy. 20 Participants; Countries repre‐sented: Jordan ‐1; Israel ‐1; Italy ‐1; Ireland ‐1; Croatia ‐1; Chile ‐1; France ‐1; Finland ‐2; Turkey ‐1; Morocco ‐1; India ‐1; China, ‐1; Spain ‐1; USA ‐1; Germany ‐1; Canada ‐1; Uraguay ‐1; Argen‐tine ‐1; Ukraine ‐1.



Patent applica‐tion number

Or patent

Description Published or Awarded

US7,202,271B2 Fused Pentacyclic Polyethers – Disclosed are polycyclic polyether com‐pounds of formula I and pharmaceutical compositions comprising such compounds.

04‐10‐07

US7,399,782B2

Polyether Brevetoxin Derivatives as a Treatment for Cystic Fibrosis, Mucociliary Dysfunction, and Pulmonary Diseases ‐ Disclosed are com‐pounds that are derivatives of brevetoxin, or PbTx, pharmaceutical formulations comprising the compounds, and methods of regulating mucus transport in a cell, treating mucociliary dysfunction and diseases related to decreased mucus transport, wherein the compounds are of

07‐15‐2008

72

the Formula (I), and Formula (III):

US7,638,500B2 Fused Pentacyclic Polyethers – Disclosed are polycyclic polyether com‐pounds of formula I and pharmaceutical compositions comprising such compounds. (Divisonal)

12‐29‐2009

20090018184

Polyether Brevetoxin Derivatives as a Treatment for Cystic Fibrosis, Mucociliary Dysfunction, and Pulmonary Diseases ‐ Disclosed are com‐pounds that are derivatives of brevetoxin, or PbTx, pharmaceutical formulations comprising the compounds, and methods of regulating mucus transport in a cell, treating mucociliary dysfunction and diseases related to decreased mucus transport, wherein the compounds are of the Formula (I), and Formula (III): (Divisional)

01‐15‐2009

20100099643 Fused Pentacyclic Polyethers ‐ Disclosed are polycyclic polyether com‐pounds of formula I and pharmaceutical compositions comprising such compounds. (Divisonal)

04‐22‐2010

20110009479

Stimulating Neuronal Growth Using Brevetoxins ‐ Disclosed are meth‐ods of treating neurodegenerative diseases or disorders in a subject in need of such treatment. The methods comprise administering to a sub‐ject in need of such treatment a therapeutically effective amount of brevetoxin or brevetoxin derivatives. Included in the diseases and dis‐orders are Alzheimer's Disease, Huntington's Disease, Parkinson's Dis‐ease, Multiple sclerosis (MS), Amyotrophic Lateral Sclerosis (ALS/Lou Gehrig's Disease) and other Motor Neuron Diseases, Prion Diseases, Frontotemporal Dementia (FTD), and CNS dysfunctions such as schizo‐phrenia, depression, and epilepsy. Also included are neurodegenerations resulting from stroke, heart attack, head and spi‐nal cord trauma, traumatic brain injury, bleeding in the brain and other injuries to the central nervous system (CNS).

01‐13‐2011

20120077778

Ladder‐Frame Polyether Conjugates ‐ Disclosed are compounds that are conjugates of ladder frame polyether compounds and biologically ac‐tive compounds or research compounds, pharmaceutical formulations comprising the conjugates, and methods of transporting the conjugates across biological membranes.

03‐29‐2012

4. Awards and Honors

73

Please list and describe awards and honors conferred to faculty, staff and students as a result of their participation in the Activity. Please limit to the 20 most significant for the period of January 1, 2008 – present. Table E1. Awards and Honors


Kenan Endowed chair

2007‐present

Baden WR Kenan Trust $1 M professorship

Carl Brown En‐dowed Chair

2000‐present

Wright Carl B. Brown $500k professorship

F. Other MARBIONC personnel have made presentations to more than 20 companies, investment groups, and partners for the placement of brevenal for CF treatment, brevisin for equine encephalitis, beta naphthoyl brevetoxin for treatment of inhaled toxic particles, building information meetings for poten‐tial tenants in MARBIONC. Marine Bio‐Technologies Center of Innovation (An affiliated but separate corporation).

North Carolina is recognized for its outstanding academic research institutions, supportive state gov‐ernment and agencies, and health/bioscience industry drivers whose innovation has successfully con‐tributed to the economy. For the past five years, North Carolina institutions involved in marine biotech‐nologies have worked with the North Carolina Biotechnology Center (NCBC) to design and implement a Marine biotechnology Center of Innovation based on a collaborative model established by NCBC. UNCW led the development, with the active participation of Duke University, UNC Chapel Hill, North Carolina State University, and the NCBC. The newly funded Marine Bio‐Technologies Center of Innovation (MBCOI) will explore opportunities to develop new food, fuel, health, and other products from the state’s rich Atlantic coast. Dr. Debra Mosca is CEO of this independent not‐for‐profit Limited Liability Corporation. Dr. Mike McKenna of Navigator Life Sciences is Chairman of the Board, with Dr. Daniel Baden from UNCW as a member of the Board, and Attorneys Eric Mills and Gerry Hancock as additional members of the Board.

Vision: Considerable untapped potential exists in North Carolina for harvesting human, environmental, and economic benefits from successful development and commercialization of Marine Bio‐Technology opportunities. Among other things, MBCOI’s vision is to:

Serve as the focal point for the commercialization of Marine Bio‐Technologies in North Carolina;

Engage public and private organizations in educational, scientific, and charitable purposes to ac‐celerate the development and commercialization of Marine Bio‐Technologies; and

Bring together marine based research, services, and innovation to meet the needs of the COI’s customers and partners domestically and internationally.

Mission: MBCOI’s mission is to serve as a catalyst for commercialization of North Carolina’s Marine “Bio‐Technologies” to drive company creation and job growth for North Carolina. Goals: In order to achieve its mission, the MBCOI has identified the following goals as critical to success:

Organization: Establish infrastructure to support mission;

Resources: Identify Marine Bio‐Technology resources in North Carolina (researchers, technolo‐gies, companies) that most closely match industry needs;

74

Revenue: Become a self‐sustaining entity;

Presence: Establish the MBCOI as the “go to” center for information, collaboration, and com‐mercialization of Marine Bio‐technologies.

Section II‐3. Coastal and Marine Science Activities A. Activity: DEPARTMENT OF BIOLOGY AND MARINE BIOLOGY B. Activity Narrative

Describe the mission and history of the Activity.

The Department of Biology and Marine Biology is the academic home for teaching and research in the life sciences with expertise spanning all levels of organization from molecules to ecosystems. Faculty and students collaborate in solving theoretical and applied questions in all fields of life science, with par‐ticular emphasis on the marine biology of oceanic, estuarine, and coastal plain habitats. Founded in 1952 as the Department of Biology in Wilmington College, the department capitalized on the rich coastal resources of the region and began the first academic program in marine science at UNCW, the BS in Ma‐rine Biology in 1972. These efforts expanded as the department fostered links with the Institute of Ma‐rine Biomedical Research (the predecessor to the Center for Marine Science). As expertise and scholar‐ship in marine biology grew, the department established its first graduate program, the Master of Sci‐ence degree in Marine Biology, in 1980. A Master of Science degree in Biology was added in 1989. Dur‐ing this same time period, faculty from the Department of Biology and Marine Biology led the Universi‐ty’s effort to create an interdisciplinary Marine Science Program. In 1988, in recognition of the growing expertise in coastal marine science, the Institute for Marine Biomedical Research was renamed the Cen‐ter for Marine Science Research (CMSR). Collaboration between the Department of Biology and Marine Biology, CMSR, and other departments, led to the establishment in 1998 of an interdisciplinary Master of Science degree in Marine Science. With the development of the MS in Marine Science, CMSR was renamed the Center for Marine Science to more accurately reflect its dual mission in teaching and re‐search. Construction of a new marine science facility was also begun in 1998 and completed in 2000. In 2002, with more than 30 research active faculty members, a PhD in Marine Biology was initiated; in 2007 we graduated our first PhD student. The department officially changed its name from the Depart‐ment of Biological Sciences to the Department of Biology and Marine Biology in 2005 to more accurately reflect our strengths in Marine Biology. Currently, there are 300 students pursuing a BS in Marine Biolo‐gy, 34 students pursuing an MS in Marine Biology, and 20 doctoral students pursuing the PhD in Marine Biology. Faculty members in the Department of Biology and Marine Biology are also currently supervis‐ing 12 graduate students pursuing MS degrees in Marine Science; traditionally faculty in the department supervise one‐third to one‐half of the students enrolled in the MS in Marine Science program.

Academic programs within the Department of Biology and Marine Biology are led by 39 fulltime, tenure track faculty members (34 of whom pursue marine related research), and an additional 12 non‐tenure track faculty and research associates. The faculty generates $1‐$2M in new extramural research funding and publishes more than 60 papers in peer reviewed journals each year. In addition to this level of scholarship, our faculty and staff have epitomized UNCW’s commitment to providing the highest quality education for our students, and we achieve that goal by providing students with outstanding classroom instruction and unparalleled opportunities to participate in original research and applied learning. All undergraduate students participate in an experience that challenges them to apply their coursework to

75

the professional practice of Marine Biology. The majority of BS in Marine Biology students gain this ex‐perience by working side‐by‐side with faculty members in the department during Directed Independent Study (DIS, BIO 491) or an Honors Thesis Project (BIO 499). Similarly, all of our graduate degrees (MS Marine Biology, MS Biology, MS Marine Science, PhD Marine Biology) are thesis/dissertation based, and every student must produce original research as the basis for their degree. To meet this demand, 186 graduate and undergraduate students enrolled in independent research during the Fall 2012 semester; an accomplishment that is greatly facilitated by our location on the coast and ready access to a variety of coastal and marine habitats.

Mission Statement of the Department: Modern Biology increasingly impacts the non‐scientific world, facilitating solutions to technological, environmental, ethical, philosophical and political issues that are important to society. The Department of Biology and Marine Biology at UNCW strives to train the next generation of scientists and educators, and prepare all students to make sound judgments based on a solid foundation of biological principles. The department provides an environment in which excellent teaching coupled with diverse research opportunities encourage our faculty to become leaders in their discipline. Our teaching emphasizes current theories of biological science, knowledge of basic investiga‐tive skills, and methods of critical inquiry. Our research programs, in both applied and basic aspects of discovery, value investigations of biological phenomena that impact the quality of life in our region and beyond. We lend our professional expertise to all endeavors that work for the improvement of the hu‐man condition and our environment. We believe the importance of modern biological principles must transcend the university classroom and enable our students to contribute as global citizens.

Discuss what makes this Activity unique, competitive, compelling, and/or of strategic importance.

UNCW is North Carolina’s coastal university, and is uniquely situated within the UNC System to provide its entire university community with access to resources in the coastal zone. Our faculty and students have unfettered access to coastal plain, estuarine, and oceanic habitats for teaching and research. Such proximity to coastal habitats permits students and faculty to spend their time and money in the field rather than travelling to it. This access also facilitated our efforts to initiate the first marine related de‐gree programs at all levels at UNCW (BS‐Marine Biology, 1972; MS‐Marine Biology, 1980; PhD‐Marine Biology, 2002) at UNCW.

The Department of Biology and Marine Biology believes in the transformative power of human interac‐tions among all participants in the community of scholars. This emphasis on collegial interaction is the basis for our pursuit of excellence in teaching, research, and service. As a comprehensive university, UNCW is student focused with a primary mission of providing the best experience for our undergraduate and graduate students. As a research‐active department, Biology and Marine Biology operationalizes the student‐centric mission of the University by having our faculty directly interact with students in the classroom, laboratory, and field settings. Our program excels because the reinforcing nature of our re‐search activity and our student‐centric tradition provides the personal interactions of a small teaching college with the research activity of a larger university.

A foundation of the student experience in our department is applied learning, usually completed through independent research carried out in faculty research labs and in the field. This emphasis on applied learning grows from a core belief that science is dynamic and participatory, and that a true understand‐ing of science comes through engaging in the process of discovery. This commitment to applied learning also crosses the boundaries of our department; our faculty members work in collaboration with col‐leagues in the arts, as well as in STEM departments throughout UNCW, the nation, and the international community. Students in our department are pursuing wide ranging research including the development of anti‐cancer therapies from marine natural products, climate change induced variation in biogeochem‐istry, optimal design of marine protected areas, best practices in aquaculture, fisheries management,

76

and marine mammal conservation. Even within our BS and MS Biology programs, many students work towards careers in marine science, although usually in cross‐over disciplines such as molecular biology, cell biology, and genetics.

Students engaged in our programs are trained in advanced techniques for marine biological research. By successfully pursuing extramural research funding, faculty members establish research laboratories that are equipped to provide research experiences that are competitive at national and international levels. For example, our microscopy facility houses transmission and scanning electron microscopes, confocal microscopes, several special purpose light microscopes, and workstations for image processing and data analysis. Students of all levels receive training in the use of these instruments so that they are able to design experiments and collect data. Similarly, the recently (2011) opened Oriole Burevitch Laboratory, which houses facilities for marine mammal necropsies, was built with the primary mission to provide a venue for undergraduate and graduate training in large animal anatomy. Other specialized equipment includes that used for cell and molecular biology (PCR, gel electrophoresis, gene sequencing), analyzing samples from the marine environment (fluorometers, spectrophotometers, elemental analyzers), and marine field research (current meters, CTDs, seines and plankton nets).


Our faculty members are leaders in their respective fields, and contribute to economic development and coastal policy through both their teaching, scholarly contributions, and by service on advisory and man‐agement boards. Because of our coastal location, marine biology is a traditional strength within the university that has resulted in the development of a strong research‐based service to the region, the state, and the nation.

We graduate 65 to 85 Marine Biology undergraduate majors per year, 10 to 20 MS students per year, and 3 to 4 PhD students per year. The majority of BS and MS graduates stay in NC to pursue careers in both the public and private sectors, while PhD graduates enter academic careers in NC and elsewhere. Our faculty members are committed to the belief that an educated workforce is the key to future eco‐nomic prosperity. Evidence for this commitment to high quality teaching is found in the faculty’s pursuit of professional development to enhance their teaching; most attend workshops and symposia that focus on best practices in teaching and mentorship each year. In addition to this general engagement, several faculty members are involved with scholarly efforts in pedagogy. Dr. Tim Ballard (Associate Professor, Anatomy and Physiology) and Dr. Larry Cahoon (Professor, Biological Oceanography) are current and past AAAS Biosci Ed Net (BEN) Scholars; chosen from a national applicant pool based on their excellence in teaching and their potential to contribute to an online repository of peer‐reviewed teaching materi‐als. Dr. Christopher Finelli (Associate Professor, Biological Oceanography) is a team leader for the Facul‐ty Institutes Reforming Science Teaching (FIRST IV) program; a National Science Foundation funded dis‐semination network for which he works with colleagues from across the US to mentor 100 postdoctoral fellows in the best practices in student centered learning.

In addition to the impact of our teaching and mentoring programs, several research programs are nota‐ble for their contribution to scholarship and public engagement.

The Marine Mammal Stranding Program (MMSP) is led by Dr. Ann Pabst (Professor, Vertebrate Anatomy and Physiology) and Mr. Bill McLellan (Research Associate and Coordinator, NC Marine Mammal Strand‐ing Program). This program involves students in the monitoring of and response to marine mammal strandings along the NC coast. Student volunteers are trained in all aspects of stranding response, in‐cluding basic marine mammal biology, work with endangered species, proper and safe collection of samples from deceased animals, and the application of proper techniques for dealing with live animals. As marine mammal strandings are of interest to the public, the Marine Mammal Stranding Program is

77

often the face of marine biology within the public sphere. In addition to coordinating responses to stranding events and interacting with the public, the MMSP is responsible for compiling data that is used to detect trends in marine mammal injuries, as well as to inform policy to mitigate such incidences. Per‐sonnel from the MMSP have provided data necessary to develop policies that mitigate marine mammal injury due to entanglement in fishing gear, maintain protected migration corridors in heavy shipping lanes, and develop conservation plans for some of the most severely endangered species around the world.

The Department of Biology and Marine Biology maintains an active program in oyster biology, including oyster reef restoration and shellfish aquaculture. Oysters are prized for both their economic value as a harvested resource and for their contribution to coastal habitat and water quality, and several faculty members and researchers (Alphin, Carroll, Cahoon, Finelli, Mallin, Posey, Song, Wilbur) are engaged in research to address these societal needs. The Shellfish Research Hatchery, located on the campus of the Center for Marine Science, is led by Dr. Ami Wilbur (Associate Professor, Shellfish Genetics) and charged with developing robust, economically viable strains of oyster through selective breeding for desired traits (fast growth, disease resistance). Ultimately, these strains will be used to seed restored reefs, provide animals for put and take fisheries, and encourage aquaculture along the coast. Similar work is conducted at the hatchery to foster the aquaculture of scallops. The expertise acquired through field research is used to inform fisheries and coastal development policies. Both Dr. Martin Posey (Professor, Benthic Ecology) and Mr. Troy Alphin (Research Associate, Benthic Ecology) serve on statewide and re‐gional resource management advisory panels that produce recommendations for fisheries and aquacul‐ture resource use and sustainability, while Dr. Cahoon and Dr. Michael Mallin (Research Professor, Estu‐arine Ecology) serve on statewide and regional boards relating to water quality goals and coastal devel‐opment. Again, because oysters are of great interest to the general public and because restoration ef‐forts often involve many volunteers, these faculty members and their students are engaged with the general public and are ambassadors for the excellent work of our university.

Several faculty members of Biology and Marine Biology participate in research and advisory work that directly impacts fisheries management of finfish resources. Both Dr. Fred Scharf (Professor, Fisheries Biology) and Dr. Tom Lankford (Associate Professor, Fisheries Biology) conduct research in southeastern NC on economically important species such as red drum and flounder. Their research on habitat use, effects of beach nourishment on fish populations, diet, and migration patterns is critical to ensuring the sustainability of these resources. Both Dr. Lankford and Dr. Scharf serve on state and regional advisory boards that help create management policy. Dr. Amanda Williard (Associate Professor, Physiology) spe‐cializes in the biology of sea turtles, and in the interactions of sea turtles with commercial fisheries. Her work helps to mitigate the occurrence of fisheries related sea turtle injury, and she serves on advisory boards charged with monitoring such instances. Dr. Williard and Dr. David Webster (Professor, Verte‐brate Ecology) coordinate volunteer efforts to monitor sea turtle nesting sites and contribute data to management of these endangered species. Moreover, in his capacity as Commissioner for the Coastal Resources Commission, Dr. Webster is actively engaged in making economic development policy for coastal NC. In all of these cases, our scientists are working closely with the public, commercial fisher‐men, conservation groups, and policy makers to ensure that policy is based on sound science.

Provide a description of the most significant challenges that will be faced by the Activity in the next year, and in the next five years.

It is clear that the most significant long‐term (five year) challenge facing our department is the changing landscape of higher education that includes increased enrollments, reduced state and federal funding, growth of online instruction, and increased accountability. These changes touch every aspect of teach‐ing, research, and service in the department. Increased enrollments, online teaching, and reduced fund‐ing directly impact the “small college” atmosphere of our classes and our ability to provide meaningful

78

applied learning experiences. Faculty and staff reductions, as well as new accountability measures, have increased the workload for remaining faculty and staff such that the synergism of our teaching and re‐search programs, as well as our ability to provide expert analysis and advisory support to state and fed‐eral regulators, are compromised. Such changes, however, also provide opportunities to examine our programs and plan a course of action. For example, the Department of Biology and Marine Biology is actively seeking ways to increase revenues through grant writing, commercialization of research prod‐ucts, and alumni giving. We are thoughtfully increasing enrollment in our undergraduate and graduate programs to maximize funding while preserving the personal interactions that are central to our pro‐grams. We are also examining how to increase the number of online courses and student enrollment in online courses. Because faculty members in the Department of Biology and Marine Biology feel strongly that our interactions with students in the classroom are critical to maintaining an excellent student ex‐perience, our approach is deliberate and targeted at courses for which student learning outcomes are amenable to this type of instruction.

In the near term, the primary challenge facing the Department of Biology and Marine Biology is provid‐ing sufficient resources, especially space, for faculty to pursue their scholarly work. As the Department of Biology and Marine Biology has grown in research activity, lab space has become critically short. To sustain both the level of extramural funding and the level of student involvement in research requires adequate space and access to research infrastructure. Such needs are becoming acute at this stage in our development as research active faculty are hired or return from administrative reassignments. For example, we’ll be hiring eight new faculty members over the next two years to replace retiring faculty, and at least three faculty members with administrative reassignments will be returning to the depart‐ment. Our department currently has two lab spaces available on campus for these faculty members, the remaining space will need to come from planned renovations or by increasing our presence at the Cen‐ter for Marine Science. Similarly, funding for faculty startup costs and research infrastructure is neces‐sary to adequately support new and existing faculty, as well as to remain competitive with peer and as‐pirational institutions.


The future of the Department of Biology and Marine Biology is bright. Despite the challenges outlined above, we continue to attract excellent students and faculty to our programs. Our coastal setting and an ever growing interest in the coastal zone for economic development, tourism, and natural resource exploitation ensures that our graduates will continue to be in high demand.

Over the next two years, the Department of Biology and Marine Biology will hire at least 8 new faculty members. Despite resource challenges, we have an unprecedented opportunity to hire new faculty members who are at the forefront of their respective fields, and who we expect to bring exciting new research fields and ideas to our department. This significant alteration (20%) in our faculty makeup will create opportunities to offer new courses, develop new areas of expertise, and engage new community partners.

One of our great strengths is our faculty’s ability work together to secure funding needed to purchase advanced research tools that permit our students to study marine organisms at multiple levels of organ‐ization. We are, thus, excited by the acquisition of a new digital transmission electron microscope. A group of faculty, led by Dr. Richard Dillaman, successfully competed for a National Science Foundation Major Research Instrumentation Grant. This grant will support the purchase and installation of this new TEM, which represents a significant advance in usability and imaging capability. We will continue to tar‐get these types of solicitations

79

The Department of Biology and Marine Biology has a 60 year history of growth and excellence, and leadership in the marine science community at all levels. We will continue this tradition as we have al‐ways done, by emphasizing our coastal location, engaging students in meaningful ways, and providing expert service to our region, our State, and our Nation.

80

C. Resources 1. Personnel a.) List and provide information on faculty and key staff involved with the Activity (include current faculty searches that are underway or

expected). Expand the below table as necessary.

Table C1. Personnel


Alphin, Troy D. Research Associate, Department of Biology and Marine Biology; Graduate Faculty

Benthic Ecologist; Instructor for BIO 480 (Methods in Biological Field Re‐search), 485 (Special Topics: Benthic Ecology), and BIOL 495 (Applied Learning Lab), electives in the BS in Marine Biology. Conducts and supervises research.

Arbogast, Brian Associate Professor, Depart‐ment of Biology and Marine Bi‐ology; Graduate Faculty

Conservation Biologist; Instructor for BIO 466 (Conservation Biology) a re‐quired course for the Marine Conservation Option within the BS in Marine Bi‐ology. Conducts and supervises research.

Baden, Daniel G. Professor, Department of Biolo‐gy and Marine Biology, Director of the Center for Marine Science

Marine Natural Products, Harmful Algal Blooms. Conducts and supervises re‐search. Administers Center for Marine Science.

Bailey, J. Craig Associate Professor, Depart‐ment of Biology and Marine Bi‐ology; Graduate Faculty

Marine Phycologist; Instructor for BIO 202 (Introductory Biology: Biodiversity) and BIO 313 (Phycology with lab), required courses in the BS in Marine Biology and BIO 605 (Evolution and Diversity), an elective for the PhD in Marine Biolo‐gy. Conducts and supervises research.

Ballard, Timothy A. Associate Professor, Depart‐ment of Biology and Marine Bi‐ology

Anatomist; Instructor for BIO 201 (Introductory Biology: Cells), a required course in the BS in Marine Biology, and BIO 316 (Embryology with lab) an elec‐tive in the BS in Marine Biology.

Baumgarner, Bradley Lecturer and Research Associ‐ate, Department of Biology and Marine Biology; Graduate Facul‐ty

Biochemist; Teaches BIOL 465 (Biochemistry Lab) and BIO 485 (Special Topics: Biochemical Analyses), electives for the BS in Marine Biology and BIO 603 (Physiology and Biochemistry) an elective for the PhD in Marine Biology. Con‐ducts and supervises research.

Borrett, Stuart Associate Professor, Depart‐ment of Biology and Marine Bi‐ology; Graduate Faculty

Ecosystem Network Modeler; Instructor for BIO 366 (Ecology) and BIOL 366 (Ecology Lab) required courses for the BS in Marine Biology, and BIO 534 (Ad‐vanced Ecology) a required course for the MS in Marine Biology and BIO 602

81

(Ecology) an elective for the PhD in Marine Biology.

Brander, Susanne Research Assistant Professor, Department of Biology and Ma‐rine Biology; Graduate Faculty

Environmental Endocrinologist; Teaches BIO 201 (Introductory Biology: Cells), a required course for the BS in Marine Biology; and BIO 459 (Endocrinology) an elective for the BS in Marine Biology; Conducts and supervises research.

Brewer, Steven Assistant Professor, Department of Biology and Marine Biology.

Ecologist; Instructor for BIO 366 (Ecology with lab), a required course for the BS in Marine Biology.

Bussman, Eleanor Receptionist, Department of Biology and Marine Biology

First point of contact for current and prospective students; routes inquiries to cognizant faculty and staff; schedules visits for prospective students and fami‐lies.

Cahoon, Lawrence B. Professor, Department of Biolo‐gy and Marine Biology; Gradu‐ate Faculty

Biological Oceanographer; Teaches BIO 460 (Limnology with lab), an elective for the BS in Marine Biology; BIO 564 (Biological Oceanography with lab), a required course for the MS in Marine Biology and the MS in Marine Science; and BIO 601 (Oceanography and Environmental Science), a required course for the PhD in Marine Biology. Conducts and supervises research.

Carroll, John Postdoctoral Research Associ‐ate, Department of Biology and Marine Biology

Shellfish Ecologist; Conducts experimental research on the ecology of com‐mercially valuable shellfish species, notably bay scallops and oysters. Con‐ducts and supervises research.

Chadwick, Tracie Graduate Secretary and Admin‐istrative Associate, Department of Biology and Marine Biology

Responsible for communicating with current and prospective graduate stu‐dents; coordinates application process for MS and PhD programs in Marine Biology; coordinates graduate student functions; administers personnel and other paperwork for the graduate programs in marine biology.

Chandler, Gregory Assistant Professor, Department of Biology and Marine Biology;

Plant Taxonomist; Instructor for BIO 202 (Introductory Biology: Biodiversity), a required course for the BS in Marine Biology, BIO 475 (Plant Taxonomy), an elective for the BS in Marine Biology.

Clavijo, Ileana E. Associate Professor, Depart‐ment of Biology and Marine Bi‐ology

Reef Fish Ecologist; Instructor for BIO 170 (Biology of the Sea), a general edu‐cation marine biology course for non‐majors; BIO 362 (Marine Biology with lab), a required course for the BS in marine biology, and BIO 566 (Behavioral Ecology of Reef Fish), an elective for the MS in Marine Biology. Conducts and supervises research.

Costidis, Alex Research Associate, Department Marine Mammal Anatomist and Physiologist; Conducts research on the mor‐

82

of Biology and Marine Biology phology and physiology of the vasculature of the heads of marine mammals; Assists with Marine Mammal Stranding Program; Conducts and supervises re‐search.

Covi, Joseph Assistant Professor, Department of Biology and Marine Biology; Graduate Faculty

Invertebrate physiologist; Instructor for BIO 201 (Introductory Biology: Cells), a required course for the BS in Marine Biology; BIO 602 (Ecology), an elective for the PhD in Marine Biology. Conducts and supervises research.

Cronin, Debbie Administrative Associate, De‐partment of Biology and Marine Biology

Responsible for coordinating faculty and student travel related to teaching and research; generates travel authorizations; routes appropriate paperwork for approval; submits documentation for proper payment and reimbursement for travel expenses; coordinates purchasing for instructional and research needs.

Cummings, Erin Marine Mammal Observer, De‐partment of Biology and Marine Biology

Responsible for aerial surveys of marine mammal populations along the southeastern US coast; collects and compiles sighting data.

Dillaman, Richard Professor and Director of the Microscopy Facility; Department of Biology and Marine Biology; Graduate Faculty

Crustacean Cell Biologist and Microscopist; Oversees the UNCW Microscopy Facility; coordinates use of the facility; writes grant proposals for new equip‐ment; trains faculty, staff, and students in microscopy techniques; Instructor for BIO 412 (Histology), an elective for the BS in marine biology, and BIO 515 (Electron Microscopy) an elective for the MS in Marine Biology. Conducts and supervises research.

Dodd, Diane Assistant Professor, Department of Biology and Marine Biology

Geneticist; Instructor for BIO 335 (Genetics with lab) a required course for the BS in Marine Biology.

Durako, Michael J. Professor, Department of Biolo‐gy and Marine Biology; Gradu‐ate Faculty

Seagrass Phsiological Ecologist; Instructor for BIO 312 (Marine Botany with lab) and BIO 340 (Plant Physiology with lab), required courses for the BS in marine biology, and BIO 594 (Critique of Scientific Literature), an elective for the MS in Marine Biology. Conducts and supervises research.

Emslie, Steven D. Professor, Department of Biolo‐gy and Marine Biology; Gradu‐ate Faculty

Ornithologist; Instructor for BIO 366 (Ecology with lab), a required course for the BS in Marine Biology, and BIO 456 (Ornithology with lab) an elective for the BS in Marine Biology. Conducts and supervises research.

Finelli, Christopher M. Department Chair and Associate Professor, Department of Biolo‐

Biological Oceanographer; Instructor for BIO 362 (Marine Biology with lab), a required course for the BS in marine biology; BIO 564 (Biological Oceanogra‐

83

gy and Marine Biology; Gradu‐ate Faculty

phy with lab), a required course for the MS in Marine Biology and the MS in Marine Science; BIO 601 (Oceanography and Envrionmental Science), a re‐quired course for the PhD in Marine Biology. Administers Department Policies and Procedures; schedules faculty teaching. Conducts and supervises re‐search.

Frampton, Arthur Assistant Professor, Department of Biology and Marine Biology; Graduate Faculty

Virologist; Instructor for BIO 201 (Introductory Biology: Cells), a required course for the BS in marine biology. Conducts and supervises research.

Gay, Mark E. Research Associate, Department of Biology and Marine Biology

Microscopy Technician; Responsible for the day to day operation of microsco‐py facility; maintenance and operation of light, confocal, and electron micro‐scopes, as well as supporting equipment. Trains faculty, staff, and students in the proper use of microscopy equipment.

Gilley, L. Michelle Lecturer, Department of Biology and Marine Biology

Vertebrate Anatomist and Physiologist; Instructor for BIO 315 (Comparative Vertebrate Anatomy with lab), an elective for the BS in Marine Biology. Con‐ducts and supervises research.

Hosier, Paul E. Professor, Department of Biolo‐gy and Marine Biology; Gradu‐ate Faculty

Coastal Plant Ecologist; Instructor for BIO 487 (Introduction to Coastal Man‐agement), an elective for the BS in Marine Biology; BIO 561 (Barrier Island Ecology), an elective for the MS in Marine Biology. Conducts and supervises research.

Kinsey, Steven T. Professor and Graduate Coordi‐nator, Department of Biology and Marine Biology; Graduate Faculty

Biochemist; Instructor for BIO 465 (Biochemistry with lab), an elective for BS in marine biology. Administers all aspects of MS and PhD in Marine Biology. Conducts and supervises research.

Koopman, Heather Associate Professor, Depart‐ment of Biology and Marine Bi‐ology; Graduate Faculty

Animal Physiologist; Instructor for BIO 345 (Animal Physiology with lab), a re‐quired course for the BS in Marine Biology; and BIO 549 (Advanced Topics in Physiology) an elective for the MS in Marine Biology. Conducts and supervises research.

Lankford, Thomas E. Associate Professor, Depart‐ment of Biology and Marine Bi‐ology; Graduate Faculty

Ichthyologist; Instructor for BIO 357 (Ichthyology with lab), a required course for the BS in Marine Biology. Conducts and supervises research.

84

Leitch, Lori Administrative Associate, De‐partment of Biology and Marine Biology

Responsible for coordinating purchasing associated with instruction and grant funded research in marine biology. General knowledge of purchasing systems and regulations; routes appropriate paperwork for approval and reimburse‐ment.

Lema, Sean Assistant Professor, Department of Biology and Marine Biology

Behavioral Endocrinologist; Instructor for BIO 201 (Introductory Biology: Cells), a required course for the BS in Marine Biology; and BIO 368 (Behavioral Ecolo‐gy), BIO 459 (Endocrinology), elective courses for the BS in Marine Biology; Conducts and supervises research.

Long, Zachary Assistant Professor, Department of Biology and Marine Biology; Graduate Faculty

Coastal Plant Ecologist; Instructor for BIO 202 (Introductory Biology: Biodiver‐sity), BIO 366 (Ecology with lab), required courses for the BS in Marine Biology; and BIO 485 (Special Topics: Coastal Plant Ecology), BIO 480 (Field Studies: Tropical Ecology in Bermuda), elective courses for the BS in Marine Biology. Conducts and supervises research.

Mallin, Michael Research Professor, Center for Marine Science and Department of Biology and Marine Biology; Graduate Faculty

Estuarine Ecologist; Instructor for BIO 560 (Estuarine Ecology) and BIO 568 (River Ecology), electives for the MS in Marine Biology and MS and Marine Sci‐ence. Conducts and supervises research.

McAlarney, Ryan Research Specialist, Department of Biology and Marine Biology

Responsible for aerial surveys of marine mammal populations along the southeastern US coast; collects and compiles sighting data.

McCartney, Michael A. Associate Professor, Depart‐ment of Biology and Marine Bi‐ology; Graduate Faculty

Population Geneticist; Instructor for BIO 202 (Introductory Biology: Biodiversi‐ty), a required course for the BS in Marine Biology; BIO 430 (Evolutionary Biol‐ogy) an elective for the BS in Marine Biology, BIO 530 (Advanced Topics in Evolutionary Biology), an elective for the MS in Marine Biology, and BIO 605 (Evolution and Diversity), an elective for the PhD in Marine Biology. Conducts and supervises research.

McLellan, William A. Research Associate, Department of Biology and Marine Biology; Graduate Faculty

Marine Mammal Anatomist: Coordinator for the Marine Mammal Stranding Program; Anatomy and physiology of marine mammals; performs and coordi‐nates necropsies and response to marine mammal strandings; trains students and colleagues in necropsy techniques; participates in marine mammal policy creation and enforcement. Conducts and supervises research.

85

Messer, Jennifer Greenhouse Manager, Depart‐ment of Biology and Marine Bi‐ology

Horticulturist; Responsible for upkeep and maintenance of the Kresge Green‐house; growth and propagation of plant specimens used in support of teach‐ing and research in marine biology.

Moore, Leslie Laboratory Coordinator, De‐partment of Biology and Marine Biology

Responsible for curriculum development, purchasing, and management of teaching labs for core courses in marine biology.

Pabst, D. Ann Professor, Department of Biolo‐gy and Marine Biology; Gradu‐ate Faculty

Vertebrate Anatomist; Instructor for BIO 315 (Comparative Vertebrate Anato‐my with lab) and BIO 358 (Marine Mammals), electives for the BS in Marine Biology. Coordinator of the Marine Mammal Stranding Program; coordinates response to stranding events; trains students and public in stranding response techniques; conducts and supervises research.

Pawlik, Joseph R. Professor, Department of Biolo‐gy and Marine Biology; Gradu‐ate Faculty

Chemical Ecologist; Instructor for BIO 202 (Introductory Biology: Biodiversity) and BIO 318 (Invertebrate Zoology with lab), required courses for the BS in marine biology. Conducts and supervises research.

Posey, Martin H. Professor, Department of Biolo‐gy and Marine Biology; Gradu‐ate Faculty

Benthic Ecologist; Instructor for BIO 366 (Ecology), a required course for the BS in Marine Biology, and BIO 534 (Advanced Topics in Ecology), an elective for the MS in Marine Biology. Conducts and supervises research.

Priester, Carolina Lecturer, Department of Biology and Marine Biology

Crustacean physiologist; Instructor for BIO 201 (Introductory Biology: Cells), a required course for the BS in Marine Biology.

Pyott, Sonja Assistant Professor, Department of Biology and Marine Biology; Graduate Faculty

Cellular Neurophysiologist; Instructor for BIO 201 (Introductory Biology: Cells), a required course for the BS in Marine Biology, and BIO 604 (Cellular and Mo‐lecular Biology), an elective for the PhD in Marine Biology. Conducts and su‐pervises research.

Roer, Robert D. Professor, Department of Biolo‐gy and Marine Biology and Dean, Graduate School; Gradu‐ate Faculty

Crustacean Physiologist; Instructor for BIO 501 (Research Methods), a required course for the MS in Marine Biology. Responsible for the development and growth of graduate programs at UNCW. Conducts and supervises research.

Rommel, Sentinel Research Associate, Department of Biology and Marine Biology

Vertebrate Anatomist; Instructor for BIO 315 (Comparative Vertebrate Anato‐my with lab). Conducts and supervises research.

86

Russell, Carol Administrative Specialist, De‐partment of Biology and Marine Biology

Responsible for budgeting, personnel matters, and course scheduling in the Department of Biology and Marine Biology.

Satterlie, Richard A. Keenan Distinguished Professor of Marine Science, Department of Biology and Marine Biology ; Graduate Faculty

Invertebrate Neurophysiologist; Instructor for BIO 485 (Special Topics: Neuro‐biology), an elective for the BS in Marine Biology. Conducts and supervises research.

Scharf, Frederick Professor, Department of Biolo‐gy and Marine Biology; Gradu‐ate Faculty

Fisheries Ecologist; Instructor for BIO 202 (Introductory Biology: Biodiversity), a required course for the BS in Marine Biology, BIO 458 (Fisheries Biology with lab), an elective for the BS in Marine Biology, and BIO 515 (Biostatistics with lab), an elective for the MS in Marine Biology. Conducts and supervises re‐search.

Schuettpelz, Eric Assistant Professor, Department of Biology and Marine Biology; Graduate Faculty

Plant Taxonomist; Instructor for BIO 202 (Introductory Biology: Biodiversity), a required course for the BS in Marine Biology, BIO 475 (Plant Taxonomy), an elective for the BS in Marine Biology. Conducts and supervises research.

Shafer, Thomas H. Professor, Department of Biolo‐gy and Marine Biology; Gradu‐ate Faculty

Invertebrate Developmental Biologist; Instructor for BIO 201 (Introductory Biology: Cells) and BIO 325 (Cell and Molecular Biology), required courses for the BS in Marine Biology, and BIO 440 (Developmental Biology with lab) an elective for the BS in Marine Biology. Conducts and supervises research.

Sizemore, Ronald K. Professor, Department of Biolo‐gy and Marine Biology; Gradu‐ate Faculty

Microbiologist; Instructor for BIO 425 (Microbiology with lab), an elective for BS in Marine Biology. Conducts and supervises research.

Smylia, Jerzy Research Associate, Department of Biology and Marine Biology

Polar biologist; Conducts ecological research on Antarctic fauna, particularly penguins and invertebrates associated with penguin colonies.

Song, Bongkeun Associate Professor, Depart‐ment of Biology and Marine Bi‐ology; Graduate Faculty

Microbiologist; Instructor for BIO 201 (Introductory Biology: Cells), a required course for the BS in Marine Biology, BIO 425 (Microbiology with lab), an elec‐tive for the BS in Marine Biology, and BIO 526 (Advanced Topics in Microbiolo‐gy), an elective for the MS in Marine Biology. Conducts and supervises re‐search.

Szmant, Alina Professor, Department of Biolo‐ Coral Reef Ecologist; Instructor for BIO 202 (Introductory Biology: Biodiversity),

87

gy and Marine Biology; Gradu‐ate Faculty

a required course for the BS in Marine Biology. BIO 463 (Coral Reef Ecology with field experience in Curacao), an elective for the BS in Marine Biology. Conducts and supervises research.

Taylor, Alison Professor, Department of Biolo‐gy and Marine Biology; Gradu‐ate Faculty

Phytoplankton Cell Biologist; Instructor for BIO 201 (Introductory Biology: Cells), a required course for the BS in Marine Biology, BIO 480 (Field Studies: Tropical Ecology in Bermuda), an elective for the BS in Marine Biology, BIO 519 (Advanced Topics in Cell and Molecular Biology), an elective for the MS in Ma‐rine Biology, BIO 604 (Cellular and Molecular Biology), an elective course for the PhD in Marine Biology. Conducts and supervises research.

Tomas, Carmelo R. Professor, Department of Biolo‐gy and Marine Biology; Gradu‐ate Faculty

Phytoplankton Taxonomist; Instructor for BIO 478 (Global Environmental Prob‐lems), an elective course for the BS in marine biology, and BIO 578 (Biology of Harmful Algae), an elective for the MS in Marine Biology. Conducts and super‐vises research.

van Tuinen, Marcel Associate Professor, Depart‐ment of Biology and Marine Bi‐ology; Graduate Faculty

Population Geneticist; Instructor for BIO 202 (Introductory Biology: Biodiversi‐ty), a required course for the BS in Marine Biology; BIO 315 (Comparative Ver‐tebrate Anatomy with lab), an elective for the BS in Marine Biology, BIO 530 (Advanced Topics in Evolutionary Biology), an elective for the MS in Marine Biology. Conducts and supervises research.

Watanabe, Wade Research Professor, Center for Marine Science and Department of Biology and Marine Biology; Graduate Faculty

Fin Fish Aquaculture; Instructor for BIO 486 (Advanced Topics in Mariculture), an elective for the BS in Marine Biology. Conducts and supervises research.

Webster, W. David Professor, Department of Biolo‐gy and Marine Biology and Assosciate Dean, College of Arts and Sciences; Graduate Faculty

Mammologist; Instructor for BIO 452 (Mammology), an elective for the BS in Marine Biology. Coordinator of the Figure Eight Island Sea Turtle Monitoring Program. Conducts and supervises research.

Westgate, Andrew Research Associate, Department of Biology and Marine Biology

Ocean Ecologist; Conducts research on the migration patterns of large pelagic vertebrates, particularly whales and sharks. Responsible for construction and deployment of oceanographic field gear, data collection and analysis, as well as laboratory analysis of collected samples. Conducts and supervises re‐search.

88

White, J. Wilson Assistant Professor, Department of Biology and Marine Biology; Graduate Faculty

Marine Ecologist; Instructor for BIO 362 (Marine Biology with lab) and BIO 366 (Ecology with lab), required courses for the BS in Marine Biology. Conducts and supervises research.

Wilbur, Ami E. Associate Professor, Depart‐ment of Biology and Marine Bi‐ology and Director, Shellfish Re‐search Hatchery; Graduate Fac‐ulty

Shellfish Geneticist; Instructor for BIO 318 (Invertebrate Zoology with lab), a required course for the BS in Marine Biology, BIO 354 (Mariculture), an elec‐tive course for the BS in Marine Biology, BIO 530 (Advanced Topics in Evolu‐tionary Biology), an elective course for the MS in Marine Biology. Oversees shellfish aquaculture research, education and outreach.

Williard, Amanda Southwood

Associate Professor, Depart‐ment of Biology and Marine Bi‐ology; Graduate Faculty

Animal Physiology; Instructor for BIO 201 (Introductory Biolgy: Cells), B IO 345 (Animal Physiology with lab),required courses for the BS in Marine Biology; BIO 454 (Herpetology), an elective for the BS in Marine Biology. Coordinator of the Karen Beasley Sea Turtle Rescue Hospital Internship Program. Conducts and supervises research.

Coastal and Marine Biolo‐gist

Assistant Professor, Department of Biology and Marine Biology

New hire 2012‐2013; Will contribute to undergraduate and graduate teaching and research in marine biology







Microbiologist Assistant Professor, Department of Biology and Marine Biology


Microbiologist Assistant Professor, Department of Biology and Marine Biology


Microscopist Lecturer, Department of Biology and Marine Biology

New hire 2013‐2014; Will contribute to undergraduate teaching and applied learning in marine biology

TBA Assistant Professor, Department of Biology and Marine Biology


TBA Assistant Professor, Department of Biology and Marine Biology


89


Degree Program Year Estab‐

lished EnrollmentFall 2012

Description

BS – Marine Biology 1972 300

First marine offering at UNCW. Comprehensive under‐graduate program for the study biology of marine organ‐isms; spanning cell & molecular biology, organismal biolo‐gy, ecology, and ecosystem modeling. Includes both the‐oretical and applied science, including aquaculture, con‐servation, and fisheries science. Includes a formal Marine Conservation Option. 85% of students who graduated in 2011‐2012 entering as freshmen graduated in 4 years. That proportion has been steady since at least 2009.

MS – Marine Biology 1980 35

First marine graduate program at UNCW. Comprehensive advanced study of the biology of marine organisms;

spanning cell & molecular biology, organismal biology, ecology, and ecosystem modeling. Includes both theoret‐ical and applied science, including aquaculture, conserva‐tion, and fisheries science. Average time to degree is 2.5 years, with 65% graduating within 3 years (n=243 gradu‐

ates)

MS – Marine Science 1998 12

Interdisciplinary advanced study of the physical, chemical, biological, and geological aspects of ocean processes.

Faculty in the Department of Biology and Marine Biology are active participants in this program.

PhD – Marine Biology 2002 22

First doctoral program at UNCW. Research‐based pro‐gram for the advanced study of the biology of marine

organisms; spanning cell & molecular biology, organismal biology, ecology, and ecosystem modeling. Average time

to degree is 4.5 years (n=13 graduates)

Postdoctoral Research‐ers

NA 5

A small number of postdoctoral researchers work in the department. Primarily supported on grant funds, some receive partial support for teaching in the department.

Postdoctoral researchers are encouraged to participate in departmental activities and are mentored for career de‐

velopment.

Departmental de‐mographics

The Department of Biology and Marine Biology student population is 68% female and 23% underrepresented minorities. Both the proportion of female students and the proportion of minority students have been steadily increasing for the past several

years. 85% of BS in Marine Biology students entering the program as freshmen gradu‐ate in 4 years.

90

2. Funding

Provide accurate financial information for the Activity capturing the previous three fiscal years of reve‐nues and expenses, as well as the current fiscal year and projections for FY14. For the purposes of this table, “fiscal year” corresponds to the university fiscal year. For example FY12 is July 1, 2011 – June 30, 2012.

Table C2: Revenue


FY14 ($) Projected

Federal $973,235 $986,975 $1,172,873 $1,172,873 $1,172,873

State (not incl. University) $184,826 $246,257 $100,201 $100,201 $100,201

Institution (e.g. University) $6,061,846 $6,472,798 $5,359,373 $5,395,098 $5,342,227

Foundation $0 $8,670 $8,609 $8,609 $8,609

Other $2,161,967 $884,459 $1,256,200 $1,230,936 $1,226,872

Total $9,381,873 $8,599,159 $7,897,256 $7,907,717 $7,850,782

Revenues for the Department of Biology and Marine Biology include direct state appropriation (primarily for faculty and staff salary and instructional expenses), grant funding (state, federal, and foundation), cost‐share funds (as required by certain funding agencies), donations (from alumni, parents, faculty, and others), and refunded overhead generated by external grants and contracts. Projections are based on a flat funding model.

Table C3: Expenses


FY14 ($) Projected

Personnel $6,373,971 $6,662,116 $5,773,012 $5,841,574 $5,788,702

Programmatic $1,122,780 $1,665,745 $1,092,335 $1,064,433 $1,065,257


$120,848 $26,015 $146,566 $25,000 $25,000


$79,125 $81,387 $89,570 $89,570 $89,570

Equipment (>$5,000) $145,412 $264,862 $155,490 $137,366 $137,366

Other Direct Costs $521,334 $582,653 $431,531 $431,531 $431,531

Total $8,363,470 $9,282,778 $7,688,504 $7,589,474 $7,537,426

Expenses for the Department of Biology and Marine Biology include faculty and staff salary (including cost‐share required by some funding agencies), instructional costs, graduate student support, mainte‐nance contracts for major research instrumentation, new equipment purchases, and faculty develop‐ment and travel costs. Projections are based on current year expenditures.

91

3. Physical infrastructure

Describe the key physical infrastructure that supports your Activity. Include buildings, boats, specialized equipment, land, core facilities, and any other unique capability. Include pending infrastructure additions. Please indicate who owns the physical infrastructure and whether it is a shared resource. If shared, by whom?

Facility Description Owner Disposition

Dobo Hall The Department of Biology and Marine Biology occupies 28259 ft2 of office and lab (both teaching and research) space in this modern science building. An additional 4000 ft2 of common classroom space is also available. Com‐pressed air, gas, deionized water, wireless and wired internet, and fume hoods are available.

State of NC/UNCW Shared with Department of Chemistry and Biochemistry

Friday Hall The Department of Biology and Marine Biology occupies 25907 ft2 of office and lab (both teaching and research) in this recently renovated (2008) building. An additional 2000 ft2 of common classroom space is also availa‐ble. Compressed air, gas, deionized water, wireless and wired internet, and fume hoods are available. Several research labs are equipped as wet lab space (epoxy floors with drains; corrosion proof furnishings). Shared wet lab space with 600 gallon filtered and sterilized seawater is available.

State of NC/UNCW Shared with Office of Summer School (600 ft2)

Microscopy Center A 2000 ft2 microscopy suite located in Dobo Hall houses Transmission Elec‐tron Microscope, Scanning Electron Microscope, two confocal microscopes, several light microscopes with varying configurations, and all supporting equipment for sample prep. In addition, the suite includes a dark room and several computer workstations for image analysis.

State of NC/UNCW Although supported primarily for the use of faculty and stu‐dents in the Department of Biology and Marine Biology, all equipment is shared and available to students and re‐searchers throughout the uni‐versity.

Center for Marine Science The Department of Biology and Marine Biology occupies 9 research labs (5000 ft2) and faculty offices (1044 ft2) at the Center for Marine Science.

State of NC/UNCW CMS is generally a shared fa‐cility, but these labs are pri‐marily occupied by faculty and students of the Department of Biology and Marine Biology

Kresge Greenhouse Built in 1975 to promote a hands‐on classroom environment for teaching and research. The modern 2250 ft2 greenhouse supports teaching, as well as student and faculty and research at UNCW. The greenhouse maintains a diverse collection of botanical specimens, including marine plants and phy‐toplankton culture capability, coming from many areas of the world that

State of NC/UNCW Although supported primarily for the use of faculty and stu‐dents in the Department of Biology and Marine Biology, the greenhouse is shared and

92

demonstrate the diversity of plant life. Use is coordinated through the Greenhouse Manager

available to students and re‐searchers throughout the uni‐versity.

Oriole Burevitch Laborato‐ry

Building completed in 2011 holds two large bays (1107 ft2) for support of field research. Center bay is primarily dedicated for marine mammal re‐search and access is restricted. The second bay is general use. The air conditioned bays have hot and cold water hose connections and floor drains. Outdoor parking area includes drive‐through washdown area. Use is coordinated through Department Chair and Marine Mammal Stranding Coordinator.

State of NC/UNCW Although supported primarily for the use of faculty and stu‐dents in the Department of Biology and Marine Biology, the OBL is shared and availa‐ble to students and research‐ers throughout the university.

Research Flume Housed in Friday Hall, the research flume is a water channel with a 4.0 m (L) x 0.75 m (W) x 35 cm (D) working section capable of producing flows up to 0.4 m s‐1. Can be used with smooth acrylic floor, or with sediment up to 15 cm deep. Outfitted with a Dantek Particle Image Velocimter for quanti‐fying full flow field at rates up to 7.5 Hz. The flume is housed in shared wet lab space. A 500 gallon seawater tank trailer is available for transporting sea water from off‐campus facilities.

State of NC/UNCW This is an interdisciplinary resource purchased with funds from UNCW granted to a group of faculty from the Departments of Biology and Marine Biology, Geography and Geology, and Physics and Physical Oceanography. All equipment is shared and available to students and re‐searchers throughout the uni‐versity.

Natural History Collections David J. Sieren Herbarium: The David J. Sieren Herbarium, which is housed on the third floor of Friday Hall, includes a wide assortment of algae, fungi, and plants indigenous to southeastern North Carolina and, to a lesser ex‐tent, other phytogeographic regions of the World. With about 25,000 specimens, it is impressive in terms of its scope and diversity of plants from southeastern North Carolina, second only to the holdings at the herbarium at the University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill. The David J. Sieren Her‐barium also includes over 2,500 digital images that have been archived using iLumina and worldCAT and that, in the near future, will be available to the public through the department’s webpage. Vertebrate Collections: The Vertebrate Collections also is housed on the third floor of Friday Hall. The Collection includes 25,000 fish, 500 amphibi‐ans, 500 reptiles, 2000 birds, and 15,000 mammals. The fish collection is particularly impressive in its scope of freshwater and marine fishes from eastern North Carolina. The mammal collection houses the largest North Carolina mammal collection, representing all physiographic regions and

State of NC/UNCW Although supported primarily for the use of faculty and stu‐dents in the Department of Biology and Marine Biology, the collections are generally available to the academic community worldwide.

93

sub‐regions, and it contains series of several taxa indigenous to eastern North Carolina, some of them undescribed, not found in other North Amer‐ican museum collections. There are several fish, bird, and mammal dis‐plays in Friday Hall.

Ev‐Henwood Ev‐Henwood consists of about 107 acres on Town Creek, NC, which is ap‐proximately 20 miles west of Wilmington in Brunswick County. This site is comprised of a mixture of coastal uplands dominated by second‐growth hardwood and pine forest and several abandoned fields in various stages of ecological succession, abundant bottomlands of hardwood and cypress‐gum forests, and a few acres of beech forest, a relatively rare community in southeastern North Carolina. The wetland habitats (about 65 acres) are in easement with the North Carolina Coastal Land Trust.

State of NC/UNCW Common access for UNCW faculty and students.

Broadfoot Property The Broadfoot Property is located on the southeast corner of Pages Creek, at its confluence with the Atlantic Intracoastal Waterway (AIWW), approx‐imately 6 miles northeast of the UNCW campus. This site, which consists of disturbed uplands and tidal marshes offers excellent examples of salt marsh, shrublands, and adjacent coastal uplands, and the site provides immediate access to the AIWW and nearby tidally‐influenced creeks.

State of NC/UNCW Although used primarily by the Department of Biology and Marine Biology, the area can be accessed by UNCW faculty and students.

Longterm Ecosystem Re‐serve

750 acres of unimproved freshwater bottomland hardwood forest bor‐dered by Cowpen Rd, US 420, and the Northeast Cape Fear River. Particu‐lar importance for monitoring effects of climate change and sea level rise. Long term monitoring data available. Minimal improvements. Van and boat access.


Tidal Research Lease The Tidal Shellfish Site is located in Masonboro Sound approximately 5 miles southeast of the UNCW campus. This intertidal site is submerged at high tide and exposed at low tide, providing undergraduate and graduate students an excellent opportunity to study benthic marine life; several un‐dergraduate and graduate research projects have been conducted here.


Longleaf Pine – Wiregrass Forest Reserve

The Forest Sanctuary is located immediately north of the Wagner Hall Park‐ing Lot (Lot T), bounded by Walton Drive to the east, Cahill Drive to the south, Reynolds Drive to the west, and an unnamed fire‐lane to the north. This area, which has been periodically maintained with control burns in the past, has been used for many years by undergraduate students enrolled in the department’s Ecology class. It has not been burned recently, however, as dormitories and a new Education Building have been built on adjacent property.

State of NC/UNCW Common access for UNCW faculty and students.

94

Molecular Biology The Department maintains a full complement of equipment for molecular biology, including PCR, gene sequencing, immunoassays, & electrophoresis.

State of NC/UNCW Shared equipment, as well as investigator specific equip‐ment, is housed and main‐tained in the Department. All equipment is generally availa‐ble for use with consent of investigator.

Field Research Acoustic Doppler flow meters, CTD multiprobes, plankton nets, seines, portable particle size analyzer, pulse amplitude modulated fluorometers, chlorophyll fluorometers, spectrophotometers, and other field gear is available within the department.

State of NC/UNCW Shared equipment, as well as investigator specific equip‐ment, is housed and main‐tained in the Department. All equipment is generally availa‐ble for use with consent of investigator.

95

D. Research, Teaching, Public and Professional Service 1. Research

In the below table, list currently funded research projects (extramural and intramural). Include title, investigators, dollar amount, and time frame. You may reference information in the REACH NC Appendix in response to this question.

Table D1. Research Developing Tools for the Growth of the North Caro-lina Shellfish Industry: Site Condition Assessment and Economic Impacts

Alphin Posey NC Sea Grant 2/1/2010 2/28/2013 206,296.00

Developing an Approach to Monitoring Potential Endocrine Disruption in Callinectes spidus

Brander NC Sea Grant 9/1/2012 1/31/2013 5,000.00

Bacterial Consortia in Swine Waste Lagoons: The Role of Puorple Phototrophic Bacteria and Anaero-bic Oxidation (Annamox) in Odor Control and Natu-ral Product Synthesis

Cahoon NC Pork Council 7/1/2011 12/31/2012 25,000.00

Evaluating the Invasive Seaweed, Gracilaria vermiculophyll, as a Source of Plant Growth Pro-moter Compounds

Cahoon Toothman NC Sea Grant 10/21/2011 12/31/2012 5,060.00

Vulnerability of Coastal Sewage Collection Systems to Inundation

Cahoon NC Sea Grant 2/1/2012 1/31/2013 2,900.00

Vulnerability of Coastal Sewage Collection Systems to Inundation

Cahoon NC Sea Grant 2/1/2012 1/31/2013 11,505.00

Arteriovenous patterns in beaked whales Costidis Office of Naval Research 6/1/2012 9/30/2014 98,419.00

MRI: Acquisition of a FEI Tecnai G2 Spirit Bio TWIN Transmission Electron Microscope

Dillaman Tomas Kinsey Taylor Frampton NSF 9/15/2012 8/31/2013 631,505.00

Measure photosynthetic efficiencies of turtle grass using the diving-PAM fluorescence technique

Durako Fish & Wildlife Research Institute

8/16/2010 6/30/2012 125,000.00

Conduct Study on Salinity Tolerance Threshold for Johnson's Seagrass (Halophila Johnsonii)

Durako NOAA‐National Marine Fisheries

9/1/2011 5/31/2013 29,470.00

Measuring Photosynthetic Characteristics of Turtlegrass for the South Florida Fisheries Habitat Assessment Program

Durako Fish & Wildlife Research Institute

7/30/2012 6/30/2013 60,000.00

Stable Isotope Analyses of Pygoscelid Penguin Remains from Active and Abandoned Colonies in Antarctica

Emslie Polito NSF 9/1/2008 8/31/2013 503,195.00

Enhancement of the Natural History Collections at the University of North Carolina Wilmington

Emslie Lankford Webster van Tuinen

NSF 9/1/2009 8/31/2012 314,609.00

To Seed or Not to Seed: The Value of Seeding Restored Oyster Reefs for Ecosystem Function

Finelli Posey Wilbur NC Sea Grant 2/1/2010 1/31/2013 99,980.00

To Seed or Not to Seed: The Value of Seeding Restored Oyster Reefs for Ecosystem Function

Finelli Posey Alphin Wilbur NC Sea Grant 2/1/2010 1/31/2013 20,000.00

96

Collaberative Research: Are muscle fibers just the right size?

Kinsey Dillaman NSF 8/1/2007 7/31/2012 466,186.00

Linking Variation in Egg Quality to Hatching Suc-cess and Larval Survival in Blue Crabs

Koopman Posey Alphin Westgate NC Sea Grant 5/1/2010 6/30/2012 18,935.00

Nitrogen Solubility in Adipose Tissues of Diving Animals: Implications for Human Divers and for Modeling Diving Physiology

Koopman Office of Naval Research 4/1/2012 3/31/2015 75,866.00

UNC Wilmington Pilot Study to organize past mana-tee sightings and to collect future manatee sight-ings data from NC

McLellan Pabst US Fish and Wildlife Service 7/19/2010 12/31/2012 11,525.00

Response to and Necropsy of Stranded Large Whales in North Carolina and Virginia

McLellan Pabst NOAA‐NURP 8/1/2010 7/31/2013 99,890.00

Services for the development, assembly and distri-bution of Large Whale Euthanasia Kits

McLellan NOAA‐National Marine Fisheries

9/23/2011 9/22/2012 14,972.00

Weak Hooks Interactions with Cetacean Tissue: Tests of Various Hook Designs and Strengths

McLellan Pabst New England Aquarium 1/1/2012 12/31/2012 15,147.00

Building Stranding Capacity in Northern North Caro-lina

Pabst McLellan Rommel NOAA 8/1/2009 7/31/2012 99,930.00

Enhancing Stranding Response in Northern North Carolina

Pabst McLellan NOAA‐NURP 8/1/2010 7/31/2013 99,890.00

U.S. Navy Mitigation and Monitoring of Marine Re-sources continued

Pabst McLellan Duke University 5/1/2011 4/30/2013 362,183.00

U.S. Navy Mitigation and Monitoring of Marine Re-sources continued

Pabst McLellan Duke University 5/1/2011 4/30/2013 384,608.84

Response to and coordination of Marine Mammal Stranding in North Carolina

Pabst McLellan NOAA‐National Marine Fisheries

9/1/2011 8/31/2013 95,745.00

Providing Necropsy Training Workshops for the Southeast and Mid-Atlantic and Stranding Response for North Carolina

Pabst McLellan NOAA 9/1/2012 8/31/2013 98,765.00

Chemical ecology of sponges on Caribbean coral reefs

Pawlik NSF 8/15/2010 7/31/2014 435,000.00

Sponges on Florida Coral Reefs: Anthropogenic threats and demographic changes

Pawlik Finelli UNCW 1/1/2011 10/6/2012 74,864.00

Neuromuscular Control of Directional Swimming in Cubomedusae

Satterlie NSF 8/15/2009 7/31/2013 400,181.00

Updating Size and Age at Maturity Schedules for Southern Flounder Through Examination of Repro-ductive Tissue and Otoligh Microchemistry

Scharf NC Sea Grant 8/1/2009 9/30/2012 94,442.00

The Physiological Basis of Winter-Induced Stress and Mortality

Scharf Williard NC Sea Grant 2/1/2010 12/31/2012 66,338.00

Updating Size and Age at Maturity Schedules for Southern Flounder Through Examination fo Repro-ductive Tissue and Otoligh Microchemistry


97

Stock Structure of Southern Flounder in NC and US South Atlantic waters

Scharf McCartney NC DENR 7/1/2010 6/30/2013 281,508.00

Assessing Error Rates and Efficiency of a two Stage Approach to Determine the Sex and Maturity stage of Black Sea Bass

Scharf Klibansky Partnership for Mid Atlantic Fisheries Science

6/1/2011 12/31/2012 68,724.00

A Comprehensive Evaluation of Biological and Eco-logical Factors Influencing the Sustainable Man-agement of Large Pelagic Fishes in North Carolina Waters


A Comprehensive Evaluation of Biological and Eco-logical Factors Influencing the Sustainable Man-agement of Large Pelagic Fishes in North Carolina Waters


Evaluation of an accurate and non-lethal tool to assess maturity of North Carolina southern flounder


An acoustic tagging study to evaluate migration dynamics and within-estuary habitat use of souther flounder (Paralichthys lethostigma) in North Caroli-na

Scharf White NC DENR 7/1/2012 8/15/2013 161,874.00

Collaborative Research: MSB: Impact of sea level rise on sedimentary nitrogen removal processes in tidal freshwater ecosystems

Song Borrett NSF 10/1/2010 9/30/2013 500,227.00

Collaborative Research: MSB: Impact of sea level rise on sedimentary nitrogen removal processes in tidal freshwater ecosystems

Song Borrett NSF 10/1/2010 9/30/2013 7,500.00

Collaborative Research: Microbial Regulation of Greenhouse gas N2O Emission from Intertidal Oys-ter Reefs

Song NSF 9/1/2012 8/31/2015 116,232.00

Collaborative Research: Microbial Regulation of Greenhouse gas N2O Emission from Intertidal Oys-ter Reefs

Song NSF 9/1/2012 8/31/2015 216,224.00

Collaborative Research: ETBC: Implication of ANAMMOX community structure and microbial interaciton in estuarine N removal processes

Song Tobias NC Sea Grant 6/1/2009 5/31/2013 515,800.00

Visiting Senior Fellowship of the Marine Biological Association of the UK

Taylor Marine Biological Assoc of the United Kingdom

6/1/2007 12/31/2012 85,692.00

Ecological Functions of Algal Neurotoxins - do they interact with Ion Channels and Cellular Signaling in Non-toxic Phytoplankton Species?

Taylor NSF 2/15/2010 1/31/2014 299,752.00

Ecological Functions of Algal Neurotoxins - do they interact with Ion Channels and Cellular Signaling in Non-toxic Phytoplankton Species?

Taylor NSF 2/15/2010 1/31/2014 8,500.00

Methodological Procedure Implentation Tomas Univ of Salento 6/1/2010 12/31/2012 29,884.00

98

Toxic Algae: Taxonomy, Quantification and Early Warning

Tomas Dillaman Norwegian Institute for Water Research

1/1/2011 12/31/2013 19,412.43

Ancient DNA Analysis of Alaska Mammals and Fish van Tuinen Western Washington Univ 8/25/2010 12/21/2013 12,340.00

Survey for Threatened and Endangered Species on Figure Eight Island NC

Webster Figure "8" Beach Home‐owners Assoc

6/1/2000 4/30/2013 203,227.00

Using marine mammal strandings and and observer data to estimate life history parameters and assess demographic impacts of marine fisheries on odontocete populations in the northwestern Atlantic Ocean

Westgate Duke University 6/2/2010 7/31/2012 29,304.00

Spatial Approaches to Managing Ontogenetically Migrating Fishes

White NC Sea Grant 9/15/2011 12/31/2012 26,994.00

Spatial Approaches to Managing Ontogentically Migrating Fishes Graduate Student

White NC Sea Grant 2/1/2012 1/31/2013 18,000.00

Evaluation of Genetic Differentiation and Disease Status of North Carolina Populations of the Eastern Oyster, Crassostrea virginica

Wilbur NC Sea Grant 1/6/2009 1/31/2013 65,650.00

Timing and Pathways of Fall Migrationfor Juvenile Green Sea Turtles in Back, Core and Pamlico Sounds, NC

Williard NC Sea Grant 8/1/2009 6/30/2013 44,590.00

Assessment of Diamondback Terrapin Presence and Abundance in Bogue Sound, North Carolina

Williard NC Sea Grant 3/1/2012 3/31/2013 21,882.00


Table D2. Teaching

Course number and title

Semesters offered

Instructor(s)

Course description

Total enrollment (x̄ = semester avg)

BIO 170: Biology of the Sea

Spring Each year

Ileana Clavijo Steven McMurray

Non‐majors course on the biology of marine systems

324 (x̄ = 54)

BIO 201*: Principles of Biology: Cells

Fa/Sp/Sum Each year

Ballard, Brander, Covi, Culbertson, Dunn, Frampton, Kahn, Lema, Mintzes, Priester, Pyott, Shafer, Song, Stapleton, Taylor, Williard

Principles of biology at the cellular level. Required core course for all marine biology majors

5429 (Fall x̄ = 724) (Spring x̄ = 319) (Summer x̄ = 54)

BIO 201 Lab: Fa/Sp/Sum Each year

Moore (Coordinator); Graduate Teaching Assistants

Laboratory methods in cellular and molecular biology. Required core course for all marine biology majors

5429 (Fall: 31 sections of 24) (Spr: 14 sections of 24) (Sum: 3 sections of 24)

99

BIO 202*: Principles of Biology: Bi‐odiversity

Fa/Sp/Sum Each year

Bailey, Chandler, Loh, Long, McCartney, Melroy, Pawlik, Scharf, Schuettpelz, Szmant, Van Tuinen

Study of biodiversity of living organ‐isms. Required core course for all majors. Required core course for all marine biology majors

2776 (Fall x̄ = 282) (Spring x̄ = 233) (Summer x̄ = 49)

BIO 202 Lab: Fa/Sp/Sum Each year

Moore (Coordinator); Graduate Teaching Assistants

Laboratory examination of biological diversity, form and function of organ‐isms. Required core course for all marine biology majors

5429 (Fall: 12 sections of 24) (Spr: 10 sections of 24) (Sum: 2 sections of 24)

BIO 291: Introductory research

Fa/Sp/Sum Each year

Brander, Clavijo, Lema, Satterlie, Song, Szmant, Taylor, Van Tuinen, Williard

Supervised research for freshmen and sophmores

28 (x̄ =3)

BIO 312*: Marine Botany

Sp/Sum Each year

Durako Introduction to coastal marine plant communities. Optional core course for all marine biology majors

192 (Spring x̄ = 23) (Summer x̄ = 20)

BIO 312: Marine Botany Lab

Sp/Sum Each year

Durako Lab and field studies of coastal plants and plant communities. Optional core course for all marine biology majors

192 (Spr: 1 section of 24) (Sum: 1 section of 24)

BIO 313*: Marine Phycology

Fa/Sp Each year

Bailey Introduction to phytoplankton and benthic marine algae. Optional core course for all marine biology majors

140 (x̄ = 20)

BIO 313: Marine Phycology Lab

Fa/Sp Each year

Bailey Lab and field studies of phytoplank‐ton and benthic marine algae. Op‐tional core course for all marine biol‐ogy majors

140 (Fall: 1 section of 20) (Spr: 1 section of 20)

BIO 315*: Comparative Vertebrate Anatomy

Fa/Sp Each year

Pabst, Rommel, Van Tuinen Comparative morphology and phylogenetics of vertebrates. Elec‐tive course for marine biology majors

186 (x̄ = 23)

BIO 315 Lab: Comparative Vertebrate Anatomy Lab

Fa/Sp Each year

Pabst, Rommel, Van Tuinen Laboratory study of comparative morphology of vertebrates. Elective course for marine biology majors


BIO 316*: Vertebrate Embryology

Sp/Sum Each year

Ballard Principles of embryonic development of vertebrates. Elective course for marine biology majors

153 (x̄ = 26)

100

BIO 316 Lab: Embryology Lab

Sp/Sum Each year

Ballard Laboratory examination of embryonic development. Elective course for ma‐rine biology majors

153 (Spr: 1 section of 24) (Sum: 1 section of 24)

BIO 318*: Invertebrate Zoology

Fa/Sp Each year

Pawlik Survey of invertebrate animals. Op‐tional core course for all marine biol‐ogy majors

277 (x̄ = 28)

BIO 318 Lab: Invertebrate Zoology Lab

Fa/Sp Each year

Pawlik Survey of invertebrate animals. Op‐tional core course for all marine biol‐ogy majors

277 (Fall: 2 sections of 24) (Spr: 2 sections of 24)

BIO 325*: Molecular Biology of the Cell

Spring Each year

Shafer Chemical and Physical properties of cells. Optional core course for all marine biology majors

254 (x̄ = 51)

BIOL 325: Molecular Biology of the Cell laboratory

Spring Each year

Shafer, Stapleton Experiments to examine basic cell function. Optional core course for all marine biology majors

84 (Spr: 1 section of 24)

BIO 335*: Genetics

Fa/Sp Each year

Baumgarner, Dodd Principles of heredity; required core for all majors. Required core course for all marine biology majors

1940 (Fall x̄ = 188) (Spr x̄ = 188)

BIOL 335: Genetics laboratory

Fa/Sp Each year

Dodd (Coordinator). Graduate teaching assistants

Demonstration of basic heredity principles. Required core course for all marine biology majors


BIO 340*: Plant Physiology

Fall Each year

Durako, Stapleton Survey of plant function at molecular and cellular level. Optional core course for all marine biology majors

70 (x̄ = 18)

BIO 340 Lab: Plant Physiology Lab

Fall Each year

Durako, Stapleton Laboratory methods and examination of plant function at molecular and cellular level. Optional core course for all marine biology majors

70 (Fall: 1 section of 24)

BIO 345*: Animal Physiology

Fa/Sp/Sum Each year

Ballard, Koopman, Williard Comparative study of physiological processes in animals. Optional core course for all marine biology majors

1125 (Fa/Sp x̄ = 99) (Sum x̄ = 28)

BIOL 345: Animal Physiology labor‐atory

Fa/Sp/Sum Each year

Koopman, Williard (Coordinators). Graduate teaching assistants

Techniques to collect physiological data. Optional core course for all ma‐rine biology majors


101

(Sum x̄ = 18)

BIO 356: Vertebrate Natural Histo‐ry

Sp 2011

Muzyczek Vertebrate life history and systemat‐ics. . Elective course for marine biolo‐gy majors

19 (x̄ = 19)

BIO 357*: Ichthyology

Fa/Sp Each year

Lankford Survey of systematic and natural his‐tory of fishes. Optional core course for all marine biology majors

586 (x̄ = 59)

BIOL 357: Ichthyology laboratory

Fa/Sp Each year

Lankford Laboratory examination of anatomy and taxonomy of fishes. Optional core course for all marine biology majors


BIO 358: Marine Mammals

Fall Each year

Pabst Study of pinniped and cetacean biol‐ogy. Elective course for marine biolo‐gy majors

348 (x̄ = 87)

BIO 362*: Marine Biology

Fa/Sp Each year

Clavijo, Finelli, White Introduction to marine organisms and environments. Required core course for all marine biology majors

578 (x̄ = 58)

BIO 362 Lab: Marine Biology Lab

Fa/Sp Each year

Clavijo, Finelli, White (Coordina‐tors). Graduate Teaching Assis‐tants

Laboratory and field studies of ma‐rine organisms and environments. Required core course for all marine biology majors


BIO 366*: Ecology

Fa/Sp/Sum Each year

Borrett, Brewer, Emslie, Long, Posey, White

Fundamental ecological principles of organisms and their environments. Required core course for all marine biology majors

1760 (Fa/Sp x̄ = 157) (Sum x̄ = 38)

BIOL 366: Ecology laboratory

Fa/Sp/Sum Each year

Emslie, Borrett, Long (Coordina‐tors). Graduate teaching assis‐tants

Introduction to ecological sampling techniques. Required core course for all marine biology majors

1456 (Fa/Sp x̄ = 130) (Sum x̄ = 31)

BIO 368: Behavioral Ecology

Sp 2009 Fa 2010

Lema Ecology and evolution of behavior. Elective course for marine biology majors

139 (x̄ = 70)

BIO 380: Mariculture

Fall Each year

Wilbur Principles of fish and shellfish pro‐duction. Elective course for marine biology majors

100 (x̄ = 25)

102

BIO 415*: Histology

Spring Each Year

Dillaman Principles of histological sectioning and staining, microscopy for biology and marine biology research. . Elec‐tive course for marine biology majors

50 (x̄ = 10)

BIO 415 Lab: Histology Lab

Spring Each Year

Dillaman Practice of histological sectioning and staining, microscopy for biology and marine biology research. . Elective course for marine biology majors


BIO 425*: Microbiology

Fa/Sp Each year

Sizemore, Song Study of microorganisms with focus on bacteria and viruses. Elective course for marine biology majors

576 (x̄ = 58)

BIOL 425: Microbiology laboratory

Fa/Sp Each year

Sizemore, Song (Coordinators). Graduate teaching assistants

Techniques to identify microorgan‐isms. Elective course for marine biol‐ogy majors

117 (Fall: 2 sections of 24) (Spr: 1 section of 24)

BIO 430: Evolutionary Biology

Fall Each year

McCartney Study of biological change and biodi‐versity. Elective course for marine biology majors

291 (x̄ = 49)

BIO 440+: Developmental Biology

Fall 2008 Shafer Mechanisms controlling animal em‐bryology. Elective course for marine biology majors

29 (x̄ = 29)

BIOL 440: Developmental biology lab

Fall 2008

Shafer Methods of descriptive embryology. Elective course for marine biology majors


BIO 454*: Herpetology

Spring 2012

Williard Study of reptiles and amphibians. Elective course for marine biology majors

24 (x̄ = 24)

BIO 454 Lab: Herpetology Lab

Spring 2012

Williard Field and laboratory study of reptiles and amphibians. Elective course for marine biology majors


BIO 456*: Ornithology

Fall Each year

Emslie Avian biology and evolution. Elective course for marine biology majors

37 (x̄ = 12)

BIO 456 Lab: Ornithology Lb

Fall Each year

Emslie Field and laboratory examination of avian biology and evolution. Elective course for marine biology majors


103

BIO 458+: Fisheries Biology

Fall Each year

Scharf Principles of fisheries science and population dynamics. Elective course for marine biology majors

91 (x̄ = 23)

BIOL 458: Fisheries biology labora‐tory

Fall Each year

Scharf Techniques to collect fisheries biolog‐ical data. Elective course for marine biology majors


BIO 459: Endocrinology

Fall Each year

Brander, Lema Study of endocrine system of verte‐brates. Elective course for marine biology majors

210 (x̄ = 53)

BIO 460+: Limnology

Fall Each year

Cahoon Biological characteristics of freshwa‐ter systems. Elective course for ma‐rine biology majors

91 (x̄ = 23)

BIOL 460: Limnology laboratory

Fall Each year

Cahoon Techniques to investigate water qual‐ity. Elective course for marine biology majors


BIO 462: Deep Sea Biology

Spring 2011

Zelnio Study of the deep sea biosphere. Elective course for marine biology majors

95 (x̄ = 95)

BIO 463+: Coral Reef Ecology

Spring Each year

Szmant Ecology and physiology of coral reef organisms. Elective course for marine biology majors

31 (x̄ = 10)

BIOL 463: Coral reef ecology labor‐atory

Spring 2011

Szmant Field study of coral reef organisms. Requires foreign travel to Curacao. . Elective course for marine biology majors


BIO 465: Biochemistry

Fall Each year

Kinsey Chemical properties and structure of macromolecules. Elective course for marine biology majors

445 (x̄ = 89)

BIOL 465: Biochemistry laboratory

Fall Each year

Baumgarner, Kinsey Techniques for biochemistry. Elective course for marine biology majors


BIO 466: Conservation Biology

Fall Each year

Arbogast Study of the conservation of biologi‐cal diversity. Elective course for ma‐rine biology majors

294 (x̄ = 59)

BIO 475*: Fall Chandler, Schuettpelz Systematics of vascular plants. Elec‐ 41

104

Plant Taxonomy Each year tive course for marine biology majors (x̄ = 14)

BIO 475 Lab: Plant Taxonomy Lab

Fall Each year

Chandler, Schuettpelz Lab and field study of vascular plant taxonomy and systematics. Elective course for marine biology majors


BIO 478: Global Environmental Problems

Fall Each year

Tomas Study of the causes and effects of major environmental problems. Elec‐tive course for marine biology majors

161 (x̄ = 40)

BIO 480: Field Studies in Biology

Fa/Sp Each year

Emslie, Long, Posey, Scharf, Sizemore, Szmant, Taylor

Research oriented field course for advanced students. Elective course for marine biology majors

88 (x̄ = 5)

BIO 484: Methods in Bio‐logical Research

Fall Each year

Alphin Introduction to experimental design and data analysis. Elective course for marine biology majors

56 (x̄ = 11)

BIO 485: Special Topics in Ad‐vanced Biology

Fa/Sp Each year

Alphin, Hosier, Long, McCartney, Posey, Satterlie, Song, Szmant, Tomas, Williard

Study of selected topics in more de‐tail than covered in regular course offerings. Elective course for marine biology majors

350 (x̄ = 35)

BIO 486: Advanced Top‐ics in Mariculture

Spring Each year

Watanabe Study of advanced topics in maricul‐ture. Elective course for marine biol‐ogy majors

44 (x̄ = 9)

BIO 487: Introduction to Coastal Management

Spring Each year

Hosier Study of the human impact on coastal environments and their preservation. Elective course for ma‐rine biology majors

70 (x̄ = 23)

BIO 488: Forensic Environmental Science

Spring 2009

Cahoon Techniques for investigating envi‐ronmental problems. Elective course for marine biology majors

13 (x̄ = 13)

BIO 491: Directed Individual Study

Fa/Sp/Sum Each year

All faculty participate during most semesters

Faculty supervised investigation of topical areas. Elective course for ma‐rine biology majors

716 (Fa/Sp x̄ = 62) (Sum x̄ = 19)

BIO 495: Senior Seminar

Fa/Sp Each year

All faculty participate on a rotating schedule

Required for all majors; focus on stu‐dent presentations

762 (x̄ = 76)

BIOL 495: Applied learning seminar

Fall Each year

Alphin, Posey Hands‐on laboratory or field work with faculty. Elective course for ma‐


105

rine biology majors

BIO 498: Internship in Biological Science

Fa/Sp/Sum Each year

All faculty participate periodically Practical field experiences as part of a structured program

95 (Fa/Sp x̄ = 8) (Sum x̄ = 4)

BIO 499: Honors work in Biology

Fa/Sp Each year

All research active faculty partici‐pate during most semesters

Faculty‐mentored independent re‐search

263 (x̄ = 26)

BIO 501: Methods in Scientific Re‐search

Fall Each Year

Roer Scientific manuscript preparation and communication techniques: manu‐script format, graphics, design of ex‐periments, library use, oral presenta‐tion, and writing techniques. Re‐quired core course for all marine bi‐ology majors

75 (x̄ = 15)

BIO 512*: Electron Microscopy

Fall Each year

Dillaman Principles and use of electron micros‐copy for biology and marine biology research. Elective course for MS in marine biology.

50 (x̄ = 10)

BIOL 512: Electron Microscopy Lab

Fall Each year

Dillaman Practical methods of electron micros‐copy for biology and marine biology research. Elective course for MS in marine biology.


BIO 515*: Biostatistics

Spring 2013

Scharf Principles of experimental design and data analysis used in biological re‐search. Elective course for MS in ma‐rine biology.

30 (x̄ = 30)

BIOL 515: Biostatics Laboratory

Spring 2013

Scharf Methods of data analysis using com‐puter based statistical packages. Elec‐tive course for MS in marine biology.


BIO 519*: Advanced Topics in Cellu‐lar and Molecular Biology

Spring Each year

Taylor Study of cellular receptors and mem‐brane dynamics. Optional core course for MS in marine biology.

26 (x̄ = 9)

BIO 519 Lab: Advanced Topics in Cellu‐lar and Molecular Biology

Spring Each year

Taylor Laboratory study of cellular receptors and membrane dynamics. Optional core course for MS in marine biology.


106

Lab

BIO 526: Advanced Topics in Mi‐crobiology

Spring 2008 and 2011

Song Study of the morphology and ecology of microorganisms. Elective course for MS in marine biology.

15 (x̄ = 8)

BIO 526 Lab: Advanced Topics in Mi‐crobiology Lab


Song Laboratory study of the genomics, morphology, and ecology of microor‐ganisms. Elective course for MS in marine biology.


BIO 530+: Advanced Topics in Evo‐lutionary Biology

Fall Each year

McCartney, Van Tuinen, Wilbur Study of adaptation from a micro‐ and macro‐evolutionary perspective. Elective course for MS in marine bi‐ology.

22 (x̄ = 7)

BIOL 530: Advanced topics in evolu‐tionary biology lab

Fall Each year

McCartney, Van Tuinen Analysis of new and existing data sets in evolution. Elective course for MS in marine biology.


BIO 534*: Advanced Topics in Ecol‐ogy

Fall Each year

Arbogast, Borrett, Posey Study of population and community ecology. Optional core course for MS in marine biology

73 (x̄ = 12)

BIOL 534: Advanced topics in ecol‐ogy lab

Fall Each year

Arbogast, Borrett Analysis and interpretation of ecolog‐ical data. Optional core course for MS in marine biology


BIO 549*: Advanced Topics in Phys‐iology

Fall Each year

Koopman Study of emergent techniques in physiology. Optional core course for MS in marine biology

16 (x̄ = 5)

BIO 549 Lab: Advanced Topics in Phys‐iology Lab

Fall Each year

Koopman Laboratory techniques in physiology. Optional core course for MS in ma‐rine biology


BIO 560*: Estuarine Biology

Spring 2009, 2010, 2012

Mallin Biological properties of estuaries. Optional core course for MS in ma‐rine biology

34 (x̄ = 11)

BIO 560 Lab: Estuarine Biology Lab

Spring 2009, 2010, 2012

Mallin Field and laboratory studies of the biological properties of estuaries. Optional core course for MS in ma‐rine biology


107

BIO 561*: Barrier Island Ecology

Fall Each year

Hosier Survey of vegetation and ecology of barrier islands. Elective course for MS in marine biology.

23 (x̄ = 6)

BIO 561 Lab: Barrier Island Ecology Lab

Fall Each year

Hosier Field studies of vegetation and ecolo‐gy of barrier islands. Elective course for MS in marine biology.


BIO 564*: Biological Oceanography

Fa/Sp Each year

Cahoon, Finelli Study of oceanographic processes and productivity. Required core course for all marine biology majors

139 (x̄ = 15)

BIOL 564: Biological oceanography lab

Fa/Sp Each year

Cahoon, Finelli Techniques to collect and analyze oceanographic data. Required core course for all marine biology majors


BIO 566: Behavioral Ecology of Reef Fishes

Spring Each year

Clavijo Ecological study of reef fishes and their environments. Elective course for MS in marine biology.

25 (x̄ = 5)

BIO 568: River Ecology


Mallin Biology and ecology of riverine sys‐tems. Elective course for MS in ma‐rine biology.

26 (x̄ = 13)

BIO 578: Biology of Harmful Algae

Spring Each year

Tomas Taxonomy and ecology of marine mi‐croalgae. Elective course for MS in marine biology.

25 (x̄ = 5)

BIO 580: Field Studies in Biology

Fall Each year

Koopman, Williard Research‐oriented field course. Elec‐tive course for MS in marine biology.

4 (x̄ = 1)

BIO 585: Special Topics in Ad‐vanced Biology

Fa/Sp Each year

Baumgarner, Brander, Dillaman, Emslie, Koopman, Pabst, Satterlie, Scharf, Song, Szmant, Tomas

Study of selected topics in more de‐tail than covered in regular course offerings. Elective course for MS in marine biology.

158 (x̄ = 16)

BIO 591: Directed Individual Study

Fa/Sp Each year

All faculty participate during most semesters

Faculty supervised investigation of topical areas. Elective course for MS in marine biology.

192 (x̄ = 19)

BIO 601: Oceanography and Envi‐ronmental Science

Once per year

Cahoon, Finelli Emergent topics and methods in bio‐logical oceanography. Required core course for all PhD students in marine biology.

48 (x̄ = 8)

108

BIO 602: Ecology

Once per year

Borrett, Long, Szmant, Covi Emergent topics and methods in ecology. Optional core course for PhD in marine biology

29 (x̄ = 7)

BIO 603: Physiology and Biochem‐istry

Once per year

Kinsey, Baumgarner Emergent topics and methods in physiology and biochemistry. Option‐al core course for PhD in marine biol‐ogy

12 (x̄ = 6)

BIO 604: Cellular and Molecular Biology

Once per year

Pyott, Taylor Emergent topics and methods in cel‐lular and molecular biology. Optional core course for PhD in marine biology

1 (x̄ = 1)

BIO 605: Evolution and Diversity

Once per year

Arbogast, Bailey, McCartney Emergent topics and methods in evo‐lution. Optional core course for PhD in marine biology

39 (x̄ = 6)

b.) Identify workshops, continuing education, or other non‐credit bearing instruction to community that are directly related to the Activity.



Dates of‐fered

Instructor(s)

and

Affiliation(s)

Brief description of instruction (1 sentence) Enrollment Figures

Total/on‐site/distance edu

Neonatal Dolphin Necropsy Workshop

June 2012 Pabst, McLellan

Hosted colleagues from Virginia Aquarium, the North Caro‐lina Wildlife Resources Commission, the North Carolina Aquarium at Roanoke Island, the North Carolina Division of Marine Fisheries, North Carolina State University for an in‐tensive stranding workshop to investigate dolphin devel‐opment and health in the Oriole Burevitch Laboratory. In‐volved UNCW graduate and undergraduate students.

25

Cetacean Diet Analy‐sis Workshop

January 2012

Pabst, McLellan

Hosted colleagues from Virginia Aquarium, the North Caro‐lina Division of Marine Fisheries, North Carolina State Uni‐versity, the North Carolina Maritime Museum, NOAA NOS (Charleston Lab), and Bowdoin College. Experts in diet

25

109

analysis joined stranding colleagues for an intensive work‐shop on diet analyses methods in the Oriole Burevitch La‐boratory.

R‐Tutorial July 2011 Borrett Organized a tutorial workshop for international group of ecological network researchers to share information about statistical tools in the R programming language.

20

Marine Mammal Nec‐ropsy Workshop

May 2008 Pabst, McLellan

Invited lectures, open discussions, necropsy demonstrations at meeting of International Whaling Commission, Santiago, Chile

50

Cell Physiology Work‐shop (Plymouth UK)

September 2011

Taylor Invited lecture at Cell Physiology Workshop at Marine Bio‐logical Association of the UK, Plymouth, UK.

25

Gordon Conference on Marine Microbes

June 2012 Taylor Invited lecture on marine phytoplankton physiology. 200

Faculty Institutes Re‐forming Science Teaching

2008‐2012 Finelli Led annual development workshops to train postdoctoral fellows in best practices of scientific and learner centered teaching. NSF funded dissemination network.

20 postdoctoral fellows per year at 5 regional sites (100 total).

110

c.) Public Service, Outreach and Community Engagement

Identify faculty outreach and community engagement that directly relate to the Activity. Professional Service will be captured in a different sec‐tion, so please constrain this list to those examples that serve to broaden the impact of the Activity through societal engagements, such as sci‐ence cafes and K‐12 initiatives. Please limit this list to the most relevant and significant 20 examples.

Table D4. Public Service, Outreach and Community Engagement


Dates Personnel Involved Participants in program (e.g. K‐12 teachers) Number of par‐ticipants

Harbour Porpoise Release Program, Grand Manan, New Brunswick, Canada

1991‐Present

Dr. Heather Koopman, Depart‐ment of Biology and Marine Biology.

Fisherman, community stakeholders 100

39th Annual Benthic Ecolo‐gy Meetings

March

2010

Dr. Joseph Pawlik, Dr. Martin Posey, Dr. Ami Wilbur, Dr. Chris Finelli, Dr. Michael Durako, Mr. Troy Alphin

International gathering of faculty, students, and other re‐searchers interested in marine benthic ecology.

700

Annual Southeast and Mid‐Atlantic Marine Mammal Symposium (SEAMAMMS)

April 2009 Dr. Ann Pabst, Mr. William McLellan, Dr. Sentinel Rom‐mel, Dr. Heather Koopman

Faculty and students engaged in marine mammal research along the Atlantic Coast of the US.

100

Annual Meeting of North Carolina State Stranding Partners

2009, 2010, 2011, 2012

Dr. Ann Pabst, Mr. William McLellan

UNCW Marine Mammal Stranding Program, Virginia Aquar‐ium Staff, NC Wildlife Resources Commission, NC Aquari‐um, NC Division of Marine Fisheries, NCSU, NC Maritime Museum, National Park Service.

25

Annual Meeting of the Ear‐ly Life History Section of American Fisheries Society

2001 Dr. Fred Scharf Hosted an international conference on the early life history of fin fish, with emphasis on exploited species, manage‐ment, and fisheries biology

150

111

Microscopy Instruction and Demonstration

August 2012

Dr. Alison Taylor Provided general workshop on microscopy techniques for pre‐college students involved with UNCW’s Marine Quest Program

25

NC Sea Grant Fisheries Fo‐rum

March 2009

Dr. Amanda Southwood Williard

Provided general interest lecture to fisherman, fisheries biologists, and resource managers; Health status, post‐release behavior, and survivability of sea turtles incidental‐ly captured in the gillnet fishery of the lower Cape Fear River

50

NC Center for Public Policy Research

September 2011

Dr. Larry Cahoon Demand for water vs. Water quality, drought and climate change

50

Leadership Wilmington 2011 Dr. Larry Cahoon Sewage Management: A challenge for New Hanover Coun‐ty

50

Public Symposium – Serial Environmental Catastophes in the Northern Gulf of Mexico: Are there lessons for the Cape Fear Region

April 2012 Dr. Chris Finelli, Dr. Stuart Borrett, Dr. Larry Cahoon, Dr. Ann Pabst, Mr. Wil‐liam McLellan, Dr. Fred Scharf

Hosted public lecture by Mike Tidwell, a noted environ‐mental writer, followed by a panel discussion of local stakeholders and resource managers.

100

Public Symposium – Global Climate Change

April 2011 Dr. Larry Cahoon Hosted public lecture by Dr. Tyler Volk, a recognized expert in the field of global climate change. Lecture followed by a panel discussion of climate change science and policy.

150

Public Seminar – Environ‐mental Sustainability

November 2009

Dr. Stuart Borrett Organized and led a tour of the Wilmington Northside Waste Water Treatment Plant.

20

Public Seminar – Marine Mammal Stranding Science

November 2008

Dr. Ann Pabst Delivered an invited lecture on marine mammal biology and stranding science; Brotman Coastal Biology Lecture Series, University of North Florida.

100

Public Seminar – The Cape Fear River in Human and Ecological Contexts

October 2011

Dr. Larry Cahoon Guest speaker for the Cape Fear River Watch. 50

112

Public Seminar – Marine Mammals of the Mid‐Atlantic

March 2009

Dr. Ann Pabst Invited guest speaker for the Southport (NC) Sail and Pow‐er Squadron, an advocacy group for safe boating and relat‐ed marine issues.

50

Panel Discussion – State and regional fisheries man‐agement issues

2008 Dr. Martin Posey Served as an expert panelist in a moderated discussion of state and regional fisheries management issues, especially with respect to shellfish fisheries, aquaculture, and resto‐ration. Hosted by the Cape Fear Museum

50

Invited Speaker, Cape Fear Museum of History and Science

2008 Dr. Ann Pabst Provided lecture for general public on “North Carolina’s Endangered Whales”.

50

Public Seminar – Phyto‐plankton Physiology

June 2008 Dr. Alison Taylor Provided an international invited (by IFM‐Geomar) seminar on marine science as part of Kiel Week Science and Cultural Festival.

100

Media consultation 2008‐Present

Mr. Troy Alphin, Dr. Larry Cahoon, Dr. Chris Finelli, Dr. Art Frampton, Dr. Mar‐tin Posey, Dr. Ann Pabst, Dr. Alina Szmant, Dr. Alison Taylor

Many faculty in the department provide interviews and supplementary information to media companies for fea‐ture stories related to marine science. Media outlets in‐clude Wilmington Starnews (newspaper), Raleigh News and Observer (newspaper), National Public Radio, British Broadcasting Company, local television stations (WWAY, WECT, WILM, Carolina14), Discovery Channel.

100’s

K12 Student Engagement through senior projects, research, interviews, and job shadow

2008‐Present

Mr. Troy Alphin, Dr. Susanne Brander, Dr. Larry Cahoon, Dr. Chris Finelli, Dr. Art Frampton, Dr. Heather Koopman, Dr. Sean Lema, Dr. Martin Posey, Dr. Alina Szmant, Dr. Alison Taylor

Many faculty in the department participate in K12 activities as part of their annual responsibilities.

100’s

113

d.) Professional Service

Identify advisory, regulatory or other professional service that members of the Activity have provided to North Carolina or at the regional / na‐tional / international level. Include all North Carolina advisory or regulatory boards and groups; and significant national / international boards. Please limit this list to the most relevant and significant 20 examples.

Table D5. Professional Service

Board or Group name Dates Activity member name and affiliation

Service provided

1 NC Nongame Wildlife Advisory Committee – NC Wildlife Resources Commission

2009‐Present Dr. Brian Arbogast, Department of Biol‐ogy and Marine Bi‐ology

To assess the conservation status of North Carolina's native mammals and to update the status if needed

2 Board Member – Cape Fear Museum of Sci‐ence and History

2010‐Present Dr. Stuart Borrett, Department of Biol‐ogy and Marine Bi‐ology

Advisory board for museum operations and programs, espe‐cially with regard to coastal and watershed issues.

3 Water Quality Sub‐group, National Ma‐rine Fisheries Cape Fear Working Group

2011‐Present Dr. Larry Cahoon, Department of Biol‐ogy and Marine Bi‐ology

Provides guidance and information, discussant, scientific ex‐pertise, regarding water quality issues of the Cape Fear River and impacts on fisheries management.

4 NC General Assembly Legislative Study Sub‐committee on Off‐shore Energy Devel‐opment

2009‐2010 Dr. Larry Cahoon, Department of Biol‐ogy and Marine Bi‐ology

Participate in discussions of NC energy policy for coastal re-gion

5 Halophila johnsonii Species Recovery Team, National Ma‐rine Fisheries Service

1996‐Present Dr. Michael Durako, Department of Biol‐ogy and Marine Bi‐ology

Prepare species recovery plan for threatened seagrass Halophila johnsonii

6 Board of Directors, 1991‐Present Dr. Heather Thw GMWSRS is a small non profit dedicated to research and

114

Grand Manan Whale and Seabird Research Station, Grand Manan, New Brunswick CAN

Koopman, Depart‐ment of Biology and Marine Biology

education to promote conservation in the Bay of Fundy, Cana-da.

7 NC Wildlife Resources Commission

2007‐Present Dr. Heather Koopman, Depart‐ment of Biology and Marine Biology

Scientific and policy advisor.

8 Advisor, World Wild‐life Fund

2012‐Present Dr. Ann Pabst, De‐partment of Biology and Marine Biology

Participate in international meeting to conserve the Irrawaddy dolphin in the Mekong River

9 Scientific Advisory Committee, Society for Marine Mammology

2004‐2011 Dr. Ann Pabst, De‐partment of Biology and Marine Biology

Advise society and public on marine mammal science and poli‐cy objectives

10 NC Division of Marine Fisheries, Crustacean Fisheries Advisory Committee

1999‐Present Dr. Martin Posey, Department of Biol‐ogy and Marine Bi‐ology

Review fisheries management plans for shrimp, crabs and oth-er crustacean fisheries; make recommendations on fisheries-related issues as needed.

11 Committee Chair, NC Division of Marine Fisheries, Blue Crab Fisheries Advisory Committee

2008‐Present Dr. Martin Posey, Department of Biol‐ogy and Marine Bi‐ology

Scientific and policy advisory on management and protection of the blue crab fishery in NC.

12 NC Division of Marine Fisheries, Oyster Steering Committee

2008‐2011 Dr. Martin Posey, Dept of Biology and Marine Biology

Development and protection of oyster fisheries in NC, including aquaculture and restoration of wild stocks.

13 Executive Committee, Marine Fisheries Sec‐tion, American Fisher‐ies Society

2003‐2010 Dr. Fred Scharf, De‐partment of Biology and Marine Biology

Policy guidance and scientific steering for international society of fisheries researchers.

115

14 NC Division of Marine Fisheries, Regional Advisory Committee

2004‐Present Dr. Fred Scharf, De‐partment of Biology and Marine Biology

Advise on regional fisheries issues

15 Committee Chair, NC Division of Marine Fisheries Red Drum Advisory Committee

2007‐2008 Dr. Fred Scharf, De‐partment of Biology and Marine Biology

Advise on development of red drum fishery management plan

16 National Science Foundation, EPSCOR Science Advisory Committee for the University of The Vir‐gin Islands

2005‐2008 Dr. Alina Szmant, Department of Biol‐ogy and Marine Bi‐ology

Review program progress. Advise on programmatic and man‐agement issues. Review proposlas for internal funding. Bi‐annual site visits.

17 Committee Chair, NC Division of Marine Fisheries, Bay Scallop Advisory Committee

2010‐Present Dr. Ami Wilbur, De‐partment of Biology and Marine Biology

Review proposed changes to fisheries management plan for bay scallops

18 NC Coastal Resources Commission

2008‐Present Dr. W. David Web‐ster

Establishes policies for the N.C. Coastal Management Program and adopts implementing rules for both CAMA and the N.C. Dredge and Fill Act. The commission designates areas of envi‐ronmental concern, adopts rules and policies for coastal de‐velopment within those areas, and certifies local land‐use plans

19 NC National Estuarine Research Reserve.

2009‐Present Dr. Amanda Southwood Williard

Local Advisory board for the National Estuarine Research Re-serve System funded by National Oceanographic and Atmos-pheric Administration. contribute to discussion and decisions regarding management of Masonboro Island Reserve.

20 Associate or Contrib‐uting Editor

2008‐Present Arbogast, Cahoon, Finelli, Pawlik, Pos‐ey, Stapleton, Szmant, White, Williard

Journal of Mammology, ISRN Oceanography, Journal of NC Academy of Sciences, Journal of Coastal Management , Lim‐nology and Oceanography, Marine Ecology Progress Series, Journal of Shellfish Research, Journal of Experimental Marine Biology and Ecology, Frontiers in Plant Genetics and Genomics,

116

Coral Reefs, New Phytologist, Ecological Applications, Herpetolgical Conservation and Biology, Chelonian Conserva‐tion and Biology, Testudinaria: International Journal of Sea Turtle Nature History and Ecology.

117

E. Outputs and Impacts 1. Publications a.) List refereed publications directly related to Activity. Please limit to the 20 most significant or


1. Hines, D. E., Lisa, J. A., Song, B., Tobias, C. R., Borrett, S. R. (2012). A network model shows the importance of coupled processes in the microbial N cycle in the Cape Fear River Estuary. Estuarine, Coastal and Shelf Science / Elsevier, 20, 45-75.

2. Cahoon, L. B., Flood, J. (2011). Risks to Coastal Wastewater Collection Systems from Sea Level Rise and Climate Change. Journal of Coastal Research, 27, 652-660.

3. Priester, C., Morton, L., Watanabe, W., Kinsey, S. T., Dillaman, R. M. (2011). Growth patterns and nuclear distribution in white muscle fibers from black sea bass, Centropristis striata: evidence for the influence of diffusion. Journal of Experimental Biology, 214, 1230-1239.

4. Jimenez, A. G., Kinsey, S. T., Dillaman, R. M., Kapraun, D. F. (2010). Nuclear DNA content varia-tion associated with muscle fiber hypertrophic growth in decapod crustaceans. Genome, 53, 161-171. 5. Koopman, H. N., Zahorodny, Z. P. (2009). Life history constrains biochemical development in the highly specialized Odontocete echolocation system. Proceedings of the Royal Society of London, B, 275, 2327-2334.

6. Long, Z., Bruno, J. F., Duffy, J. E. (2011). Food chain length and omnivory determine the stability of a marine subtidal food web. Journal of Animal Ecology, 80, 586-594.

7. Balmer, B. C., Schwacke, L. H., Wells, R. S., George, R. C., Hogue, J., Kucklick, J., Lane, S. M., Martinez, A., McLellan, W. A., Rosel, P. E., Rowles, T. K., Sparks, K., Speakman, T., Zolman, E. S., Pabst, D. A. (2011). Relationship between persistent organic pollutants (POPs) and ranging patterns in common bottlenose dolphins (Tursiops truncatus) from coastal Georgia, USA. Science of the Total Envi-ronment, 409, 2094-2101.

8. Etnier, S. A., McLellan, W. A., Blum, J. E., Pabst, D. A. (2008). Ontogenetic changes in the struc-tural stiffness of the tailstock of bottlenose dolphins (Tursiops truncatus). Journal of Experimental Biology, 211, 3205-3213.

9. McMurray, S. E., Henkel, T. P., Pawlik, J. R. (2010). Demographics of increasing populations of the giant barrel sponge Xestospongia muta in the Florida Keys. Ecology, 91, 560-570.

10. Harwell, H., Posey, M. H., Alphin, T. (2011). Landscape aspects of oyster reefs: effects of frag-mentation on habitat utilization. Journal of Experimental Marine Biology and Ecology, 409, 30-41.

11. Gillum, Z. D., Facendola, J. J., Scharf, F. S. (2012). Consumption and gastric evacuation in juve-nile red drum Sciaenops ocellatus (Linnaeus): Estimation of prey type effects and validation of field-based daily ration estimates. Journal of Experimental Marine Biology and Ecology, 413, 21-29.

12. Bowler, C., Allen, A. E., Jane, G. H., Taylor, A. (2008). The Phaeodactylum genome reveals the evolutionary history of diatom genomes. Nature, 456, 239-244. doi:10.1038/nature07410

13. Taylor, A. (2009). A fast Na+/Ca2+- based action potential in a marine diatom. PLoS ONE, 4(3), e4966. doi:10.1371/journal.pone.0004966.

14. White, J., Samhouri, J. F. (2011). Oceanographic coupling across three trophic levels shapes source-sink dynamics in marine metacommunities. Oikos, 120, 1151-1164.

15. Echevarria, M., Naar, J., Tomas, C. R., Pawlik, J. R. (2011). Effects of Karenia brevis on clear-ance rates and bioaccumulation of brevetoxins in benthic suspension feeding invertebrates. Aquatic Toxi-cology, 106-107, 85-94.

118

16. Hemond, E. M., Wilbur, A. E. (2011). Evidence of Population Structure and Selection Between Atlantic and Gulf of Mexico Populations of Bay Scallop, Argopecten irradians. Marine Ecology Progress Series, 423, 131-142.

17. Bert, T. M., Arnold, W. S., McMillen-Jackson, A. L., Wilbur, A. E., Crawford, C. (2011). Natural and anthropogenic forces shape the population genetics and recent evolutionary history of eastern USA bay scallops (Argopecten irradians). Journal of Shellfish Research, 30(3), 583-608.

18. Casey, J. F., Garner, J., Garner, S., Southwood, A. L. (2010). Diel foraging behavior of gravid leatherback sea turtles in deep waters of the Caribbean Sea. The Journal of Experimental Biology, 213(23), 3961-3971. jeb.biologists.org/

19. Finelli, C., Clarke, R. D., Robinson, H. E., Buskey, E. J. (2009). Water flow controls the distribu-tion and feeding behavior of two co-occurring coral reef fishes: I. Field measurements. Coral Reefs, 28, 461-473.

20. Satterlie, R. A. (2011). Do Jellyfish Have Central Nervous Systems? Journal of Experimental Bi-ology, 214, 1215-1223.

b.) List non‐refereed publications such as journal articles, reviews, conference papers, books and book chapters directly related to Activity. Please limit to the 20 most significant or representative publi‐cations for the period of January 1, 2008 – present.

1. Brander, S. (in press). Thinking outside the box: Considerations in the assessment of risk to fish-es from endocrine disrupting compounds. Elsevier.

2. Cahoon, L. B., Dumas, C. F. (2011). Preface to “Making the Connection: Translating Science into Effective Coastal Policy”. Coastal Management Journal.

3. Pawlik, J. R. (2012). Redwoods of the reef. International Innovation, 38-39.

4. Culbertson, J., Crawford, M., Brinker, E., Posey, M. H., Leonard, L., Alphin, T., Avery, G., Hack-ney, C. (2009). Monitoring effects of a potential increased tidal range in the Cape Fear ecosystem due to deepening Wilmington Harbor, North Carolina. Year 8. (pp. 461 p.). Reort to U.S. Army Corps of Engi-neers.

5. Song, B., Tobias, C. R. (2011). Molecular and stable isotope methods to detect and measure an-aerobic ammonium oxidation (anammox) in aquatic ecosystems. In research on nitrification and related processes (vol. 496, pp. 63-89). Methods in Enzymology.

6. Taylor, A., Echevarria, M. (2011). Marine Algae Neurotoxins- Pandora’s Box or Panacea? The Biochemist, 33, 14-18. www.biochemist.org/bio/03303/0014/033030014.pdf

7. Tomas, C. R. (2010). In Robert G. Sheathe (Ed.), Marine Phytoplankton: Selected Microphytoplankton Species from the North Sea around Helgoland and Sylt. (3rd ed., vol. 46, pp. 622-625). Hoboken, NJ: Journal of Phycology. www.blackwellpublishing.com/jpy

8. Southwood, A. L. In J Wyneken, K Lohmann, J Musick (Ed.), Physiology as Integrated Systems in The Biology of Sea Turtles. Boca Raton, FL: CRC Press.

9. Bridewell, W., Borrett, S. R., Langley, P. (2009). Innovative construction of explanatory scientific models. NY: Tools for Innovation, Oxford University Press.

10. Borrett, S. R., Christian, R. R., Ulanowicz, R. E. (2012). In A.H. El-Shaarawi and W.H. Piegorsch (Ed.), Network Ecology, Encyclopedia of Environmetrics (2nd edition). John Wiley & Sons.

11. Lema, S. C. (2008). The phenotypic plasticity of Death Valley’s pupfish. American Scientist, 96, 28-38.

119

12. Turano, M., Posey, M. H., Alphin, T. (2012). North Carolina's shellfish industry: site conditions and economic impacts (vol. UNC-SG-12-01, pp. 6). North Carolina SeaGrant Publication.

13. Culbertson, J., Crawford, M., Brinker, E., Posey, M. H., Leonard, L., Alphin, T., Avery, G., Hack-ney, C. (2009). Monitoring effects of a potential increased tidal range in the Cape Fear ecosystem due to deepening Wilmington Harbor, North Carolina. Year 8. (pp. 461 p.). Reort to U.S. Army Corps of Engineers.


List any technical outputs such as CDs, software programs, databases, algorithms, and/or measurement

instruments. Include the key participants and their affiliation. There is no time limit on when these occurred.

1. M.K. Lau, S.R. Borrett, and D.E. Hines (2012). enaR: Tools for ecological network analysis. R

package, version 0.99

2. Ronconi, R., Swaim, Z., Lane, H., Hunnewell, R., Westgate, A., Koopman, H. N. (2010). New hoop-net techniques for capturing birds at sea and comparison with other capture methods. Marine Orni-thology., 38, 23-29.

3. Fischer, D. T., White, J., Botsford, L. W., Largier, J. L., Kaplan, D. M. (2011). A GIS-based tool for representing larval dispersal for marine reserve selection. The Professional Geographer, 63, 489-513.

4. Wilbur, A. E., Ford, S. E., Gauthier, J. D., Gomez-Chiarri, M. Use of a quantitative PCR assay to determine prevalence and intensity of MSX (Haplosporidium nelsoni) in North Carolina and Rhode Island oysters (Crassostrea virginica). Diseases of Aquatic Organisms.

5. Zea, S., Henkel, T.P., and Pawlik, J.R. 2009. The Sponge Guide: a picture guide to Caribbean sponges. Available online at www.spongeguide.org. Accessed on: 2012-10-09 .


Please list and describe awards and honors conferred to faculty, staff and students as a result of their participation in the Activity. Please limit to the 20 most significant or representative publications for the period of January 1, 2008 – present.

Table E1. Awards and Honors


Senior Visiting Fellowship – Ma‐rine Biological Association of the UK

July 2009‐Present

Dr. Alison Taylor

Kathleen Drew‐Maker Prize, British Phycological So‐ciety

January 10, 2008

Dr. Alison Taylor

President – Soci‐ January Dr. Richard Satterlie

120

ety for Integra‐tive and Com‐parative Biology

2009‐December 2010

James F. Merritt Million Dollar Club

2011, 2012

Dr. Ann Stapleton, Dr. David Webster

Distinguished Science Alumnus

2011 Dr. Christopher Finelli

Invited Keynote Speaker – Ther‐mal biology of marine and es‐tuarine turtles: from biochemis‐try to behavior

2009 Dr. Amanda Southwood Williard

Invited to give keynote address to NC Graduate Student Symposium at East Carolina University.

Discere Aude Award for Out‐standing Student Mentorship

2008‐Present

Dr. Stuart Borrett, Dr. Ann Stapleton, Dr. Alina Szmant, Dr. Diane Dodd, Dr. Art Frampton

UNCW Graduate Mentor Award

2008‐Present

Dr. Larry Cahoon, Dr. Martin Posey,

Elected Member‐at‐large

2008 Dr. Marcel van Tuinen Leadership position within the Society of Avian Paleontology and Evolution.

F. Other


121

Section II‐4. Coastal and Marine Science Activities A. Activity: DEPARTMENT OF CHEMISTRY AND BIOCHEMISTRY B. Activity Narrative

Describe the mission and history of the Activity. With an undergraduate enrollment of over 200 majors and more than 80 graduate students, the chemis‐try program at the University of North Carolina Wilmington is one of the largest and most prolific in the nation. In the past three years, we have awarded 127 ACS certified Bachelor of Science degrees, 72 Bachelor of Arts degrees, and 39 Master of Science degrees. These statistics consistently place the de‐partment in the top 3 to 4 % of the over 600 accredited chemistry programs in the US, and third in North Carolina. In 2011‐ 2012 the chemistry faculty published 42 articles in peer reviewed journals (with 20 student coauthors), chaired 59 thesis/dissertation committees, sat on an additional 83 committees in a non‐chairing role, and engaged a total of 51 undergraduates and 36 graduate students in research. The department currently enjoys over $3.1 M in new and continuing grant support, and maintains over $4M in state of the art equipment (http://www.uncw.edu/chem/instrumentation.html) in Dobo Hall and the Center for Marine Science.

The growth in numbers of majors, the quality of instruction and our research productivity have been significantly impacted by our marine chemistry faculty. Over the past thirty five years, the department has systematically grown our marine chemistry group, adding faculty who are inspiring teachers and whose expertise complements and enhance our contributions in marine and environmental research. As the expertise and productivity of this group increased, and their contact with students in introductory chemistry courses became more pervasive, the department attracted increasing numbers of majors, many motivated by the desire to pursue a career that could have a positive impact on the marine envi‐ronment.

Mission of the Department of Chemistry and Biochemistry

The Department of Chemistry and Biochemistry is committed to providing exemplary programs incorpo‐rating modern technologies that lead to the Bachelor of Arts, Bachelor of Science, and Master of Science degrees in chemistry. The Department of Chemistry and Biochemistry is devoted to the development and recognition of outstanding teaching, learning, research and creative accomplishments, professional service by faculty and students, and faculty and staff development. Recognizing the unique coastal envi‐ronment in which it resides, the Department of Chemistry and Biochemistry encourages instruction and research in the areas of marine and environmental sciences.

The department’s Bachelor of Science Degree is accredited by the Committee on Professional Training (CPT) of the American Chemical Society. In its reaccreditation letter to the department, the CPT “com‐mended the impressive success of the faculty in obtaining grants to acquire an excellent collection of high quality instrumentation and to support a very productive research program” and “complimented the number of majors graduating from your department, particularly noting the significant number of graduates who complete the requirement for certification to ACS.” They characterized the curriculum as “solid”, found the student assessment and overall program evaluation “very thoughtful”, and praised the “excellent quality” of our biochemistry offering. These accolades are especially gratifying because they confirm the execution of our mission to provide the highest quality chemistry education to as many students as possible by offering exceptional traditional instruction coupled with the opportunity to en‐gage in cutting edge research at both the undergraduate and Masters level. We are committed to pro‐ducing highly skilled scientists trained as problem solvers, with the foundational knowledge and tech‐

122

nical expertise to fashion successful and productive careers, typically in North Carolina, where the vast majority of our Master’s graduates currently work.


The tremendous success of our program is due in large measure to the quality and productivity of twen‐ty one research active chemistry faculty, and the marine chemists are among our most successful. As the data reported below indicates, the six faculty who currently make up our Marine and Atmospheric Chemistry Research Laboratory (MACRL) and biotechnology groups have consistently received substan‐tial research support from the National Science Foundation, the National Institutes of Health and state agencies such as the NC Coastal Federation and NC DENR/Division of Marine Fisheries, currently ac‐counting for over half of our total grant support. This support has produced research opportunities for numerous undergraduate and master’s level graduate students, providing them with invaluable applied learning experience and producing numerous scientific publications, often with student coauthors. Ad‐ditionally, the department has recently been awarded two Major Research Instrument (MRI) grants from NSF totaling over $1.2 M, and an additional $450,000 from Academic Affairs at UNCW. With these funds, a 600 MHz Nuclear Magnetic Resonance (NMR) spectrometer and two Liquid Chromato‐graph/Mass Spectrometers have been purchased and installed. A full time NMR Facilities Manager oversees maintenance of these instruments and provides training and research support to the high vol‐ume of users from units throughout UNCW. These acquisitions allow our faculty to carry out cutting edge research that provides hands on experience to students who will soon enter the workforce as high‐ly skilled professionals. The research described by the MACRL group contributed significantly to the strength of these grant applications, and their students are frequent users of this instrumentation.

The marine chemistry faculty are an integral part of the chemistry program at UNCW. Like all UNCW faculty, they are responsible for teaching 3 courses per semester, and many of these are core chemistry courses required by the ACS. Thus they play a central role in teaching as well as research. As one of the largest groups of marine chemists in any chemistry department, they combine key areas of expertise required to tackle the complex questions associated with marine and environmental research, and they often partner with other chemistry faculty on projects of mutual interest. The integration of the marine chemistry faculty into our otherwise traditional chemistry department has substantially improved the quality of both our teaching and research, and enhanced the education we provide to our students. Their contributions to the success of our nationally ranked chemistry program cannot be overstated. To our knowledge this collaboration is unique among chemistry departments, and it has had highly benefi‐cial effects on the research productivity. The exceptional support of funding agencies like NSF confirms the value of this type of approach.


The MACRL group, whose members constitute approximately 25% of the department’s overall research active faculty, has produced or contributed to well over 50% of the external grant support and research publications since January, 2008 (see federal and state funding for chemistry in Table C2). These funds have not only produced significant contributions to our understanding of the marine environment in the state and the nation, they have trained a significant fraction of the 246 undergraduate and 43 Masters students who have received degrees from the Chemistry department since January 1, 2008. This num‐ber of graduates far exceeds those of all other Tier II (research intensive) and Tier III (comprehensive) universities in the UNC system, and ranks the department in the upper 5% of all ACS accredited chemis‐try programs in the country. The impact of the MACRL faculty also extends to traditional instruction, and MACRL faculty teach critical courses in our undergraduate and graduate curricula, including several sections of General Chemistry, Organic Chemistry, Quantitative Analysis, Introduction to Research, Envi‐

123

ronmental Chemistry, and Advanced Techniques in Organic Chemistry. They have also contributed to the development of new graduate courses in Mass Spectrometry and NMR Spectroscopy. Without their efforts and collaborations, the department could not maintain our exceptional success both in educating North Carolina’s students and contributing to the understanding of our marine environment.


The MACRL group, like the department as a whole, faces two key challenges over the next five years, the need for additional laboratory and office space to accommodate the growing research effort, and fund‐ing for graduate students particularly in the form of tuition remissions. Currently, five MACRL faculty members and their research students share three research laboratories on campus, and additional la‐boratory space is in very short supply. It is vital to both their recruiting and research efforts that the group remain on campus, since both the potential students and high end instrumentation vital to these efforts is located there. Although our laboratories are crowded, the space situation is not likely to nega‐tively impact the success of their program in the next year, but over the next five years a solution must be found. In contrast, the funding situation for graduate students must be addressed soon to avoid negative impacts in the next year as well as the next five years. Like most graduate programs in Chemis‐try, we make every effort to attract talented and ambitious students into our graduate program, but to attract these prospective students, we must offer competitive compensation packages. In the case of Chemistry graduate students, this includes remission of all of their tuition costs. The department has been engaged in an ambitious effort to increase funding for our traditional graduate program by offer‐ing a fully on‐line graduate option. To date, we have 50 students from the US and abroad enrolled in this program and all of the profits are used to fund our local graduate students and their research. However, current budgetary restrictions prevent us from using any of these earnings to fund graduate tuitions. These rules are a huge impediment to our recruiting efforts. We have the instructional and research capacity to admit 15 to 20 graduate students every year, but only sufficient tuition funding for approximately 3. To continue the research and student involvement that has enabled the success of our program, we must find ways to provide additional funds in this critical area.

C. Resources 1. Personnel a.) List and provide information on faculty and key staff involved with the Activity (include current


Table C1. Personnel


G. Brooks Avery, Jr. Associate Professor, Depart‐ment of Chemistry and Bio‐chemistry

Faculty

J. David Felix Postdoctoral Fellow (to begin December 2012), Department of Chemistry and Biochemistry

Visiting Research Assistant professor

John R. Helms Postdoctoral Fellow, Depart‐ment of Chemistry and Bio‐chemistry

Visiting Research Assistant Professor

Robert J. Kieber Professor and Graduate Coordi‐nator, Department of Chemistry and Biochemistry

Faculty

124

Ralph N. Mead Associate Professor, Depart‐ment of Chemistry and Bio‐chemistry

Faculty

Stephen A. Skrabal Professor and Assistant Chair, Department of Chemistry and Biochemistry

Faculty

Joan D. Willey Professor, Department of Chem‐istry and Biochemistry and Asso‐ciate Director, CMS

Faculty

Jeffrey Wright CS Brown Distinguished Profes‐sor of Chemistry and Biochemis‐try

Faculty


High School student: 1 Undergraduate students working on research in marine chemistry/geochemistry = 8 MS students working on research in marine chemistry/geochemistry = 15 Post‐docs: one plus one arriving in December 2012 2. Funding Provide accurate financial information for the Activity capturing the previous three fiscal years of revenues and expenses, as well as the current fiscal year and projections for FY14. For the purposes of this table, “fiscal year” corresponds to the university fiscal year. For example FY12 is July 1, 2011 – June 30, 2012.

Table C2: Revenue


FY14 ($) Projected

Federal $139,792 $374,506 $633,419 $516,925 $252,032

State (not incl. University

$0 $22,878 $144,717 $24,987 $0

Institution (e.g. University)

$661,300 $756,208 $663,927 $663,927 $663,927

Foundation $0 $0 $0 $0 $0

Other* $191,869 $69,222 $51,629 $50,672 $50,702

Total $992,962 $1,222,814 $1,493,691 $1,256,511 $966,661

125

Table C3: Expenses


FY14 ($) Projected

Personnel $699,388 4676,884 $710,896 $686,933 $686,933

Programmatic $285,988 $385,704 $349,180 $65,656 $65,656


$0 $1,994 $0 $0 $0


$718 $0 $227 $160 $160

Equipment (>$5,000) $54,681 $54,325 $20,193 $13,571 $13,571

Other Direct Costs* $41,674 $69,996 $76,652 $0 $0

Total $1,082,449 $1,188,903 $1,157,149 $766,319 $766,319

*Tables C2 and C3 represent summaries from the office of the Dean of the College of Arts and Sci‐ences that represent the Income and Expenses associated with their roles as full time teaching facul‐ty as well as their federal and state funded grant initiatives.

3. Physical infrastructure Currently the MACRL group of marine chemists are housed on the main campus in Dobo Hall. They currently occupy six offices (5 faculty and one postdoc office) and three research laboratories, a clean room, and a walk‐in refrigerator. We have included a list of equipment shared by all chemistry faculty in the narrative above.) Specialized equipment includes photochemical irradiation equip‐ment, rainwater collectors, a Fluorimeter, an ion chromatograph, and other specialized equipment. A separate list of equipment maintained by Dr. Jeff Wright in his laboratory facilities at the Center for Marine Science is contained in that section of this report.



Table D1. Research

Project title PI/CoPIs – include insti‐tution

Sponsor Amount $

Dates

REU: Formic and Ace‐

tic Acids in Wilming‐

ton, NC Rainwater:

Have Concentrations

Changed in the Last

Ten Years?

Kieber, R.J.; Avery, G. B.; Willey, J. D.

NSF 6,830 1/1/2008‐12/31/2009

126

RUI: Impact of chang‐

ing fuel usage on the

atmospheric cycling of

ethanol, optically ac‐

tive organic com‐

pounds and Fe in

rainwater

Kieber, R.J.; Avery, G. B.; Mead, R. N.; Willey, J. D.

NSF 614,480 9/1/2010‐8/31/2013

MRI: Acquisition of an

LC/MSn

Mead, R. N.; Seaton, P.J.

NSF 187,884 10/1/2010‐9/30/2013

RUI: Photochemical

Transformations of

Algal Toxins (PbTx‐2,

PbTx‐3 and

microcystin‐LR) on

resuspended sedi‐

ments in Coastal Eco‐

systems

Ralph Mead; Gene

Avery; Robert Kieber;

Stephen Skrabal

NSF 678,515 5/1/2012‐4/30/2015

Persistent indicators

of anthropogenic in‐

puts to tidal creeks in

New Hanover County,

NC

Skrabal, S. A. NC State Uni‐

versity (NCSU)

1500 1/1/2008‐7/31/2009

Metals and Polycyclic

Aromatic Hydrocar‐

bons in Sediments,

Northeast Cape Fear

River, North Carolina

Stephen Skrabal, Ralph

Mead

NC Coastal

Federation

28,598 11/1/2010‐8/31/2012

Heavy metal and or‐

ganic contaminants in

oysters and sediments

in resource waters,

southeastern North

Stephen Skrabal; Ralph

Mead

NC

DENR/Division

of Marine Fish‐

eries

89,023 7/25/2011‐6/30/2012

127

Carolina

RUI:

Photobiogeochemistry

of resuspended sedi‐

ments in coastal envi‐

ronments: Impacts on

organic matter and

trace metal cycling

Stephen Skrabal;

Brooks Avery; Robert

Kieber; Ralph Mead

NSF 582,468 6/1/2008‐8/31/2012

Developing Future

Scientists in Rural NC

Community Colleges

Jeffrey Wright; Ryan

Van Wagoner

Brunswick

Community

College

5000 7/1/2008‐1/31/2009

Chemical and biologi‐

cal studies on a new

antiviral compound

from a cultured ma‐

rine dinoflagellate

Jeffrey Wright; Arthur

Frampton; Carmelo

Tomas; Patricia Fox

NC Biotechnol‐

ogy Center

74,961 7/1/2011‐12/31/2012




Dates of‐fered



Enrollment Figures Total/on‐site/distance education, average for 2008‐2012

CHM 101 General Chem‐istry I

Every fall and spring semester

10 Chemis‐try Faculty

Introduction to chemistry with emphasis on providing an over‐view of the subject with empha‐sis on conceptual and quantita‐tive aspects of the discipline.

1200/1150/50

CHM 101 General Chem‐istry II


5 chemistry faculty

Introduction to chemistry with emphasis on providing an over‐view of the subject with empha‐

600/600/0

128

sis on quantitative aspects of the discipline.

CHM 211 Organic Chem‐istry I


6 chemistry faculty

Introduction to the chemistry of carbon.

420/420/0

CHM 235 Quantitative Analysis (un‐dergrad.)


Dr. Stephen Skrabal (CHM)

Introduction to analytical chem‐ical techniques.

52/52/0 (avg. per se‐mester)

CHML 235 Quantitative Analysis La‐boratory (un‐dergrad.)


Mr. Richard Lancaster and Dr. Ste‐phen Skrabal (CHM)

Introduction to lab techniques in analytical chemistry.


CHM 475 In‐troduction to Chemical Oceanography (upper‐level undergrad.)

Every spring se‐mester

Dr. Stephen Skrabal (CHM)

Chemical properties and pro‐cesses in the marine environ‐ment.

13/13/0 (avg. per spring semester)

CHM 491 Di‐rected Individ‐ual Study (un‐dergrad.)

Every spring, summer, and fall semester

Varies (CHM)

Student research mentored by individual faculty members.

56/56/0 (avg. per year (spring, summer,fall))

CHM 499 Hon‐ors Work in Chemistry (undergrad.)

Every spring, summer, and fall semester

Varies (CHM)

Student research performed over 2 or 3 semesters mentored by faculty member; requires honors thesis and defense in front of faculty committee.

25/25/0 (average per year (spring, summer, fall))

CHM 512 NMR Spectroscopy and Mass Spectrometry (grad.)


Drs. Pam Seaton, Emmanouil Chatzakis and Ralph Mead (CHM)

Lecture and lab‐based instruc‐tion in NMR and mass spectros‐copy techniques and interpreta‐tion.

14/14/0 (avg. per spring semester)

CHM 575 Chemical Oceanography (grad.)

Every fall semester

Dr. Joan Willey (CHM)

Chemical properties and pro‐cesses in the marine environ‐ment.

12/12/0 (avg. per fall semester)

CHM 576 Chemical and Physical Analy‐sis of Seawater (grad.)

Every fall semester

Drs. Robert Kieber (CHM) and Robert Whitehead

Lecture, field and laboratory instruction in common chemical measurements in oceanogra‐phy.


129

(CMS)

CHM 579 Role of the Oceans in Human Health (grad.)

Every fall semester

Dr. Jeffrey Wright (CMS/CHM)

Discovery, structure, and biolog-ical activity of marine bioactive compounds, marine biotoxins


CHM 591 Di‐rected Individ‐ual Study (graduate)


Varies (CHM/CMS)

Student research or instruction mentored by individual faculty members.

37/30/7 (avg. per year (spring,, summer, fall))

CHM 599 The‐sis (grad.)


Varies (CHM/CMS)

Graduate research mentored by faculty member(s).

52/36/16 (avg. per year (spring, summer, fall))

MSC 526 Cruise or Field Sampling


Dr. Joan Willey (CHM/CMS)

Cruise or other field experience in sampling techniques and pro‐tocols.

2/2/0 (avg. per semes‐ter)

MSC 595 Graduate Sem‐inar


Dr. Joan Willey (CHM/CMS)

Student attendance and com‐mentary on research presenta‐tions.





Dates of‐fered


Brief description of instruc‐tion (1 sentence)



Public Service / Out‐ Dates Personnel Involved Participants in Number of partic‐

130

reach/Engagement pro‐gram name and brief de‐scription (one sentence)

program (e.g. K‐12 teachers)

ipants

Weekly seminar series Department of Chemistry and Biochemistry

ongoing All chemistry facul‐ty and students, local chemists

Outside speakers Variable, approx‐imately 50

Faculty and student collab‐oration and exchange, Southampton U., UK

2011‐2012

UNCW: Stephen Skrabal, Joan Wil‐ley, Lauren Kipp, SU: Peter Statham, Mark Hopkins

UNCW and US Faculty, UNCW Masters student, SU Ph.D. student

5

Brazilian rainwater study collaboration

2010‐ongoing

UNCW: Robert Kieber, Brooks Avery, Ralph Mead, Joan Willey, Steph‐anie Kinney, Angela Carroll, Amanda Guy Brazil: Lucia Cam‐pos, MS student

UNCW and U Sao Paolo faculty and MS students

9

Collaborative river sam‐pling, U Belize

2012 Dr. Stephen Skrabal and Belize faculty member

UNCW and Belize faculty

2

d.) Professional Service Identify advisory, regulatory or other professional service that members of the Activity have provid‐ed to North Carolina or at the regional / national / international level. Include all North Carolina ad‐visory or regulatory boards and groups; and significant national / international boards. Please limit this list to the most relevant and significant 20 examples. Table D5. Professional Service


Service provided

National Science Foun‐dation, Sea Grant. others

ongoing All faculty Proposal reviewing

Many scientific journals ongoing All faculty Manuscript review

Bald Head Conservancy Summer 2012

Dr. Brooks Avery Directing interns on Bald Head Island

Bald Head Conservancy Summer 2012

Dr. Brooks Avery Gave seminar

Isaac bear Early College High School

Fall 2012 Drs. Joan Willey and John Helms Supervised senior pro‐ject

131


a) Publications 1. Avery, G.B., Kieber, R.J., Taylor, K.J. and Dickson‐Brown, J.L. 2012. Dissolved organic carbon re‐

lease from surface sand of a high energy beach along the southeastern coast of North Carolina, USA . Marine Chemistry. 132‐133, 23‐27.

2. Hitchcock G.L., Fourqurean J., Mead R.N., and Heil C.A. 2012. Brevetoxin persistence in sedi‐

ments and seagrass epiphytes of east Florida coastal waters. Harmful Algae 13, 89‐94. 3. Kieber, R.J., Adams, M.B., Willey, J.D., Whitehead, R.F., Avery, G.B., Mullaugh, K.M. and Mead,

R.N. 2012. Short term temporal variability in the photochemically mediated alteration of chromophoric dissolved organic matter (CDOM) in rainwater. Atmospheric Environment 50, 112‐119.

4. Mead R.N. and Seaton P.J. 2011. GC/MS quantitation and identification of bisphenol‐A isolated

from water. Journal of Chemical Education 88, 1130‐1132. 5. Mullaugh, K. M., Kieber, R. J., Willey, J. D., and Avery, G. B. 2011. Long term analysis of hydrogen

peroxide in Wilmington, NC, USA rainwater. Environmental Science and Technology, 45, 9538 – 9542.

6. Southwell, M., Mead, R.N., Luquire, C.M., Barbera, A., Avery, G.B., Kieber, R.J. and Skrabal, S.A.

2011. Influence of organic matter Source and diagenetic state on photochemical fluxes of dis‐solved organic matter and nutrients from resuspendable sediments. Marine Chemistry 126, 114‐119.

7. Willey, J.D., Glinski, D.A., Southwell, M., Long, M.S., Avery Jr., G.B. and Kieber, R.J. 2011. Decadal

variations of rainwater formic and acetic acid concentrations in Wilmington, NC, USA” Atmos‐pheric Environment. 45, 1010‐1014 doi:10.1016/j.atmosenv.2010.10.047.

8. Kieber, R.J., Pitt, J., Skrabal, S.A. and Wright, J.L.C. 2010. Photodegradation of the brevetoxin

PbTx‐2 in coastal seawater. Limnology and Oceanography 55, 2299‐2304. 9. Kieber, R.J., Smith, J., Mullaugh, K.M., Southwell, M.W., Avery Jr., G.B. and Willey, J.D. 2010. In‐

fluence of dissolved organic carbon on photochemically mediated cycling of hydrogen peroxide in rainwater. Journal of Atmospheric Chemistry 64, 149‐158. DOI 10.1007/s10874‐010‐9174‐x.

10. Southwell, M.W., Smith, J. D., Kieber, R. J. and Willey, J. D. 2010. Seasonal variability of formal‐

dehyde production from photolysis of rainwater dissolved organic carbon. Atmospheric Envi‐ronment 44, 3638‐3643.

11. Southwell, M.W., Avery, G.B., Kieber, R.J., Mead, R.N. and Skrabal, S.A. 2010. Effects of sunlight

on the production of dissolved organic and inorganic nutrients from resuspended sediments. Bi‐ogeochemistry 98, 115‐126.

132

12. Avery, G.B., Kieber, R.J. and Taylor, K. 2009. Nitrogen release from surface sand of a high energy beach face along the southeastern coast of North Carolina, USA. Biogeochemistry. 89, 357‐365.

13. Avery, G.B., Dickson Brown, J.L., Willey, J.D. and Kieber, R.J. 2009. Assessment of rainwater vol‐

atile organic carbon in southeastern North Carolina, USA. Atmospheric Environment 43, 2678‐2681.

14. Kieber, R.J., Parler, N.E., Skrabal, S.A., and Willey, J.D., 2009. Speciation and photochemistry of

mercury in rainwater. Journal of Atmospheric Chemistry 60, 153‐168. 15. Mead, R.N., Morgan, J.B., Avery, G.B., Kieber, R.J., Kirk, A., Skrabal, S.A., and Willey, J.D. 2009.

Occurrence of the artificial sweetener sucralose in coastal and marine waters. Marine Chemistry 116, 13‐17.

16. Miller, C, Gordon, K.G., Kieber, R.J., Willey, J.D. and Seaton, P.J. 2009. Chemical characteristics of

chromophoric dissolved organic matter in rainwater. Atmosperhic Environment 43, 2497‐2502. 17. Willey, J.D., Kieber, R.J. and Yavari, J.R. 2009. Fe(II) in coastal rainwater: Changing stability and

concentrations. Aquatic Sciences 71, 144‐150. 18. Willey, J. D., Inscore, M. T. Kieber, R. J., and Skrabal, S. A. 2009. Manganese in coastal rainwater:

Speciation, photochemistry and deposition to seawater. Journal of Atmospheric Chemistry 62, 31‐43.

19. Bouillon, R.C., Kieber, R.J., Skrabal, S.A. and Wright, J.L.C. 2008. Photochemistry and identifica‐

tion of photodegradation products of the marine toxin domoic acid. Marine Chemisty 110: 18‐27.

20. Mead R. N. and Goñi M. 2008. Matrix protected organic matter in a river dominated margin: A

possible mechanism to sequester terrestrial organic matter? Geochimica et Cosmochimica Acta 72, 2673‐2686.


book chapters directly related to Activity. Please limit to the 20 most significant or representa‐tive publications for the period of January 1, 2008 – present. NONE



ment instruments. Include the key participants and their affiliation. There is no time limit on when these occurred. NONE


List and describe commercialization or the transfer of technology to either the private or the governmental sector. Technology transfer can include a range of actions including patent

133

applications, company formations, and/or licensing agreements. There is no time limit on when these occurred: NONE



UNCW 5 million dollar club

2012 G.Brooks Avery, Jr. Recognition for $5 million in external awards

UNCW 5 million dollar club

2012 Robert J. Kieber Recognition for $5 million in external awards

James F. Merritt award

2011 Ralph N. Mead Recognition for $1 million in external awards

Exemplary post‐tenure review

2011 Joan D. Willey Outstanding performance in 5 year review


2011 Stephen A. Skrabal Outstanding performance in 5 year review


2009 Robert J. Kieber Outstanding performance in 5 year review

UNCW Faculty Scholarship Award

2008 Stephen A. Skrabal Award for outstanding research or artistic achievement

F. Other: NONE

134

Section II‐5. Coastal and Marine Science Activities A. Activity: DEPARTMENT OF ENVIRONMENTAL STUDIES B. Activity Narrative

Describe the mission and history of the Activity. The Department of Environmental Studies is a community of scholars dedicated to excellence in teach‐ing, scholarship, research, and service. The department strives for excellence in teaching and offers a modern curriculum leading to Bachelor of Arts in environmental studies, a Bachelor of Science degree in environmental science, a Post‐Baccalaureate Certificate in environmental studies, and a Master of Arts in environmental studies. The department considers the use of experiential education, including intern‐ships, honors projects and directed individual studies, to be essential for effective learning. The de‐partment is committed to preparing its students for careers in the emerging knowledge‐based economy and helping them become life‐long learners.

The department seeks to enrich the learning environment through the active professional development of its faculty. This includes professional development in teaching, scholarship, research, and service. The department is committed to providing leadership in the use of emerging concepts, technologies, and techniques both on campus and in the surrounding region. The department regularly sponsors lec‐tures and other activities to enrich the academic life of the campus and the community at‐large.

The department supports the university’s values of diversity, global perspectives, community citizenship, and human integrity.

In March 2003, Environmental Studies was approved as a department in the College of Arts and Scienc‐es. Previously, Environmental Studies was an interdisciplinary academic program with expertise and resources distributed across several academic units including the Watson School of Education, Depart‐ment of Biology and Marine Biology, and Department of Geology and Geography.


The Department of Environmental Studies at UNCW is currently the largest environmental studies de‐partment in the state with nearly 350 undergraduate majors and 45 graduate students. Students, like the general population, are naturally drawn to the coastal region for its mixture of aesthetic, commer‐cial, and recreational opportunities. This attraction results in the Department being the fastest growing department in the College with a 170% increase in enrollment and majors over the past 5 years.

Being part of North Carolina’s coastal university, UNCW, The Department of Environmental Studies cap‐italizes on our coastal location by emphasizing coastal issues in our teaching and research programs, with particular expertise in natural and coastal resource management, policy, and the physical dynamics of the coast. The study of environmental science within this coastal context allows students to fashion personalized learning experiences tailored to their interests.


A requirement for graduation in the Department is successful completion of an applied learning project. For EVS students (>90%), this requirement is met by completing an internship with an outside profes‐

135

sional agency. EVS currently has over 300 approved internship sites to choose from and the EVS Intern‐ship Coordinator helps students with selection, set‐up, and mentors the student through the experience. In 2011‐12, 87 students completed internships in EVS providing over 14,000 hours of service to these agencies. Since 2008, over 300 students have completed internships totaling more than 48,000 hours of service to environmentally related agencies in North Carolina. These agencies include (but are not lim‐ited to) the North Carolina Aquariums, the NC Division of Water Quality, the U.S. Army Corps of Engi‐neers, the Audubon Society, Cape Fear River Watch, Coast Watch, the Coastal Land Trust, and Moore’s Creek National Historic Site.


The most pressing challenge facing the Department of Environmental Studies over the next year and next 5 years is providing sufficient access for students to faculty and other resources needed for their academic training in the face of rapid and sustained program growth. Currently, the department has nearly 350 undergraduate majors, 50 minors, and 50 graduate students and growth continues at a rapid rate. Instruction at present is accomplished by 5 tenure track faculty (including the chair, assistant chair, graduate coordinator, and internship coordinator), 1 phased retiree, 2 lecturers, and 2 part‐time instruc‐tors. Two additional tenure track positions will be added in 2012‐13 but will come with the loss of the 2 current lecturer positions.

As the department continues to grow in student and faculty numbers, space also becomes an issue. We have recently (fall 2012) moved into new classroom, office, and research facilities but it is anticipated that within the next 3 years we will outgrow our new space. Currently, we have one research lab which is shared by the entire faculty, undergraduate, and graduate students. Although well outfitted, one lab limits the ability the faculty, graduate, and undergraduate students to conduct research activities.

Along with limitations in faculty and space, departmental budgets are inadequate to meet the needs of our rapidly growing student population. EVS has the lowest spending per student in the College of Arts and Sciences. This severely constrains our ability to provide equipment, field experiences, and supplies need to support the academic and research missions of the department.

It is anticipated that the Department will continue to grow in student numbers (both graduate and un‐dergraduate) in the next year and five years. This growth is indicated by the addition of 37 new EVS ma‐jors since the start of classes in August 2012.

To meet the demands of this growth, the Department will need additional faculty in the next 5 years. We are currently searching for 2 tenure track positions for fall 2013. In addition, we see the need for a minimum of 5 tenure track positions and 2 full time lecturers. Obviously, this would also require addi‐tional space and funding.

136

C. Resources

1. Personnel a.) List and provide information on faculty and key staff involved with the Activity (include current


Table C1. Personnel


Robert Buerger Professor (phased 7/12) EVS, CAS

Assistant Chair, B.A. coordinator, Fac‐ulty (until 7/12); Coastal and Natural Resource Management

Robert Cutting Associate Professor EVS, CAS Internship Coordinator (until 7/12); Environmental Law

Angelia Edwards Administrative Assistant Administrative Assistant

Jack Hall Professor and Chair, EVS, CAS Chair and B.S. Coordinator; Coastal Geology and Paleontology

Jeffery Hill Professor, EVS, CAS Graduate Coordinator; Coastal and Natural Resource Management and Environmental Education

James Rotenberg Associate Professor, EVS, CAS Ornithology (coastal birds) and Tropi‐cal Ecology

Anthony Snider Assistant Professor, EVS, CAS Assistant Chair (as of 7/12); Natural Resource Policy of Coastal Environ‐ments

John Taggart Associate Professor, EVS, CAS Internship Coordinator (as of 7/12); Coastal Management and coastal botany

Current Search Assistant Professor, EVS, CAS Environmental Conservation—emphasis on coastal areas

Current Search Assistant Professor, EVS, CAS Coastal Processes and Policy

Devon Eulie Lecturer, EVS, CAS Sustainability

Gregory Meyer Lecturer, EVS, CAS GIS and Remote Sensing

Paul Hearty Research Associate Professor, EVS, CAS

Global Climate Change/Sea level Rise

b.) Provide current number and general description of undergraduate students, graduate students, and post‐docs involved with the Activity. Do not list individual students or post‐docs. EVS—Fall 2012 ‐‐343 undergraduate majors ‐‐52 undergraduate minors ‐‐47 MA students

137

2. Funding Provide accurate financial information for the Activity capturing the previous three fiscal years of revenues and expenses, as well as the current fiscal year and projections for FY14. For the purposes of this table, “fiscal year” corresponds to the university fiscal year. For example FY12 is July 1, 2011 – June 30, 2012.

Table C2: Revenue


FY14 ($) Projected

Federal $107,376 $19,377 $172,874 $128,477 $0


$0 $0 $12,000 $0 $0

Institution (e.g. University) $891,310 $894,303 $964,859 $908,992 $908,992

Foundation $4,478 $0 $0 $0 $0

Other* $12,297 $15,860 $12,447 $5,000 $5,000

Total $1,015,461 $929,540 $1,162,180 $1,042,469 $913,992

Revenue information represents totals for department. Projected figures assume flat funding and incorporate anticipated grant end.

Table C3: Expenses


FY14 ($) Projected

Personnel $846,872 $868,303 $952,121 $938,046 $947,433

Programmatic $39,184 $32,812 $50,855 $33,521 $21,784


$11,797 $0 $0 $0 $0


$289 $2,500 $0 $0 $0

Equipment (>$5,000) $0 $0 $0 $0 $0

Other Direct Costs* $17,490 $15,365 $10,116 $7,677 $0

Total $915,632 $918,981 $1,013,092 $979,244 $969,217

Expense information represents totals for department. Projected figures assume flat funding and incorporate anticipated grant end.

3. Physical infrastructure Describe the key physical infrastructure that supports your Activity. Include buildings, boats, spe‐cialized equipment, land, core facilities, and any other unique capability. Include pending infrastruc‐ture additions. Please indicate who owns the physical infrastructure and whether it is a shared re‐source. If shared, by whom? Environmental Studies recently moved (fall 2012) to the newly opened Teaching Lab Building. EVS has a total of 9,680 square feet of teaching, office, and research space. This includes 3 dedicated classrooms, 1 shared GIS lab, 2 teaching labs, 1 lab prep/research lab, departmental office and 13 faculty offices. The Department has 2 RTK survey units, 20 GPS units, 20 water quality test instru‐ments (YSI), and assorted field equipment.

138

EVS also uses the Ev‐Henwood Coastal Forest Research Station (107 acre bottomland and upland forest‐UNCW); Broadfoot Research Property (salt marsh and tidal creek‐UNCW); Longterm Ecosys‐tem Reserve (750 acres bottom land forest and tidal creeks‐UNCW); Masonboro Island (NC NEER) and Bald Head Island Conservancy as research and teaching field sites.


1. Research In the below table, list currently funded research projects (extramural and intramural). Include title, investigators, dollar amount, and time frame.You may reference information in the REACH NC Ap‐pendix in response to this question.

Table D1. Research


Sponsor Amount Dates

PLIOcene MAXimum sea level (PLIOMAX): Dynamic ice sheet‐Earth response in a warmer world

Paul Hearty National Fish Wildlife Foun‐dation

$655,332.86 9/1/2011‐8/31/2016

Masonboro Visitation Methodology

Jeff Hill, Anthony Snid‐er, James Herstine, Robert Buerger, Susan Simmons

NCDENR Divi‐sion of Coastal Management (DCM)

$12,000 3/1/2012‐12/31/2012

Painted Bunting Ob‐server Team

James Rotenberg US Fish and Wildlife Service

$49,000 4/1/2006‐12/31/2012

Cahill‐Belize James Rotenberg, Jeff Hill

Cahill $5000 7/1/2012‐6/30/2013

Evolutionary and en‐vironmental process‐es affecting the diver‐sity of land snails in Jamaica

Paul Hearty NSF $263,534.40 1/1/2011‐12/31/13

Savanna Understory Restoration at Maple Hill, NC

John Taggart NSF $30,000

1/1/2011‐12/31/2013

Census and Manage‐ment Planning for North Carolina Popu‐lations of Cooley's Meadowrue

John Taggart US Fish and Wildlife Service

$10,800 6/1/2012‐5/31/2014



139


Dates offered



Enrollment Fig‐ures Total/on‐site/distance education

EVS 195‐001 Intro To Envi‐ronmental Stud‐ies

Fall, Spring

Jack Hall Interdisciplinary introduction to the scope and application of environ‐mental studies.

109


Fall, Spring


75


Fall, Spring

Robert Cutting Interdisciplinary introduction to the scope and application of environ‐mental studies.

68


Fall, Spring

Megan Ennes Interdisciplinary introduction to the scope and application of environ‐mental studies.

29


Fall, Spring

Robert Cutting Interdisciplinary introduction to the scope and application of environ‐mental studies.

26


Fall, Spring

Jeff Hill Interdisciplinary introduction to the scope and application of environ‐mental studies.

24


Fall, Spring


20


Fall, Spring


25

EVS 205‐001 Global Environ‐mental Issues

Fall, Spring

James Roten‐berg

Interdisciplinary study of global environmental issues concentrating on three major current problems: the Antarctic ozone hole and strat‐ospheric ozone depletion around the world, global warming, and acid rain.

72


Fall, Spring

James Roten‐berg

Interdisciplinary study of global environmental issues concentrating on three major current problems:

37

140

the Antarctic ozone hole and strat‐ospheric ozone depletion around the world, global warming, and acid rain.


Fall, Spring

James Roten‐berg

Interdisciplinary study of global environmental issues concentrating on three major current problems: the Antarctic ozone hole and strat‐ospheric ozone depletion around the world, global warming, and acid rain.

23

EVS 281‐001 Intro to GIS in EVS

Fall, Spring

Greg Meyer An introduction to how GIS works and how it is used as a tool to ad‐dress environmental manage‐ment/study issues. An applied per‐spective on a fundamental tool for today's environment manag‐er/scientist.

23


Fall, Spring


24


Fall, Spring


22

EVS 330‐001 Natural Re‐source Econom‐ics

Fall, Spring

Peter Schuhmann

Economic principles developed and applied to evaluate public and pri‐vate decisions involving the use and allocation of natural resources. Optimal control theory developed and applied to the management of natural resources. Attention to specific resource management are‐as such as forests and fisheries. Feasibility of alternatives for public policy.

28

EVS 360‐001 Human Dimen‐sions Nat Res Mgmt

Fall, Spring

Jeff Hill The history, development, legisla‐tion and management of natural resource‐based recreation areas. Management techniques used by

40

141

federal, state and municipal recrea‐tion resource agencies highlighted.

EVS 362‐001 Environmental Law

Fall, Spring

Robert Cutting Examination of the purposes, methodology, and impacts of the environmental regulatory process, ranging from traditional common law remedies to novel approaches such as the pollution rights mar‐kets.

37

EVS 364‐001 Natural Re‐source Policy

Fall, Spring

Anthony Snider Existing natural resource laws, in‐stitutions and programs are sum‐marized in their historical context and in relation to current natural resource issues. Philosophical un‐derpinnings of policy positions are examined and discussed. Models of policy creation, implementation, and reform, with specific examples focusing on natural resource man‐agement.

74

EVS 430‐001 Tropical Envi‐ronmental Ecol‐ogy

Fall, Spring

James Roten‐berg

In‐depth introduction to the issues, debates, and conservation of tropi‐cal environments, especially focus‐ing on the current ecological, so‐cial, and economic environmental problems. Emphasis on the Neotropics of Central and South Amercia and the Caribbean, alt‐hough Asian, African, Australian, and Polynesian tropical locations will also be covered.

44

EVS 472‐001 Coastal Protect‐ed Areas Mgmt

Fall, Spring

John Taggart Study of resource management focused on protected areas main‐tained by government agencies and by private non‐profit organization. Emphasis will be on natural area significance, site selection, man‐agement plan development, policy formulation, protection options, use conflicts, and public relations.

13

EVS 476‐001 Top & Issues in Sustainability

Fall, Spring

Devon Eulie Fundamentals and current topical issues (global to local) related to the concept of a sustainable socie‐ty. The environmental issues (ener‐gy, water, climate, soil, forests, food, and population) will be the primary focus of the course but

27

142

current social and economic issues will be woven into each topic.

EVS 477‐001 Environmental Site Assessment

Fall, Spring

Stan Harts Study of ASTM guidelines for envi‐ronmental site assessment, empha‐sis on historic overview, regula‐tions, and preparation methods associated with environmental site assessment.

31

EVS 485‐001 Applied Learn‐ing

Fall, Spring

John Taggart 3

EVS 485‐004 Spec Topics Reimaging Na‐ture

Fall, Spring

Sue Kezios 13

EVS 485‐005 Spec Topics Coast Envr Change

Fall, Spring

Paul Hearty 6

EVS 485‐006 Spec Topics En‐viron Sci

Fall, Spring

Roger Shew 18

EVS 495‐001 LEC: Seminar in Environmemtal Studies

Fall, Spring

Devon Eulie Individual reports and group dis‐cussions of the results of student field, laboratory, or library research on selected topics in environmental planning and policies.

42

EVS 495‐200 LAB: Seminar in Environmental Studies

Fall, Spring

Devon Eulie 12


Fall, Spring

Devon Eulie 12


Fall, Spring

Devon Eulie 10


Fall, Spring

Devon Eulie 8

EVS 497 Practi‐cum Environ Studies

Fall, Spring

John Taggart Advanced field placement experi‐ence in governmental, corporate, NGO or other setting in the envi‐ronmental field. Provides extended

12

143

opportunity for fieldwork, research, and creative projects. Relates theo‐ry to practical application in the field.

EVSL 195‐200 Environmental Studies Lab

Fall, Spring

Devon Eulie Laboratory analysis of environmen‐tal principles, resources, and prob‐lems. Application of scientific and social principles to solving current environmental problems.

16


Fall, Spring


14


Fall, Spring


10


Fall, Spring


11


Fall, Spring


14


Fall, Spring


11


Fall, Spring


9


Fall, Spring


11


Fall, Spring

Devon Eulie Laboratory analysis of environmen‐tal principles, resources, and prob‐lems. Application of scientific and

10

144

social principles to solving current environmental problems.


Fall, Spring


17


Fall, Spring


15


Fall, Spring


8


Fall, Spring


8



Workshop/Instructiontitle Datesoffered Instructor(s) and Affiliation(s)

Brief description of instruction (1 sen‐tence)

Enrollment Fig‐ures Total/on‐site/distance edu

Invited speaker‐ Painted Bunting Project Green‐ville River Park North Bird Club

Sep. 2012 James Roten‐berg

Presentation up‐date on status of Eastern Painted Bunting and coastal and inland popula‐tion differences

45

Painted Bunting Observer Team (PBOT) Citizen Sci‐ence Workshop

May‐Aug 2008‐2012

James Roten‐berg

Training workshops aimed to train citi‐zen science volun‐teers to collect data for our coastal Painted Bunting

500

145

research and moni‐toring

Invited speaker ‐ Cape Fear Audubon Society

Oct 2010 James Roten‐berg

“Close Encounters of the Bird‐kind: A Story of the Redis‐covery of Wild Har‐py Eagles in Belize”

50

UNCW College Day Col‐lege Day 2010

2010 James Roten‐berg

Presentation/course on Painted Bunting study

100

Online Course Evaluation Workshop

Spring 2009 Anthony Snider Discussed means of gaining substantive evaluations of online classes

30

Department of Environ‐ment and Natural Re‐sources’ Office of Envi‐ronmental Education and Public Affairs Certification Program

2008 ‐ pre‐sent

Jeffery Hill Trainer



Dates Personnel In‐volved

Participants in program (e.g. K‐12 teachers)


Mentor for: Ms. Neslie Di‐az, Laney High School, for the spring semester senior paper on ocean pollution

February – April 2012

John Taggart Senior student 1

Mentor for: Ms. Jordan Peterson, Laney High School, for a fall semester senior paper on environ‐mental pollution

November 2011

John Taggart Senior student 1

Classes on plant identifica‐tion

January 8 and 22, 2012

John Taggart Cape Fear Audu‐bon Society and NC Native Plant Society

30

Guardian ad Litem 1999 to pre‐sent

John Taggart New Hano‐ver/Pender coun‐

146

ties

Guardian ad Litem Associa‐

tion President

January 2012 to pre‐sent

John Taggart New Hanover County


tion Treasurer

November 2010‐December 2011



tion Secretary

April 2008 – October 2010


Judge and Committee Member for the Bird‐friendly Habitat Award Program for the Cape Fear Chapter of the Audubon Society

2009‐2010 James Rotenberg Cape Fear Chap‐ter of the Audu‐bon Society

Painted Bunting Banding Workshop

May 2009 James Rotenberg Halliburton Park, Carolina Beach State Park

40

Science Olympiad regional competition volunteer event coordinator and as‐sistant coach

2003‐2012 Robert Cutting Science Olympiad 100

Elected Board member 2005‐2012 Robert Cutting North Carolina League of Conser‐vation Voters

Alternative Dispute Resolu‐tion: Court‐appointed me‐diator

1997‐2012 Robert Cutting Superior Court and District Court cases

Arbitrator in superior court and district court cases

1997‐2007 Robert Cutting Superior Court and District Court cases

Interviewee for two local high school students on environmental manage‐ment issues for their senior projects

2010 Anthony Snider New Hanover County Schools

Southeast Regional Science Fair Judge/Lead Judge

2010, 2011, and 2012

Anthony Snider New Hanover County Schools

Volunteer coordination at Good Shepherd Homeless Shelter

2008 ‐ pre‐sent

Anthony Snider Good Shepherd Homeless Shelter

New Hanover County Stewardship Development Awards Judge

2008 ‐ pre‐sent

Anthony Snider New Hanover County

Graduation Project Review 2010 ‐ pre‐ Jeffery Hill Laney High School

147

Board Judge sent

d.) Professional Service Identify advisory, regulatory or other professional service that members of the Activityhave provid‐ed to North Carolina or at the regional / national / international level.Include all North Carolina advi‐sory or regulatory boards and groups; and significant national / international boards. Please limit this list to the most relevant and significant 20 examples. Table D5. Professional Service


Service provided

Southeast Partners in Flight Annual Meeting

Feb 6‐9, 2012

James Rotenberg, UNCW Invited Panelist ‐ Public Participation in Scien‐tific Research (PPSR) Panel Discussion on the role of“Citizen Science” in research

The Journal of Biogeog‐raphy

2012 James Rotenberg, UNCW Reviewer

Association of Field Orni‐thologists Reviewer

Fall 2008 James Rotenberg, UNCW Reviewer

Proceedings of the 4th International Partners in Flight Conference

Fall 2008 James Rotenberg, UNCW Reviewer

Southeastern Naturalist Journal

Spring 2008 James Rotenberg, UNCW Guest editor

Studies in Avian Biology Spring 2008 James Rotenberg, UNCW Reviewer

Cape Fear Chapter of the Audubon Society

Summer 2007 – Fall 2008

James Rotenberg, UNCW Conservation Commit‐tee Chair

Kubasek & Silverman, Environmental Law & Policy (6th edition and 7th edition) Pearson

2009‐2011 Robert Cutting, UNCW Invited reviewer

Society and Natural Re‐sources

2012 Anthony Snider, UNCW Reviewer for the peer‐reviewed journal

Explorations 2012 Anthony Snider, UNCW Reviewer for the un‐dergraduate research journal

Environmental Education Research

2011‐2012 Anthony Snider, UNCW Reviewer for the peer‐reviewed journal

State and Local Govern‐ment Review

2011 Anthony Snider, UNCW Reviewer for the peer‐reviewed journal

LARNET 2010 Anthony Snider, UNCW Reviewer for the peer‐reviewed journal

Masonboro Island Na‐tional Estuarine Re‐

2008 ‐ pre‐sent

Anthony Snider, UNCW Committee member

148

search Reserve Local Advisory Committee

Bald Head Woods NC Coastal Reserve Local Advisory Committee

2008 ‐ pre‐sent


Bald Head Island Con‐servancy Education and Research Committee

2008 ‐ pre‐sent


Fort Fisher State Recrea‐tion Area Advisory Committee:

2008 ‐ pre‐sent


Evaluation team for NC National Estuarine Re‐search Reserve federal 312 evaluation

Fall 2009 Anthony Snider, UNCW Team member

Cape Fear Arch Collabo‐rative

2008‐2010 Anthony Snider, UNCW Team member

Wiley Publishing 2011 Jeffery Hill Textbook reviewer

Environmental Education Certification Committee, Department of Environ‐ment and Natural Re‐sources’ Office of Envi‐ronmental Education and Public Affairs

2011‐present

Jeffery Hill Committee member

State Environmental Ed‐ucation Student Scholar‐ship Committee, North American Association for Environmental Education

2010‐2012 Jeffery Hill Host

Ecological Understanding as a Guideline for the Evaluation of Nonformal Education developed cooperatively by the US Forest Service, the Envi‐ronmental Protection Agency, the University of Georgia, and the Univer‐sity of Michigan

2010 Jeffery Hill Reviewer

RPT, Indiana University 2009 Jeffery Hill External reviewer

LARNet: The Cyber Jour‐nal of Applied Leisure and Recreation Research

2011‐present

Jeffery Hill Reviewer


2010‐2011 Jeffery Hill Associate Editor

149


1999‐2010 Jeffery Hill Associate Editorial Re‐viewer




2012 Cutting, Robert H, Lawrence B. Cahoon & Jack C. Hall (In Press) UPDATE ON AEP v

CONNECTICUT (COMMON LAW vs GLOBAL WARMING): Like The Phoenix, Common Law Actions Arise (and Proliferate), a discussion of the impact of American Electric Power v. Connecticut, et al, on common law actions to redress the effects of global warming. Envi‐ronmental Law, Lewis & Clark Law School.

2012 Taggart, J.B. and Z.L. Long. Soil factors in three populations of endangered golden sedge (Carex lutea LeBlond). Castanea 77(2): 136–145.

2012 Rotenberg, J. A., Marlin, J. A., and Pop, L., Garcia, W. 2012. First record of a Harpy Eagle (Harpia harpyja) nest in Belize. The Wilson Journal of Ornithology, 124:292‐297.

2012 Rotenberg, J. A., L. M. Barnhill, J. M. Meyers, and D. Demarest. 2012. Painted Bunting con‐servation: traditional monitoring meets citizen science. Pp. 125–138 in C. A. Lepczyk and P. S. Warren (editors). Urban bird ecology and conservation. Studies in Avian Biology (no. 45), University of California Press, Berkeley, CA.

2012 Fusco, Emily, Snider, Anthony, Luo, Shanhong. (2012). Perception of Global Climate Change as a Mediator of the Effects of Major and Religion on College Students’ Environ‐mentally Responsible Behavior. Environmental Education Research. DOI:10.1080/13504622.2012.672965 (print forthcoming)

2011 Snider, Anthony, Luo, Shanhong, Hill, Jeffery, Buerger, Robert, Herstine, Jim (2011). Impli‐cations for Place Attachment in Coastal Reserve Management. Ocean and Coastal Man‐agement, 54: 612‐620

2011 Cutting, Robert H. , Cahoon, Lawrence B. and Hall, Jack C.(2011) 'If the Tide is Rising, Who Pays for the Ark?', Coastal Management, 39: 3, 282 —295,

2011 Cutting, Robert H., Lawrence B. Cahoon, Jefferson F. Flood, Laura Horton, and Michael Schramm (2011) "Spill the Beans: Goodguide, Walmart and EPA Use Information as Effi‐cient, Market‐Based Regulation." Tulane Environmental Law Journal 24: 291‐334

2011 Snider, A., Hill, J., Luo, S., Buerger, R., & Herstine, J. (2011). Implications for place attach‐ment in coastal reserve management. Ocean and Coastal Management, 54(8), 612‐620.

150

2010 Snider, A., Luo, S., Hill, J., Buerger, R., Herstine, J., Sutton, H. (2010). Factors affecting knowledge, perceptions, and attitudes regarding North Carolina Coastal Reserve man‐agement. Coastal Management, 38(5), 540‐558.

2010 Whitehead, J. C., Phaneuf, D. J., Dumas, C. F., Herstine, J., Hill, J., & Buerger, B. (2010).

Convergent validity of revealed and stated recreation behavior with quality change: A comparison of multiple and single site demands. Environmental and Resource Economics, 45(1), 91‐112.

2010 Taggart, J.B. The Vascular Flora of Sandy Run Savannas State Natural Area, Onslow and

Pender Counties, North Carolina. Castanea 75(4): 484–499.

2010 Sherrill, Brandon, Snider, Anthony, & DePerno, Chris. (2010). White‐tailed deer on a barri‐er island: Implications for preserving an ecologically important maritime forest. Proceed‐ings of the Southeastern Association of Fish and Wildlife Agencies, 64, 38‐43

2010 Snider, Anthony, Luo, Shanhong, Hill, Jeffery, Buerger, Robert, Herstine, Jim, Sutton, Hope (2010). Factors Affecting Knowledge, Perceptions, and Attitudes Regarding North Carolina Coastal Reserve Management. Coastal Management, 38(5): 540‐558

2009 Snider, Anthony, Frederick Cubbage, 2009. Nonindustrial Private Forestland Owners: Esti‐mating Responses to Economic and Demographic Changes. Saarbrücken, Germany, Lam‐bert Academic Press

2009 Taggart, J.B., Ellis, J.M. and J.D. Sprouse Prescribed burning in state park properties of North Carolina and nearby coastal states. Natural Areas Journal, Vol. 29(1): 64‐70.

2009 Cutting, Robert H. and Lawrence B. Cahoon (2009) Forensic Water Quality Investigations: Identifying Pollution Sources and Polluters, in Handbook of Water Purity and Quality, edit‐ed by Satinder Ahuja by Elsevier, Science and Technology Books.

2008 Cutting, Robert H. and Lawrence B. Cahoon (2008) The Gift that Keeps on Giving: Global Warming Meets the Common Law. Vermont Journal of Environmental Law 10: 1 http://www.vjel.org/journal.php?vol=2008‐2009

2008 Taggart, J.B. Management of feral horses at the North Carolina National Estuarine Re‐search Reserve. Natural Areas Journal 28(2): 187‐195.

2008 Whitehead, J. C., Dumas, C. F., Herstine, J., Hill, J., & Buerger, B. (2008). Valuing beach ac‐cess and width with revealed and stated preference data. Marine Resource Economics, 23(2), 119‐135.

b.) List non‐refereed publications such as journal articles, reviews, conference papers, books and book chapters directly related to Activity. Please limit to the 20 most significant or representa‐tive publications for the period of January 1, 2008 – present.

2012 Cutting, R.H. (2012) Legislation protect citizens against SLAPP suits that are designed to

curtail free speech (potential polluters sue community members to silence them).

151

2012 Cutting, R.H. (2012) Amicus Curiae Brief for NC League of Conservation Voters for U.S. Su‐preme Court case on global warming, AEP v. State of Connecticut et al.

2012 Cutting, R.H. (2012) Position Paper for North Carolina League of Conservation Voters to N.C. Division of Air Quality and N.C. Division of Water Quality concerning major project sit‐ing.

2012 Taggart, J.B. Monitoring of listed plant species in the Progress Energy powerline corridor within public lands of Onslow/Pender counties, NC. Unpublished report prepared for the NC Forest Service.

2010 Cutting, R.H. (2010) If the Tide is Rising, Who Pays for the Ark? Article in Summer 2010 TCS Bulletin, Volume 32 (2) 2010,

2010 Taggart, J.B. Management Plan for Recovery of Golden Sedge (Carex lutea LeBlond) at Sandy Run Savannas State Natural Area Maple Hill, North Carolina. Unpublished report prepared for the U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service. Raleigh, NC.

2009 Taggart, J.B. Prepared two environmental assessments of golf course conservation ease‐ments for the North Carolina Department of Revenue (confidential publications).

2008 Cutting, R.H., and L.B. Cahoon. Cape Fear Voices: Offshore drilling or clean energy? Wil‐mington Star‐News op‐ed, Sept. 4, 2008. http://www.starnewsonline.com/article/20080904/ARTICLES/809040324

2008 Cahoon, L.B., and R.H. Cutting. Pollution is a property rights issue, Wilmington Star‐News (op‐ed), June 14, 2008. http://www.starnewsonline.com/article/20080613/ARTICLE/806130328/‐ 1/opinion&title=Pollution_is_a_property_rights_issue

2008 Rotenberg, J. A. Commentary for “Defining the Problem”, In Global Climate Change: Na‐tional Security Implications, Pumphrey, C. (ed.). Proceedings from Global Climate Change: National Security Implications, Strategic Studies Institute and Triangle Institute for Securi‐ty Studies, Chapel Hill, NC, March 30‐31, 2007. Strategic Studies Institute, Publisher.

2008 Snider, Anthony. 2008. To Learn and to Lead. Haven. 5(1): 101‐105







152

Please list and describe awards and honors conferred to faculty, staff and students as a result of their participation in theActivity. Please limit to the 20 most significant or representative publica‐tions for the period of January 1, 2008 – present. Table E1. Awards and Honors


Partners in Flight Investigations Award

2011 James Rotenberg Award presented to the Belize Foundation for Research and Environmental Education and UNCW (for Harpy Eagle and Bird Community Project

PTA Volunteer of the Year

2008

Robert Cutting PTA Volunteer of the Year Gregory School of Math, Science & Technology and Wrightsville Beach School

UNCW Board of Trustees Teach‐ing Award

2012 Robert Buerger 2 Awards given in 2012.

UNCW Chancel‐lors Teaching Award

2011 Robert Buerger 3 Awards given in 2011.

Science Olympi‐ad Achievement Award

2008 Jack Hall For Distinguished Service to Science Olym‐piad—award given yearly and named after J. Hall.

F. Other


153

Section II‐6. Coastal and Marine Science Activities A. Activity: DEPARTMENT OF GEOGRAPHY AND GEOLOGY B. Activity Narrative Describe the mission and history of the Activity.

The Department, founded in 1970 as the Department of Earth Sciences, has a long history of marine sci‐ence activity which truly began in 1971‐72 with the hiring of Drs. Paul Thayer (marine geologist) and Vic‐tor Zullo (paleontologist and marine biologist). Zullo was originally hired from Woods Hole Oceano‐graphic Institution to serve as the first director of the Marine Sciences Program at UNCW with a joint appointment as professor in the department. By 1976 the department included four full‐time faculty members with marine science and marine geology teaching and research activities (Thayer, Zullo, Cleary, Harris). By 1988 the department included six marine science faculty, and enrolled its first graduate stu‐dents in the new MS geology program. Roughly 80% of all master’s theses completed in the Department to date are on marine science or marine geology related topics. Marine science activity in the depart‐ment continued to grow rapidly through the 1990s with the hiring of five additional marine science re‐lated faculty (Leonard, Spivack, Grindlay, Abrams, Kelley). From 2000‐2010 the department maintained its strong commitment to marine science despite several key personnel losses resulting from retire‐ments and state budget cuts. In fall 2005, the department implemented a minor in oceanography which quickly grew to 30‐35 students and continues to maintain those numbers. In spring 2007, the depart‐ment began planning a new BS degree program in oceanography. With permission from UNC General Administration, the department implemented the new BS degree in Oceanography in fall 2011. The new BS degree program has grown to about 20 majors in one year, and we anticipate similar growth over the next 4‐5 years. As a result of growth in the oceanography program and other departmental programs, we will be able to recoup one of the lost marine science related faculty positions by fall 2013. At pre‐sent 14 faculty members in the Department of Geography and Geology directly contribute to Marine Science. In addition, the curriculum is supported by four part‐time lecturers who offer course work in the marine sciences.

Mission Statement ‐ The Department of Geography and Geology contributes to the mission of the Uni‐versity through its commitment to quality in teaching, research, and professional service. The primary objective of the Department is to offer rigorous and comprehensive degree programs in geography and geology that cover fundamental geographic and geologic knowledge as well as the latest innovations within these disciplines. The degree programs emphasize experiential learning opportunities including field studies, laboratory analysis, geospatial and quantitative methods, student research, internships, and international studies. Faculty research and service include a wide range of efforts dedicated to scholarly achievement, civic engagement, and applied problem solving at the local, regional, national, and international levels. We build on the traditional strengths of the department while contributing spe‐cifically to the University goals of providing a powerful learning experience for students, maintaining a faculty of outstanding scholars, strengthening regional engagement and outreach, preparing students to be global citizens, and encouraging and enhancing diversity.

Discuss what makes this Activity unique, competitive, compelling, and/or of strategic importance. Marine science activity at UNCW is unique, competitive, compelling and or of strategic importance for several reasons:

With all of its resources located within the coastal zone, UNCW is designated as North Carolina’s “Coastal Campus”. The administration, faculty, staff and students value that status and capitalize on the

154

unique opportunities provided by our location. The dedication of UNCW to coastal issues is plainly stat‐ed in its mission statement. Therefore, marine science activity at UNCW has a special place in the mis‐sion of the campus and in all its departments. This activity is a natural outgrowth of UNCW’s location only seven miles from the ocean. Furthermore, UNCW maintains a world‐class research facility, the Center for Marine Science, on the Intracoastal Waterway. The proximity of the main campus and asso‐ciated physical facilities to the ocean provide a unique opportunity within the UNC System for marine science education and research to be available to all students and faculty.

The Department of Geography and Geology has been exploiting this natural setting for over 40 years through research and applied learning activities in marine science within the Cape Fear region. The strength and success of marine science at UNCW result from a common emphasis on marine science within the traditional science departments and cooperative interdisciplinary activities. The Department of Geography and Geology has been, and continues to be, an integral part of the cooperative and inter‐disciplinary marine science activities. For example, over the past 5 years the Department of Geography and Geology has been building its expertise and programs in Geographical Information Systems (GIS) and remote sensing, particularly as they apply to marine science. The combination of this emerging technology with ongoing marine science activity adds a new and important dimension to the depart‐ment’s educational and research profile.

Currently, climate change and associated sea‐level rise are two of the most important global issues fac‐ing marine science. Understanding the complex links between the atmosphere and oceans is critical to understanding these changes and managing our response particularly along the NC coast. The Depart‐ment of Geography and Geology is in a unique position at UNCW to address these issues. We currently have two climatologists and two GIS/remote sensing specialists on staff to complement the other ma‐rine scientists and coastal specialists. The department is recruiting now for two additional faculty with GIS/remote sensing expertise, and one additional oceanographer with expertise in climate‐ocean link‐age.


1) BS Oceanography degree program: The goal of this program is to train scientists to address im‐

portant global issues such as climate change and sea‐level rise that are affecting the oceans now and will into the future. The program is very new, but early signs make us optimistic regarding its success and future impact.

2) GIS/Remote Sensing programs: This emerging technology provides a powerful tool to study a

wide range of global issues. The department is growing rapidly in this area by adding new facul‐ty, emphasizing coastal and marine issues, and through our new master’s certificate program in GIS and Spatial Analysis. Our graduates in this area area are making important contributions in many applied areas, particularly coastal management.

3) NSF REU – Biodiversity Conservation: Few modern marine habitats are unaffected by disturb‐

ance, pollution, overfishing or other anthropogenic change. To assess environmental impact, predict future species loss, and restore ecosystems, we need to understand conditions prior to human influence. To further this goal, students from colleges and universities across the U.S. participated in the eight‐week summer “Research Experiences for Undergraduates in Biodiversi‐ty Conservation” program hosted by UNCW’s Department of Geography and Geology. Over the course of three years, 27 students in geology, biology, archaeology, and environmental science worked in teams to compare the modern marine ecosystem with communities of the past. Fos‐

155

sils indicate ecosystem response to natural perturbation during the past three million years, pri‐or to human impact; archeological sites record pre‐Industrial Revolution human influences. Dead shells in modern environments were used to track the response of ecosystems to more re‐cent anthropogenic change at the decade scale. This work is part of the new field of conserva‐tion paleobiology, which uses geohistorical records to understand and manage for the future.

The program, funded by NSF, was directed by Professor of Geology Patricia Kelley with co‐PI Greg Dietl of the Paleontological Research Institution, Ithaca, NY. Participating faculty and staff included William Harris, Richard Laws, Craig Tobias, and Yvonne Marsan (Dept. of Geography and Geology), Angelia Reid Griffin (Watson College of Education), Martin Posey and Troy Alphin (Dept. of Biology and Marine Biology), Jack Hall (Dept. of Environmental Studies), and Donna Surge (Dept. of Geological Sciences, UNC‐CH). The award also supported six UNCW graduate students, who assisted with the program.

4) Oceanographic and Environmental Monitoring: Over the last 5 years, the department has sup‐ported a variety of monitoring efforts based on the needs of local stakeholders. These efforts are transdisciplinary in nature and include close partnership with one or more lo‐cal/state/federal stakeholders. Selected examples are described below.

a. A partnership was developed between RENCI (Research Engagement Innovation in NC), Brunswick County Emergency Management Office, and UNC Wilmington to monitor flood‐ing along hurricane evacuation routes in Brunswick County 2007‐2010. Rain gauges and water levels sensors (approximately $70,000 in equipment) were deployed at seven sites across the county to determine the amount of rain required to cause standing water on nearby road surfaces. The research project provided guideline rainfall amounts that can be used to predict road flooding.

b. The Cape Fear River Widening Monitoring program was a ten year monitoring effort sup‐ported by the U.S. Army Corps of Engineers (USACE). The goal of the program was to monitor and detect changes in tidal range, salinity, biogeochemistry, and select ecological parameters in response to a major dredging project. The program collected analyzed and archived data over the period of 1999 to 2011. Ten permanent data collection platforms were established from the mouth of the Cape Fear River to the head of tides. Each plat‐form collected water level, temperature and salinity at 6 minute intervals and telemetered these data to UNCW. Biogeochemical, benthic infaunal, and larval fish data were collect‐ed seasonally in the tidal wetlands adjacent to 8 of the platforms. Over the life of the pro‐ject, UNCW researchers developed partnerships with private sector partners (i.e. Dial Cordy) , other system schools (i.e. Elizabeth City State), and federal partners (i.e. USACE). The results of the project were used to assess the impact that the dredging activities had on the wetland ecosystems of the lower Cape Fear River.

c. Coastal Ocean Research and Monitoring: One effort to develop a coordinated and multi‐faceted observing system is the Carolinas Regional Coastal Ocean Observing System (RCOOS). Established in 2007 through funding provided by US Integrated Ocean Observ‐ing System (IOOS), the Carolinas Regional Coastal Ocean Observing System (RCOOS) col‐lects marine and environmental information in the coastal waters of North Carolina and South Carolina. The system includes a network of coastal and offshore moorings that con‐tinuously collect meteorological and oceanographic data and report this information hour‐ly through the RCOOS web portal (www.CarolinasRCOOS.org) and the SECOORA and Na‐

156

tional Data Buoy Center websites. Information and products developed from this effort are intended to inform decision makers as they establish baseline trends, predict changes, and mitigate problems associated with storm impacts, climate change, environmental degradation, and natural and human‐induced hazards. The Carolinas RCOOS incorporates observational data collected by a wide spectrum of partners including Southeast Coastal Ocean Observing Regional Association (SECOORA) members, Carolinas Coastal Ocean Ob‐serving and Prediction System (Caro‐COOPS), Coastal Ocean Research and Monitoring Program (CORMP), US Army Corps of Engineers (USACE), NOAA‘s National Weather Ser‐vice (NWS), National Data Buoy Center (NDBC), the National Estuarine Research Reserve System (NERRS), the Lower Cape Fear River Program (LCFRP), and North Carolina and South Carolina state agencies. The RCOOS network supports several applications includ‐ing NOAA marine weather products, the USACE Model Evaluation and Diagnostics System, and provides data products that support other stakeholder applications.


Space and student demand for Oceanography and GIS/remote sensing programs: Both programs are growing rapidly and rely on many of the same physical and faculty resources. Courses in these fields routinely fill to capacity with waiting lists. Computer facilities are being taxed to their limit and the computers currently used in these programs are limited in number and are nearly obsolete. The de‐partment will clearly need more space to accommodate growth in these two areas.

State regulations and policies: The state policy prohibiting the use of general funds to support student or faculty travel for educational purposes (i.e. student field trips and field work) is extremely detrimental to training in marine science. The ocean is the greatest natural laboratory just minutes away, but state policy has made transporting students a short distance to this natural laboratory very difficult.


Given current growth patterns and several new hires, we anticipate continued growth in the marine sci‐ence and GIS/remote sensing programs in the department. We anticipate continued focus on coastal issues, such as sea‐level rise and coastal management, but in combination with emerging technologies and linkages to climate change. We intend to plan for a new track within our master’s program or a new master’s program in Spatial Technology and Analysis. Changes in faculty and staff to facilitate growth in these directions have been occurring for the past 5 years (four new hires in climatology, oceanography and spatial technology), and are continuing with three additional hires in these areas. Although extra‐mural funding is more competitive than ever, climate and ocean research in combination with applica‐tion of emerging technologies, is one of the areas where research opportunities are growing. We are optimistic that our new faculty hires will be able to tap into this area of funding. Our current building is nearly 45 years old. It received a minor renovation in 1995; but as the oldest academic building on cam‐pus that supports faculty and student research, it is long‐overdue for renovation.

157

C. Resources



Table C1. Personnel


Michael Benedetti Associate Professor Geography &Geology CAS

Faculty

Chad Lane Assistant Professor Geography &Geology CAS

Faculty

Doug Gamble Professor Geography &Geology CAS

Faculty

Scott Nooner Assistant Professor Geography &Geology CAS

Faculty

Andrea Hawkes Assistant Professor Geography &Geology CAS

Faculty

Joanne Halls Associate Professor Geography &Geology CAS

Faculty – GIS certificate coordinator

Eman Ghoneim Assistant Professor Geography &Geology CAS

Faculty

Patricia Kelley

Professor Geography &Geology CAS

Faculty

Richard Laws Professor Geography &Geology CAS

Faculty

Lynn Leonard Professor Geography &Geology CAS

Faculty & Chair

Eric Henry

Associate Professor Geography &Geology CAS

Faculty

Roger Shew Instructor Geography &Geology CAS

Faculty

Michael Smith Professor Geography &Geology CAS

Graduate Coordinator ‐ Faculty

158

Searching Assistant Professor Geography &Geology CAS

Faculty


Faculty


Faculty

Amy Wagner Assistant Research Professor Geography &Geology CMS

Faculty

Yvonne Marsan Laboratory Facilities CoordinatorGeography and Geology CAS

Support Staff

Jennifer Dorton Program Specialist CMS & Geography &Geology (CAS)

Program Specialist & Instructor

Steve Hall

Research Technician Technician

Xiaoyan Qi Data Manager Staff

Searching Research Technician Technician

Boyce Steiner Administrative Assistant (part‐time)

Staff

Cathy Morris Administrative Assistant (full‐time)

Staff

Alex Lee Administrative Assistant (full‐time)

Staff

Jessica Mitchell Part‐time instructor Faculty

Nancy Grindlay Professor Geography &Geology CAS

Faculty ‐RETIRED 2012

Lewis Abrams Professor Geography &Geology CAS


Paul Thayer Professor Geography &Geology CAS


Burleigh Harris Professor Geography &Geology CAS

Faculty ‐ Phased retirement

William Cleary Professor Geography &Geology CAS

Faculty ‐ RETIRED 2011

Craig Tobias Assistant Professor Geography &Geology CAS

Faculty ‐ Resigned

159


Post‐docs: 2 (research interests in remote sensing and marine paleoclimate) Graduate students: M.S. Geology 24 M.S. Marine Science 6 MGIS Certificate 14 Undergraduates:

B.S. Oceanography: 19 (in first year of implementation) B.A. Geosciences: 13 B.S. Geology: 29 B.A. Geography: 37


Table C2: Revenue

Source FY10 ($) FY11 ($) FY12 ($) FY13 ($) FY14 ($)

Current Projected

Federal $138,495 $20,352 $113,914 $110,000 $110,000

State (not including university

$15,000 $143,892 $0 $0 $0

Institution (e.g. Uni‐versity)

$2,212,906 $2,164,620 $2,151,416 $2,126,835 $2,126,835


Other* $192,018 $183,416 $71,526 $60,000 $60,000

Total $2,558,418 $2,512,280 $2,336,855 $2,296,835 $2,296,835

* Incl trust fund carryforward $ FY10

160

Table C3: Expenses


Current Projected

Personnel $2,110,383 $1,997,152 $1,906,668 $1,870,071 $1,870,071

Programmatic $201,788 $308,401 $298,183 $309,241 $309,241

Physical infrastruc‐

ture $3,258 $9,500 $0 $9,500 $9,500

Maintenance and

operation $24,386 $26,496 $13,713 $26,496 $26,496

Equipment (>$5,000) $38,806 $29,751 $55,456 $29,751 $29,751

Other Direct Costs* $21,262 $39,161 $30,584 $30,584 $30,584

Total $2,399,883 $2,410,461 $2,304,604 $2,275,643 $2,275,643

* Provide a brief description of the Expenses table. In the Physical Infrastructure section, include cost for purchase/lease of land and cost of facility construction and on‐going debt service.

3. Physical infrastructure Describe the key physical infrastructure that supports your Activity. Include buildings, boats, spe‐cialized equipment, land, core facilities, and any other unique capability. Include pending infrastruc‐ture additions. Please indicate who owns the physical infrastructure and whether it is a shared re‐source. If shared, by whom?

The Department of Geography and Geology is located in DeLoach Hall. The department moved into DeLoach Hall in August 1997 after a 1.5 million‐dollar renovation project. The department is assigned 42 rooms (15,570 sq. ft.). Presently there are two classrooms and five teaching laboratories utilized for graduate geology instruction. The two traditional classrooms accommodate 141 students and a semi‐nar/meeting room accommodates approximately 16 students.

All of the rooms including the teaching laboratories in DeLoach Hall are equipped with Internet access ports as well as wireless access. All classrooms and teaching laboratories have multimedia projectors and dedicated Windows‐based Internet capable computers. The combined teaching laboratories ac‐commodate up to 116 students.

The teaching laboratories for undergraduate/graduate instruction include:

The Spatial Analysis Laboratory: The Spatial Analysis Laboratory is a 636 sq. ft. laboratory housed in DeLoach Hall. The laboratory is equipped with 21 workstations with an ESRI site license, ENVI software, and 5 licenses of Erdas Imagine. Peripherals include a large format HP 1055 plotter, HP high‐resolution color printer, and high‐resolution Epson color scanner. To network the SAL each computer is connected

161

to the UNCW network via 100gb ethernet and all users have access to two network servers. One server is used for class and research projects and the other is for developing and hosting Interactive Web Map‐ping sites. This facility is used for all GIS and remote sensing courses, labs, and summer work‐shops/institutes.

Mineralogy Laboratory: The Mineralogy Laboratory is a 738 sq. ft lab located on the second floor of DeLoach Hall. The lab is equipped with workspace for a maximum of 16 students. The lab contains equipment to conduct specific gravity, density, and materials properties and investigations of minerals and rocks. Although labeled as the mineralogy laboratory, this teaching laboratory is utilized by a varie‐ty of other courses, including select oceanography, geophysics, or marine geology labs, as classroom and laboratory teaching space.

Sedimentology Laboratory: The Sedimentology Laboratory is a 472 sq. ft. laboratory located on the se‐cond floor of DeLoach Hall. The lab contains equipment and supplies needed to conduct grain size and compositional analyses. Specific items include: glassware, drying ovens, top‐ loading and analytical bal‐ances, muffle furnaces, deionized water, sieves, sieve shakers, a Ro‐Tap, centrifuge, acid hoods, hy‐drometers, magnetic stirrers, hotplates, vacuum pumps and filtration apparatus. This facility is used to teach marine sedimentology courses, general oceanography laboratories, and applied methods courses in the marine sciences.

Structural/Stratigraphy/Paleontology Laboratory: The Structural Geology – Stratigraphy ‐ Paleontology Laboratory is 994 sq. ft. room on the first floor of DeLoach Hall. The lab is equipped with two Windows‐platform PCs and one inkjet printer, one fume hood, one magnetic separator, several large tables and a sink. The laboratory also includes microscopes and the invertebrate paleo/petrography teaching collec‐tion. Courses in paleoecology, paleoclimate, marine stratigraphy, geological oceanography are taught in this facility.

Petrographic Laboratory: The Petrology Laboratory (676 sq. ft.) is located on the second floor of DeLoach Hall. The lab is equipped with eleven Olympus BH‐2 petrographic microscopes, three Leica Dm EP petrographic microscopes, one that is equipped with a digital camera (to connect to a laptop or desk‐top computer), three Olympus BX 50 petrographic microscopes, a projecting microscope, two Windows‐platform computers, hundreds of thin sections, and several tons of rock samples. Additional thin sec‐tions can be made in house in the Petrology Preparation Lab (see below). Although labeled as the Pe‐trology Laboratory, this teaching laboratory is utilized for select laboratories in geological oceanography, marine geology, geophysics, and applied methods in oceanography.

The facilities for undergraduate/graduate marine related research include:

Petrology Preparation Laboratory: This facility supports research involving the petrologic evaluation of igneous, sedimentary, and metamorphic rocks. Topical interests are varied and the Petrology Prepara‐tion Laboratory contains equipment that can facilitate investigative and experiential learning methodol‐ogies on a variety of materials from surface sediments to crystalline rocks, as well as individual fossil, mineral, and other inorganic/organic specimens. The main laboratory tasks are to: 1) provide an area for detailed descriptive geometric and kinematic analyses of material specimens, 2) prepare samples for mesoscale to microscale petrographic analysis, and 3) prepare powdered samples for geochemical anal‐ysis.

Approximately 770 sq.ft. of Room 107 in the Academic Support Building on the east side of campus con‐tains a variety of electrical equipment, work tables, and limited sample storage space. The laboratory is located in a secure workroom in the rear of the building that has a keyed access. Each user must make

162

themselves aware of the equipment capabilities, support substances such as lubricants, glues, and abra‐sives, and general safety procedures in order to be certified to operate the equipment, and must be made aware of the proper use and cleanup of the lab by the director or a trained assistant. A written set of policies and procedures for laboratory equipment operation is provided to each new user. A sign‐up sheet registers the faculty and graduate students who utilize the lab on a daily, weekly, or monthly basis in order to monitor unusual equipment wear and collateral issues including routine maintenance and supplies. There is also a 60 sq. ft. support outbuilding located immediately adjacent to the Academ‐ic Support Building in which research materials can be archived.

The laboratory equipment includes a(n) 18" Covington slab saw, 10" Felker and Highland Park trim saws, 8" Hillquist trim saw, Buehler Isomet 4" low speed trim saw, Redlands 16" horizontal lapping unit, Bueh‐ler Ecomet I polisher/grinder, Hillquist cut‐off saw and grinder, 6‐Ton hydraulic rock splitter, Sepor Jaw Crusher, Spec 8510 alumino‐ceramic puck shatterbox, Highland Park Vi‐Bro‐Lap, Fisher Scientific ultra‐sonic cleaner, Buehler vacuum impregnation container and Reliance vacuum pump, Gast Roc‐R vacuum pump and air compressor, Speedaire 1 HP 3 Gallon air compressor, Precision Scientific Thelco General Purpose drying oven, Thermolyne Extra‐Capacity hotplate, one binocular BH‐2 Olympus polarized micro‐scope and one American Optical binocular specimen light microscope, and a variety of collateral tools and supplies. Supporting supplies are housed on benches or in a variety of cabinets that includes one flammable and one acid cabinet. Within this facility, a spectrum of geology and marine science graduate students, and geology undergraduate students and faculty have the capability of preparing a variety of petrographic and geochemical samples for qualitative and quantitative analyses.

Soils Analysis and Sedimentary Petrology Laboratories: The Soils Analysis and Sedimentary Petrology Laboratories represents 502 sq. ft. space located on the second floor of DeLoach Hall that is split into two separate (and small) laboratories. This lab is intended for faculty research and supervised student research. The lab is equipped with an eye wash/shower station, and has access to a fire blanket mount‐ed in room 218.

The Soil Analysis Lab (DL 217) has a double‐basin sink and an attached lab bench. The lockers in this room are intended for storage of equipment and materials used by faculty in the Soils and Sedimen‐tology Lab. The room has a distilled water boiler system, one large fume hood, a sonic sifter, pH meter, magnetic stirrer, hot plates, desiccator, one precision balance, and assorted glassware. High‐cost sup‐plies such as hydrometers and specialized glassware are stored in the faculty lockers. Student access to this room is supervised to ensure security.

The Sedimentary Petrology Lab (DL 215) DeLoach 215 was formerly known as the “acid lab”

and housed three floor‐to‐ceiling vented fume hoods for microfossil dissolution in acetic or formic acid.

These large fume hoods have been removed and the room is currently being repurposed as a research

lab for both graduate and undergraduate students, as well as faculty. Although the space is in flux, cur‐

rent research in DeLoach 215 include (1) both polarized and stereo binocular microscopy for the study

and photography of rock thin‐sections and microfossils, respectively (Drs. Laws, Hakes, Benedetti,

LaMaskin, Blake, Smith) (2) heavy‐mineral sample preparation and mounting for U‐Pb geochronology

(Dr. LaMaskin), (3) sample curation and storage (all faculty), (4) general map preparation work (Drs.

Blake and LaMaskin), and (5) informal research meetings for undergraduate and graduate students (Dr.

LaMaskin). Planned renovations include the removal of an additional non‐working fume hood and instal‐

lation of ADA‐height, seated work space for microscopy, as well a central workspace for sample exami‐

nation and preparation.

163

Clean Room: On first floor DeLoach Hall is a small (177 sq. ft.), single hood clean laboratory orig‐inally constructed for isotope separation work. It is a positive pressure, HEPA filtered room with a dual door storage entrance. It contains a HF rated fume hood (and vented acid storage locker) and associat‐ed safety equipment (acid eyewash station and shower). The small size of the room precludes its use as an undergraduate laboratory and it is used primarily for graduate student research and sample prepara‐tion for the Isotope Ratio Mass Spectrometer Laboratory (located at CMS), and occasionally for acid staining and etching using HF of thin‐sections.

Environmental Hydrogeology Laboratory: The Environmental Hydrogeology Laboratory (DL212A) is a small room (~170 sq. ft.) that was originally a lecture preparation room for the adjacent classroom which is now heavily used for physics lecture classes. Because of the close proximity to the classroom and the fact that the wall that separates the two rooms is not soundproof, it is not possible to carry on a normal conversation or engage in noisy experimental setup in the laboratory without being heard in the lecture room. This severely limits research and teaching activities in the lab during times when class is in session. The small size of the room is another factor prohibiting the use of the room for teaching purposes. Thus, the room is primarily used for the storage of hydrogeology field equipment such as sampling pumps, bailers, water quality meters, and soil sampling devices, as well as laboratory equipment like soil columns, a balance, soil moisture probes, time domain reflectometry equipment, dataloggers, and a pressure plate apparatus. Though the lab has limited counter space, it does have a sink so it is also used for undergraduate and graduate student research.

X‐ray Diffraction Laboratory: The Department of Geography and Geology houses a small (~100 sq. ft.) Radiation Safety approved research laboratory for the use of X‐rays on the first floor of DeLoach Hall. The instrument is a Rigaku MiniFlex II Desktop and Portable powder X‐ray diffraction system and is equipped with a six‐position sample changer with sample spin that allows for unattended measure‐ments with the option of sample rotation during measurement. This instrument has minimal power re‐quirements and a self‐contained cooling system and is used to identify and quantify minerals phases. The system is equipped with the latest Jade+ 8.0 Analysis software with profile fitting, and extensive search/match analysis software and a database with 120,000 compounds and over 95,000 inorganic phases. After radiation safety training by the campus Radiation and Biological Safety Officer and instru‐ment training by designated department faculty members, other faculty members and graduate stu‐dents use the instrument in their research.

In addition to the aforementioned resources located on UNCW’s main campus, six geography and geol‐ogy faculty members also have research located at UNCW’s Center for Marine Science (CMS). At CMS, each have access to a research laboratory of 520 sq. ft. and office space of 100 sq. ft. In addition, sever‐al general‐use laboratories are managed by Geography and Geology faculty at CMS. Those most regular‐ly used by geography and geology faculty include a Telemetry Laboratory, Isotope Ratio Mass Spectrom‐eter Laboratory and Sediment Analysis Laboratory. Geography and geology faculty conducting marine‐related research also has access to a research vessel fleet with vessels ranging in size from 13ft to 68ft.

Specific research laboratories supervised by Geography and Geology faculty include:

Estuarine and Marine Sedimentology Laboratory: The Estuarine and Marine Sedimentology Laboratory includes 520 sq. ft of research space dedicated to estuarine and marine sedimentology research. This lab is equipped with a Beckman‐Coulter LS 200 Particle Sizer, various Marsh McBirney, Sontek, Nortek and RDI current meters, optical backscatter and turbidity sensors, CTDs, data loggers, and 11 data col‐lection platforms containing Unidata water level sensors, conductivity sensors and cellular telemetry

164

packages. The lab also maintains basic equipment for field sampling (e.g. grab samplers, assorted coring devices) and sediment analyses.

Isotope Ratio Mass Spectrometer (IRMS) Laboratory: The Isotope Ratio Mass Spectrometer (IRMS) La‐boratory is built around a Thermo Delta V Plus IRMS configured with a unique 10‐collector array that permits a variety of stable isotopic analyses on numerous sample matrices. The IRMS is interfaced with an Elemental Analyzer, Gas Bench, Total Organic Carbon Analyzer, and Denitrifier Kit, peripherals. It is a core facility available for use to all departments at UNCW, and a focal point for collaboration outside UNCW. As such, its existence serves to bolster the stature of UNCW in the scientific community and fa‐cilitates research by PIs, graduate students, and undergraduates. The IRMS Laboratory is currently inte‐grated into approximately a dozen graduate research projects in the geography and geology, chemistry, and biology and marine biology departments.

Marine Geophysics Laboratory: The Marine Geophysics Laboratory is housed at CMS and includes 520 sq. ft. of research space dedicated to marine geophysical research, including processing and analysis of seismic reflection, ground penetrating radar, sidescan sonar, topographic, gravity and magnetics data. The laboratory is equipped with a Sensors and Software ground‐penetrating radar, an EdgeTech DF‐1000 digital sidescan sonar and a GeoAcoustics Geopulse sub‐bottom profiler.

Invertebrate Paleontology Laboratory: The Invertebrate Paleontology Laboratory contains 520 sq. ft. of space at CMS dedicated to invertebrate paleontology research. The laboratory includes sample prepara‐tion and curation space, aquarium facilities, and houses an extensive research collection of Recent and fossil molluscs from the US Coastal Plain, Mexico, and Iceland.



Table D1. Research



Nitrogen Removal

Capacity of NC Estuar‐

ies: Assessing Distri‐

bution and Controls

Tobias, Craig (UNCW)

Co‐PI BK Song (UNCW)

NC State Univer‐

sity (NCSU)

$4,457.00 2008‐2012

Nitrogen Removal



bution and Controls


Co‐PI BK Song (UNCW

NC State Univer‐

sity (NCSU)

$1,074.00 2008‐2012

Nitrogen Removal




Co‐PI BK Song (UNCW

NC State Univer‐

sity (NCSU)

$4,595.00 2008‐2012

165

bution and Controls

REU Site: Research

Experiences for Un‐

dergraduates in Bio‐

diversity Conservation

Kelley, Patricia (UNCW) National Science

Foundation

(NSF)

$119,999.00 2008‐2013

REU Site: Research

Experiences for Un‐

dergraduates in Bio‐

diversity Conservation

Kelley, Patricia (UNCW) National Science

Foundation

(NSF)

$9,908.00 2008‐2013

Implementation of

Regional Integrated

Ocean Observing Sys‐

tems Support of

RCOOS Development

Leonard, Lynn (UNCW) South Carolina

Sea Grant Con‐

sortium

$20,015.00 2010‐2012

Implementation of

Regional Integrated

Ocean Observing Sys‐

tems Support of

RCOOS Development

Leonard, Lynn (UNCW) South Carolina

Sea Grant Con‐

sortium

$123,877.00 2010‐2012

Impacts of Increased

Tidal Range and Salin‐

ity in the Cape Fear

River Ecosystem Due

to Deepening and

Widening Wilmington

Harbor, North Caroli‐

na

Leonard, Lynn (UNCW)

Co‐PI: Alphin, Posey,

Avery (UNCW)

Dial Cordy and

Associates

$144,734.00 2010‐2011

Collaborative Re‐

search: Human Re‐

sponses to Late Pleis‐

tocene Coastal Envi‐

ronmental Change in

Portuguese Estrema‐

dura

Benedetti, Michael

(UNCW)

National Science

Foundation

(NSF)

$22,100.00 2011‐2014

Collaborative Re‐

search: Human Re‐


Benedetti, Michael

(UNCW)

National Science

Foundation

$113,914.00 2011‐2014

166


ronmental Change in


dura

(NSF)

Collaborative Re‐

search: Human Re‐



ronmental Change in


dura

Benedetti, Michael

(UNCW)

National Science

Foundation

(NSF)

$4,050.00 2011‐2014

Maintenance of

RCOOS assets, Data

Management Activi‐

ties, and Education

and Outreach


Co‐PI: J. Dorton

(UNCW)

Southeast

Coastal Ocean

Observing Re‐

gional Associa‐

tion

$339,999.00 2011‐2013

Maintenance of

RCOOS assets, Data

Management Activi‐

ties, and Education

and Outreach


Co‐PI: J. Dorton

(UNCW)

Southeast

Coastal Ocean

Observing Re‐

gional Associa‐

tion

$46,750.00 2011‐2013

Reserve Monitoring

and Stewardship Pro‐

grams Service Con‐

tract

Grindlay, Nancy

(UNCW)

Division of

Coastal Man‐

agement (DCM)

$175,704.00 2011‐2012

Reserve Research

Support Service Con‐

tract

Grindlay, Nancy

(UNCW)

Division of

Coastal Man‐

agement (DCM)

$9,951.00 2011‐2012

Reserve Education

Program Service Con‐

tract

Grindlay, Nancy

(UNCW)

Division of

Coastal Man‐

agement (DCM)

$103,151.00 2011‐2012

Self Contained Sensor

and Telemetry for

Remote Water Quali‐

ty Monitoring


Vortant Tech‐

nologies

$9,215.00 2012‐2014

167

Vulnerability and Re‐

silience Among Small

Farmers in Jamaica

Gamble, Douglas

(UNCW)

Co‐PI S. Curtis, and EJ.

Popkee, East Carolina

University

National Science

Foundation

(NSF)

$44,178.00 2012‐2015

Volcanic Inflation at

Axial Seamount

Nooner, Scott (UNCW) National Science

Foundation

(NSF)

$69,811.00 2012‐2014

Collaborative Re‐

search: Permanent

seafloor benchmarks

for geodetic meas‐

urements of horizon‐

tal and vertical plate

motion,

Nooner, Scott (UNCW)

Co‐ PI D. Chadwell

(UCSD)

(funds in transition to

UNCW)

National Science

Foundation

(NSF)

$20,000 2012‐2015

Establishing a long‐

term geodetic net‐

work at the East Pacif‐

ic Rise

RIDGE2000 integrated

studies site

Scott Nooner (UNCW)


UNCW)

Co‐PI Spahr Wbb &

Roger Buck

National Science

Foundation

(NSF)

$15,000 2007‐2013

Collaborative re‐

search: Monitoring

inflation at Axial Sea‐

mount

Scott Nooner (UNCW)


UNCW)

Co‐PI W. Chadwick (Or‐

egon State)

National Science

Foundation

(NSF)

$30,000 2007‐2013

Integration of Coastal

Ocean Observations

in the southeast

Lynn Leonard (UNCW)

Co‐PIs: J. Dorton

(UNCW), J. Hanson

(USACE), D. Porter/M.

Fletcher (USC), G.

Voulgaris (USC)

National Ocean‐

ographic Atmos‐

pheric Admin‐

istration

(NOAA)

$3,424,000 2007‐2012

168



Course # Title & Level Dates offered

Instructor(s) & Affilia‐tion(s)

Brief Course Description Enrollment Figures

GGY 130 Introduction to Physical Geography

F08, S09, F09, S10, F10, S11, S12, F12

Benedetti, Ghoneim

Spatial distribution of environ‐mental elements and processes, including weather and climate, groundwater, soils, rocks, plate tectonics, landforms, and vegeta‐tion.

808

GGY 140 Introduction to Human Geography

F08, S09, F09, S10, F10, S11, S12, F12

Ainsley, Gamble

Survey of the geography of hu‐man settlement patterns and activity throughout the world. Emphasis on relationships be‐tween physical environments and different facets of human culture, including population, resources, regional development, urban growth, and political, linguistic, and religious patterns.

821

GGY 205 Practical Methods in Geography

F10 Dorton Introduction to fundamental and analytical methods used by pro‐fessional geographers. Includes examination of geography as a discipline of human inquiry and methods used in all subdisciplines of geography.

11

GGY 215 The Digital Globe

F12 Halls Introduction to the maps, data, and methods commonly used by geographers to investigate spatial relationships from local to global scales. Includes the examination of geography as a discipline whereby human and physical en‐vironments are spatially ex‐plored.

50

169

GGY 222 Quantitative Methods in Earth Scienc‐es

F08, F09, F10, F11, F12

Benedetti Use and interpretation of statisti‐cal techniques in geographic and geologic research. The course emphasizes problem identifica‐tion, data collection and interpre‐tation through assignments cov‐ering specific kinds of statistical methods.

219.

GGY 230 Introduction to Weather and Climate

F08, S09, F09, S10, F10, S11, S12, F12

Gamble, Lane, Shew

Examination of general climatic characteristics through space and time, especially as influenced by controls upon temperature, wind and moisture distributions, and by planetary, regional and local atmospheric disturbances.

1214

GGY 235 Principles of Hydrology

F09 Henry Covers the three main compo‐nents of terrestrial hydrology: (1) atmospheric water, precipitation, and surface‐atmosphere interac‐tions; (2) groundwater, infiltra‐tion, substance flow, and aqui‐fers; and (3) surface water, wa‐tersheds, rivers and floods. Lec‐tures and exercises focus on col‐lecting and interpreting hydrolog‐ical data to address environmen‐tal issues.

12

GGY 270 Principles of Land Use Planning

S10, F11, F12

Gooding, Hines, Mitchell

Introduction to planning tech‐niques and to planning as a pro‐fession. Classification and analy‐sis of spatial variations in land use patterns and development processes as they relate to the physical environment and human activities.

61

GGY 280 Special Top‐ics in Geog‐raphy

S09,F10 Hines, Leon‐ard

Selected physical, cultural, re‐gional, or applied topics in geog‐raphy that are not considered in detail in regular course offerings. More than one topic may be tak‐en for credit (maximum six hours).

12

170

GGY 328 Introduction to Geograph‐ic Infor‐mation Sys‐tems

S09, S10, S11, S12

Halls Examination of the uses of GIS in demographics, market area anal‐ysis, natural resources manage‐ment, automated mapping, land use planning and development and hazardous waste manage‐ment. Study of multiple data sources available today and the integration of these data to solve problems.

149

GGY 335 Geomor‐phology

S12 Benedetti A systematic treatment of the surface processes that shape flu‐vial, glacial, aeolian, and coastal landforms. Themes include pro‐cess mechanics, description and classification of landforms, and evolution of landform systems. Students work individually or in small groups to analyze geomor‐phological data in field and la‐boratory settings.

13

GGY 340 Resources, Population, and Envi‐ronment

F08, S11, S12

Gamble Introduction to major views on population growth and resource use with a focus on food, water, and energy. Explores the role of economic and cultural develop‐ment and analyzes regional pat‐terns, including migration trends.

62

GGY 480 Advanced Topics in Ge‐ography

F08,F09,S10,S12

Halls, Hines, Hawkins, Lane, Smith

Selected physical, cultural, re‐gional, or applied topics in geog‐raphy that are not considered in detail in regular course offerings. More than one topic may be tak‐en for credit (maximum six hours).

50

GGY 491 Directed In‐dividual Study

F12 Benedetti, Gamble, Hines

Independent study by student. 5

GGY 495 Senior Semi‐nar

F08, S09, F09, S10, F10, S11, F11, S12, F12

Benedetti, Gamble, Halls, Hines, Smith

May be repeated one time for credit. One to three hours each week.

88

171

GGY 522 Remote Sensing in Environmen‐tal Analysis

F08,S12, F12

Gamble, Ghoneim

Use and interpretation of aerial photography and other remote sensing techniques in environ‐mental analysis. The course em‐phasizes problem identification, digital image analysis, and inter‐pretation of images through la‐boratory exercises.

14

GGY 524 Advanced Geographic Information Systems

F08, F10, F12

Ghoneim, Halls

Advanced theory and application of the use of Geographic Infor‐mation Systems (GIS), spatial da‐ta collection, data structures, da‐ta management and relational databases, spatial analysis, and display of geographic information in a computer‐based environ‐ment. Lectures, demonstrations, and lab exercises.

21

GGY 526 Environmen‐tal Geograph‐ic Infor‐mation Sys‐tems

F12, F10 Ghoneim, Halls

Overview of environmental ap‐plications of GIS and completion of a GIS project; planning a GIS project; development and analy‐sis of the data, and oral and writ‐ten presentation of the results. Research topics may include at‐mospheric studies, oceanograph‐ic, hydrology, ecology, biology, resource management, and haz‐ard risk assessments.

10

GGY 591 Directed In‐dependent Study

S09, F10, F11, S12, F12

Gamble, Ghoneim, Halls

6

GGY 592 Special Top‐ics in Geog‐raphy

S09, F09, S10, F10, S11, S12

Halls, Hines, Lane

Advanced special topics in geog‐raphy through lecture, seminar, and laboratory or field experi‐ence. More than one topic may be taken for credit

34

GLY 101 Principles of Geology

F08, S09, F09, S10, F10, S11, F11, S12, F12

Abrams, Har‐ris, Shew, Smith

Introduction to the basic princi‐ples and processes governing the formation and evolution of the earth. Includes: formation of minerals and rocks, surficial and internal processes and concepts of plate tectonics. Field trips.

1156

172

Three lecture and two laboratory hours each week.

GLY 120 Environmen‐tal Geology

F08, S09, F09, S10, F10, S11, S12, F12

Abrams, Henry, Shew, Smith, Leon‐ard

Introduction to the relationships between man and his geologic environment. Concerned with the problems that people have in using the earth and the reaction of the earth to that use. Empha‐sis is placed on earth processes, earth resources, and properties of rocks and surficial deposits insofar as they are important to or affect human activities.

1074

GLY 125 Natural Dis‐asters

F08, S09, F09, S10, F10, S11, F11, S12, F12

Harris, Hen‐ry, Thayer

Examination of the causes, ef‐fects, and options available to mitigate actual disasters, such as earthquakes, volcanic eruptions, landslides, subsidence, flooding, severe weather, and meteorite impacts. Case histories are used to demonstrate scientific princi‐ples and socioeconomic issues.

1147

GLY 132 The Earth Through Time

F10, F11, F12

Kelley, Laws Geologic history of the earth and the fossil record. Methods of da‐ting rocks and fossils, interpreting ancient environments and the age of the earth.

59

GLY 135 Prehistoric Life

F08,S09,F09,S10,F10,S11,F11,S12, F12

Kelley, Laws Introduction to the field of pale‐ontology and the fossil record; the succession of life from its ear‐liest beginnings through the Age of Dinosaurs to modern Man; evolutionary, environmental and ecological analyses of fossil plants and animals based on bio‐logic and geologic principles.

865

173

GLY 150 Introduction to Oceanog‐raphy

F08, S09, F09, S10, F10, S11, S12, F12

Abrams, Cleary, Cul‐bertson, Grindlay, Laws, Tobias, Wagner

An introduction to the geology, physics, chemistry and biology of the ocean; instruments and tech‐niques of oceanography; re‐sources of the ocean.

1944

GLY 172 The Earth Through Time

F08, S09, F09 – Renum‐bered to GLY 132

Kelley Geologic history of the earth and the fossil record. Methods of da‐ting rocks and fossils, interpreting ancient environments and the age of the earth.

25

GLY 201 Mineralogy F08, F09, F12

Blake, Smith Introduction to the formation, structure and natural occurrence of minerals. Principles of chemi‐cal bonding, crystal chemistry, mineral genesis and crystallog‐raphy. Study of the geologically important rock‐forming mineral associations. Introduction to op‐tical properties of minerals, the use of the petrographic micro‐scope. Computer applications in geology.

51

GLY 205 Earth Mate‐rials

S12, S11 Smith, Shew Introduction to the solid materi‐als that form the Earth and the geological techniques and meth‐ods that are used to identify and describe these materials.

12

GLY 226 Principles of Hydrology

F09 Henry Covers the three main compo‐nents of terrestrial hydrology: (1) atmospheric water, precipitation, and surface‐atmosphere interac‐tions; (2) groundwater, infiltra‐tion, substance flow, and aqui‐fers; and (3) surface water, wa‐tersheds, rivers and floods. Lec‐tures and exercises focus on col‐lecting and interpreting hydrolog‐ical data to address environmen‐tal issues.

10

174

GLY 250 Beaches and Coasts

F08, S10, S09

Benedetti, Leonard, Cleary

Examination of the variability of coastal landforms, the varied processes that shapes them, and problems brought about by natu‐ral and anthropogenic changes along the coast. Focus on barrier island and spit formation; study of beaches, cliffs/platforms, dunes, estuaries and marshes; effects of tectonics, ice, and riv‐ers on beaches and coastal mor‐phology.

134

GLY 280 Special Top‐ics in Geology

F08, S09, F09, F10

Abrams, Cleary, Grindlay, Leonard

Study of selected topics in geolo‐gy that are not considered in de‐tail in regular course offerings. Taught on demand. More than one topic may be taken for credit (maximum six hours).

80

GLY 310 General Pe‐trology

S09, S10, S12

Smith, Thayer

Survey of the major igneous, sed‐imentary, and metamorphic rock groups. Emphasis is on classifica‐tion, textural features, mode of occurrence, environments of origin and economic importance. Laboratory stresses rock identifi‐cation and typical rock associa‐tions.

36

GLY 335 Geomor‐phology

S12 Benedetti A systematic treatment of the surface processes that shape flu‐vial, glacial, aeolian, and coastal landforms. Themes include pro‐cess mechanics, description and classification of landforms, and evolution of landform systems. Students work individually or in small groups to analyze geomor‐phological data in field and la‐boratory settings.

8

GLY 337 Invertebrate Paleontology

F08, F09 Kelley History of fossil protistans and invertebrates with emphasis on the principles of paleontology, systematics and evolution, and on the use of fossils in strati‐graphic correlation.

25

175

GLY 350 Advanced Oceanogra‐phy

F08, F09, F10, F12

Leonard, Laws, Hawkes

An in‐depth examination of the structure and formation of ocean basins, the role of oceans in the hydrological cycle, the physical properties of seawater, atmos‐pheric and ocean circulation, waves, and tides. Emphasis is placed on data analysis and quantitative problem solving.

93

GLY 390 Field Meth‐ods in Geo‐sciences

S12, F12 Benedetti, Gamble, Henry, Lane, Leonard,

Applied study of geological mate‐rials and processes in field set‐tings. Introduction to methods and techniques used in the geo‐sciences including field meas‐urement, sample retrieval and data analysis. Colloquium and required field trips. Fees. May be repeated twice for credit.

47

GLY 420 Global Cli‐mate Change

F08, F09, F12

Gamble Analysis of natural and anthropo‐genic global climate change. His‐torical and geological records of climate including sediment, tree ring, and ice core analysis. Phys‐ics and chemistry of climate, in‐cluding Earth’s energy balance, global carbon cycle, climate modeling, atmospheric composi‐tion and dynamics.

45

GLY 426 Geohydrolo‐gy

S09, S10, S12

Henry Geology of ground waters and related aspects of surface waters. Methods of ground water re‐source evaluation, protection, exploitation, and contaminant remediation.

21

GLY 431 Stratigraphy S09, S10, S12

Harris An introduction to the descrip‐tion, organization and classifica‐tion of layered rocks. Emphasis is placed on the practical use of stratigraphic principles in eluci‐dating earth history.

30

176

GLY 450 Geological Oceanogra‐phy

S09, S12 Grindlay, Laws

Physiography, petrology, struc‐ture, sediments and geologic his‐tory of the ocean floor including estuarine and coastal environ‐ments.

20

GLY 480 Advanced Topics in Ge‐ology

S09, S10, F10, S11, F11, S12

Dorton, Har‐ris, LaMaskin, Lane, Leon‐ard, Shew, Smith

Study of selected topics in geolo‐gy that are not considered in de‐tail in regular course offerings. Examples of specific topics are plate tectonics, seismology, dep‐ositional systems, groundwater hydrology, geochronology, and advanced paleontology.

72

GLY 489 Contempo‐rary Issues in Geoscience

F08, F09 Smith As a capstone experience, stu‐dents examine current problems based on an Earth‐systems ap‐proach utilizing a combination of field, laboratory, and literature study. Emphasizes application of prior geological knowledge and problem solving skills in the con‐text of individual or small group student research projects under direct faculty supervision. Re‐quires written reports and oral presentations of results in ap‐proved professional format.

14

GLY 491 Directed In‐dividual Study

F08, S09, F09, S10, F10, S11, S12, F12

Abrams, Gamble, Grindlay, Harris, Hawkes, Henry, Kel‐ley, Lane, Laws, Leon‐ard, Shew, Smith, Wag‐ner

Involves investigation under fac‐ulty supervision beyond what is offered in existing courses.

65

GLY 495 Senior Semi‐nar

F08, F09, S10, S12, F12

Gamble, Smith, Leon‐ard, Kelley

Senior standing with a major in geology and completion of 18 hours in the major from courses at the 200‐level and above. May be repeated one time for credit.

34

177

GLY 498 Internship in Geology

S12, F12 Henry Practical training experience with agency or business conducting geological services. Jointly evalu‐ated by geology faculty member and on‐site supervisor.

4

GLY 499 Honors Work in Geology

S10, F10 Hawkes, Kel‐ley, Leonard

Eligibility for honors program and recommendation of department chairperson. Individual study for honors students.

4

GLY 501 Research Methods in Geology

F08, F09, F10, F11, F12

Leonard, Smith,

Scientific proposal preparation, experimental design, scientific ethics, library use, safety, project management, data analysis, qual‐ity assurance and computer ap‐plications

53

GLY 502 Technical Communica‐tion in Geol‐ogy

S09, S10, S11, S12

Dorton, Kel‐ley, Laws, Leonard

Scientific manuscript preparation and communication techniques: writing techniques, manuscript format, abstracts, oral and poster presentations.

24

GLY 510 Sedimentary Environ‐ments

S10, S12 Laws, Leon‐ard

Survey of ancient sedimentary environments with an evaluation of the criteria used in their recognition in the rock record. Specific ancient sedimentary se‐quences are examined and com‐pared to their modern counter‐parts.

14

GLY 515 Methods of Sedimentol‐ogy

F09 Thayer A survey of the parameters of sedimentation. Emphasis on the processes involved in the for‐mation of sedimentary rocks, in‐cluding their origin, transport, deposition and lithification of rock– forming minerals. Tech‐niques of physical and chemical analyses of sediments are stressed

16

178

GLY 520 Global Cli‐mate Change

F08, F09, F10, F11, F12

Gamble, To‐bias

General chemistry, college phys‐ics, and calculus with analytic geometry. Analysis of natural and anthropogenic global climate change. Historical and geological records of climate including sed‐iment, tree ring, and ice core analysis. Physics and chemistry of climate including Earth’s energy balance, global carbon cycle, cli‐mate modeling, atmospheric composition and dynamics.

28

GLY 526 Geohydrolo‐gy

S09, S10, S12

Henry Geology of ground waters and related aspects of surface waters. Methods of groundwater re‐source evaluation, protection, exploitation, and contaminant remediation.

11

GLY 531 Micropaleon‐tology

F08 Laws Paleobiology and geological his‐tory of microorganisms, empha‐sizing the classification and sys‐tematics of major microfossil groups.

4

GLY 533 Paleoecology F12 Kelley Principles of ecological faunal analysis as primarily applied to the marine fossil record. Empha‐sizes the integration of form and function, taphonomy, and com‐munity development through time, and sedimentolo‐gy/stratigraphy as a synthetic approach to paleoenvironmental, paleobiological and evolutionary analyses. Applications to biostra‐tigraphy are considered.

10

GLY 535 Stratigraphic Paleonto

S09, S11 Kelley Analysis of the historical, geologi‐cal and biological basis of biostra‐tigraphy emphasizing the applica‐tion of biostratigraphic principles and techniques in the develop‐ment of high‐resolution relative time scales.

8

GLY 550 Marine Geol‐ F12, F11, Nooner, Topography, sediments, structure and geologic history of the ma‐

41

179

ogy F10 Grindlay rine and estuarine environment.

GLY 590 Special Top‐ics in Geology

F11 7

GLY 591 Directed In‐dependent Study

F08, S09, F09, S10, F10, S11, F11, S12, F12

Gamble, Ghoneim, Harris, Kel‐ley, Laws, Leonard, Shew, Smith, Tobias

36

GLY 592 Topics in Ge‐ology

F08, S09, F10, S11, F11, S12

Cleary, Har‐ris, Lane, Leonard, Shew

Advanced special topics in geolo‐gy through lectures, seminars, and laboratory or field experi‐ence.

48

GLY 598 Internship S11, F11 Benedetti, Smith

Participation in field experience with an organization involved in the practice of geology. Students work with a licensed professional geologist focusing on the linkage between course work and practi‐cal application. Students com‐plete a final report based on their activities. Final presentation re‐quired.

4

GLY 599 Thesis F08, S09, F09, S10, F10, S11, F11, S12

Gamble, Halls, Kelley, Lane, Leon‐ard, Laws, McNamara

51

GLYL 120

Environmen‐tal Geology Laboratory

F08, S09, F09, S10, S12, F12

GTAs Laboratory analysis of earth ma‐terials and resources. Applica‐tions of geologic principles to solving current environmental problems

236

OCN 150 Intro to Oceanogra‐phy

S12, F12 Hawkes, Laws, Wag‐ner

An introduction to the geology, physics, chemistry and biology of the ocean; instruments and tech‐niques of oceanography; re‐sources of the ocean.

255

180

OCN 490 Oceanography Capstone

F12 Nooner Integration of principles, theo‐ries, and methods of oceanogra‐phy. Students select a topic, problem, or question and design a hands‐on field and/or laborato‐ry research project. Written and oral reports and group discus‐sions of research findings; meets the applied learning requirement.

1

OCN 491 Directed Indi‐vidual Study

F12 Wagner 2





Dates offered Instructor(s) and Affiliation(s)



Earth 7/8/12‐7/13/12

J. Dorton , L. Leonard, D. Kubasko (UNCW), H. Seim (UNCCH), L.Adams (Kennesaw State), George Matsumato (MBARI)

In‐service teacher training workshop for incorpora‐tion of real‐time marine science information into curriculum.

30

Water Resources and

Global Climate

Change

2/1,8,15/2011 Roger Shew Short course for Osher

Life Long Learning Center

on resources and climate

change

12 (Short Course 3

sessions held)

c.) Public Service, Outreach and Community Engagement Identify faculty outreach and community engagement that directly relate to the Activity. Profession‐al Service will be captured in a different section, so please constrain this list to those examples that

181

serve to broaden the impact of the Activity through societal engagements, such as science cafes and K‐12 initiatives. Please limit this list to the most relevant and significant 20 examples. Table D4. Public Service, Outreach and Community Engagement




Number of par‐ticipants

Pender County Schools –

Elementary, Middle, High

School Teachers:

Presentations on Coastal

Management and Issues

including sea level change

and Outdoor Lab for

Beach Profiling, Sediment

Types, and Flora and Fau‐

na

8/21/2012 Roger Shew

Dennis Kubasko

Teachers 45 teachers

NOAA in the Carolinas: Water Resources and Re-siliency

March 15-16, 2012

Jennifer Dorton Adults ‐ profes‐

sional

110

Integrated Ocean Observ-ing Systems: UNCW Coastal Ocean Research & Monitoring Program

December 1, 2011

Lynn Leonard Adults 35

College Day – Coastal

Zone Processes

10/2011 Roger Shew Adults – Commu‐

nity

30

OLLI Presentation: Coastal

Issues

11/21/2011 Roger Shew Adults – Commu‐

nity

45

Presentations on offshore

hydrocarbon exploration

and production and wind

energy presentations:

OLLI (2)

Men’s Club

Various

9/21, 2012;

9/29/2011

(9/20,2011)

Roger Shew, Adults 20 – 70 at each

session

182

Senior Men’s Club (2);

Cape Fear River Watch

(8/1/2012)

9/14/2012

2/10/2012

9/4/2010

Ocean Observing Pro‐

grams in the Southeastern

U.S. – Briefings to con‐

gressional delegates from

NC and FL. Washington,

DC.

2008‐present Lynn Leonard Adults Variable

Using real time oceano-graphic information

9 times 2008-2012

Leonard and

Dorton

K‐12 35 students each

Carolinas Regional Coastal Ocean Observing System

9/17/2009 Leonard and Dorton

Goldsboro Power Squadron

35

Ocean Observing oppor-tunities for teachers in the Carolinas

March 2009 Leonard Oceans Aware-ness Day work-shop for teachers in Beaufort, NC

30

Science Olympiad trainer 2011‐2012 AY Leonard, Shew & various graduate students

45

NC Regional Science Olympiad “Rocks and Minerals” competition leader

3/3/12 Amy Wagner, Christy Visaggi

Middle school and high school stu‐dents

Approximately 88

Judge of the Southeast North Carolina Regional Science Fair

2011, 2012 Lane K‐12 Students 250

Junior Seahawk Academy:

presentations on marine

weather and data

June 22,‐24,

2011

Leonard, Gamble

and graduate

students

K‐12 students

from underrepre‐

sented groups

~30

d.) Professional Service Identify advisory, regulatory or other professional service that members of the Activity have provid‐ed to North Carolina or at the regional / national / international level. Include all North Carolina ad‐

183

visory or regulatory boards and groups; and significant national / international boards. Please limit this list to the most relevant and significant 20 examples. Table D5. Professional Service


Service provided

Southeastern Division of the Association of Amer‐ican Geographers

2012‐2014 Doug Gamble, UNCW President & member

Research Permit Com‐mittee, Gerace Research Centre, College of the Bahamas, San Salvador, Bahamas

2012‐2015 Doug Gamble, UNCW Member

Reviewer for numerous journals

2008‐present

All faculty Reviewer for Journal of Geodesy, Geophysical Journal International, Geophysical Review Letters, Advances in Space Research, Inter‐national Journal of Greenhouse Gas Con‐trol, IEEE Journal of Oceanic Engineering, CERF, Marine Geology, Journal Coastal Re‐search, Palaios, J. Cli‐matology etc.

Reviewer for numerous proposals

2008‐present

All faculty Reviewer of NSF, vari‐ous state SeaGrant agencies, French and Canadian Research Agency , NOAA, USGS, proposals

NOAA IOOS Metrics De‐velopment working team ‐NATIONAL

2008‐09 Lynn Leonard, UNCW Regional Association representative

SECOORA institutional representative‐ RE‐GIONAL

2008‐present

Lynn Leonard, UNCW Member

SECOORA Public Policy and Operations Commit‐tees ‐REGIONAL

2009‐2012 Lynn Leonard, UNCW Member

NOAA IOOS Metrics De‐velopment working team (II) ‐NATIONAL

2010 Lynn Leonard, UNCW Member

SECOORA Board of Di‐ 2011‐ Lynn Leonard, UNCW Director

184

rectors ‐REGIONAL Present

SECOORA Executive Committee – Secretary REGIONAL

2011‐ pre‐sent

Lynn Leonard, UNCW Officer

IOOS Ocean Observing Federal Advisory Com‐mittee ‐NATIONAL

2012‐2013 Lynn Leonard, UNCW Appointee and Mem‐ber

Governors North Caroli‐na Wind Energy Task Force‐ STATE

2010‐present

Lynn Leonard, UNCW Member

NC State Geologists Li‐censing Board ‐STATE

2010‐present

Burleigh Harris, UNCW Member

NC Arc Users Group ‐STATE

2008‐present

Joanne Halls, UNCW Board Member



representative publications for the period of January 1, 2008 – present. You may reference in‐formation in the REACH NC Appendix in response to this question. * indicates student co‐authors

1. Gamble, D.W., D.B. Parnell, and S. Curtis, 2008. Spatial variability of the Caribbean mid‐summer drought and relation to the North Atlantic High, International Journal of Climatology 28: 343‐350.

2. Davis, L.A.*, Leonard, L.A., and Snedden, G.A. 2008. Hydrography and bottom boundary layer dynamics: Influence on inner shelf sediment mobility, Long Bay, NC. Southeastern Geology 45(3): 97‐110.

3. Wren, P.A., Marshall, J.A., Leonard, L.A., and Van der Linde, M.* 2008. The effects of

hardbottom geometry on sediment transport processes on the mid‐continental shelf in Onslow

Bay, North Carolina. Southeastern Geology 45(3):111‐126

4. McGee, D.*, R.A. Laws, and L.B. Cahoon, 2008. Live benthic diatoms from the upper continental

slope: Extending the limits of marine primary production. Marine Ecology Progress Series, v.

356, p. 103‐112.

5. Gamble, D.W., 2010. Carolina Lesson Plans: Climate change and the North Carolina coast. The North Carolina Geographer 17: pp. 60‐70.

6. Diebold, J., Tolstoy, M., Doermann, L., Webb, S. C., Nooner, S., and Crone, T. J. (2010), R/V Mar‐cus G. Langseth Seismic source: Modeling and Calibration, Geochemistry Geophysics Geosystems, 11, doi:10.1029/2010GC003216.

7. Tanner, B.R., M.E. Uhle, C.I. Mora, J.T. Kelley, P.J. Schuneman, C.S. Lane, E.S. Allen. 2010. Com‐parison of Bulk and Compound‐Specific δ13C Analyses and Determination of Carbon Sources to

185

Salt Marsh Sediments Using n‐Alkane Distributions (Maine, USA). Estuarine, Coastal, and Shelf Science 86, 283–291.

8. Deng, Y.*, Solo‐Gabriele, H, Laas, M.*, Leonard, L., Childers, D., He, G., and Engel, V. 2010. Im‐pacts of hurricanes on patterns of surface water flow within a wetland. Journal of Hydrology. 392: 164‐173.

9. He, G., Engel, V., Leonard, L., Croft, A., Childers, D., Laas, M., Deng, Y.*, and Solo‐Gabriele, H. 2010. Factors Controlling Surface Water Flow in a Low‐gradient Subtropical Wetland. Wetlands. 30:275–286.

10. Steckler, M. S., Nooner, S. L., Akhter, S. H., Chowdhury, S. K., Bettadpur, S., Seeber, L., and Kogan, M. G. (2010), Modeling Earth Deformation from Monsoonal Flooding in Bangladesh using Hydrographic, GPS and GRACE Data, Journal of Geophysical Research, 115, B08407, doi:10.1029/2009JB007018.

11. Chadwick, W. W., Butterfield, D. A., Embley, R. W., Tunnicliffe, V., Huber, J. A., Nooner, S. L., and Clague, D. A. (2010), Spotlight 1 – Axial Seamount, Oceanography, 23, 1, 38‐39 (invited).

12. Gamble, D.W., D. Campbell*, T. Allen*, D. Barker, S. Curtis, D, McGregor, and J. Popke, 2010. Climate change, drought, and Jamaican agriculture: local knowledge and the climate record. Annals of the Association of American Geographers 100(4), pp. 880‐893.

13. Morrill, C., A.J. Wagner, B.L. Otto‐Bliesner, and N. Rosenbloom, Evidence for significant climate impacts in monsoonal Asia at 8.2 ka from multiple proxies and model simulations, Journal of Earth Environment, 2(3), 426‐441, 2011.

14. Wagner, A.J. and N.C. Slowey, Oxygen isotopes in seawater from the Texas‐Louisiana shelf, Bul‐letin of Marine Science, 87(1), 1‐12, 2011.

15. Lane, C.S., S.P. Horn, C.I. Mora, K.H. Orvis, and D.B. Finkelstein. 2011. Sedimentary Compound‐Specific Stable Carbon Isotope Evidence of Late Quaternary Environmental Change in the Chirripó Páramo of Costa Rica. Journal of Paleolimnology 45, 323–338.

16. Larsen, L.G., N. Aumen, C. Bernhardt, V. Engel, T. Givnish, S. Hagerthey, J. Harvey, L. Leonard, P. McCormick, C. McVoy, G. Noe, M. Nungesser, K. Rutchey, F. Sklar, T. Troxler, J. Volin, and D. Willard. 2011. Recent and historic drivers of landscape change in the Everglades ridge, slough, and tree island mosaic. Critical Reviews in Environmental Science & Technology, 1547‐6537, Volume 41, Issue S1, 2011, pp. 344 – 381.

17. Ensign, S., Siporin, K., Piehler, M., Doyle, M., and L. Leonard. 2012. Hydrologic versus biogeo‐chemical controls of denitrification in tidal freshwater wetlands. Estuaries and Coasts, s12237‐012‐9491‐1.

18. Chadwick, W. W., Jr., S. L. Nooner, D. A. Butterfield, and M. D. Lilley (2012), Seafloor defor‐mation and forecasts of the April 2011 eruption at Axial Seamount, Nature Geoscience, 5, doi: 10.1038/NGEO1464.

19. Dziak, R. P., Haxel, J. H., Bohnenstiehl, D. R., Chadwick, W. W., Nooner, S. L., Fowler, M. J., Matsumoto, H., and D. A. Butterfield (2012), Seismic precursors and magma ascent before the April 2011 eruption at Axial Seamount, Nature Geoscience, 5, doi: 10.1038/NGEO1490.

186

20. Hawkes, A.D., Horton, B.P., 2012. Sedimentary record of storm deposits from Hurricane Ike, Galveston and San Luis Islands, Texas. Geomorphology. doi:10.1016/j.geomorph.2012.05.017


book chapters directly related to Activity. Please limit to the 20 most significant or representa‐tive publications for the period of January 1, 2008 – present.

1. Leonard, L., Dorton, J., Culver, S., and Christian, R. 2009. “Coastal and Estuarine Observ‐

ing in North Carolina: Integrating Observations & Science to Understand Our Coastal

Environment”. ECU Press. 30p.

2. Gamble, D.W., 2009. Caribbean vulnerability: An appropriate climatic framework. In D. McGregor, D. Dodman, and D. Barker, eds., Global Change and Caribbean Vulnerability: Environment, Economy and Society at Risk? (Mona, Jamaica: The UWI Press), pp. 22‐46.

3. Fletcher, M., Leonard, L., Dorton, J., Hanson, J. 2009. Carolinas Regional Coastal Ocean

Observing System (Carolinas RCOOS): a model for integration of sub‐regional observing

systems. In: Oceans 2009 Proceedings.

4. Alnes, H., Eiken, O., Nooner, S., Sasagawa, G., Stenvold, T., and Zumberge, M. (2010),

Results from Sleipner gravity monitoring: updated density and temperature distribution

of the CO2 plume, in 10th International Conference on Greenhouse Gas Control Technol‐

ogies, GHGT‐10, Amsterdam, Netherlands.

5. Gamble, D. W., Kindler, P. In Gamble and Kindler (Eds.), Proceedings of the15th Sympo‐

sium on the Geology of the Bahamas and Other Carbonate Regions (vol. 15, pp. 200).

Gerace Research Centre. 2011.

6. Benedetti, M.M., Patrick*, J.S., Haws, J.A., Ellwood, B.B., Hesp, P.A., Daniels, J.M., Bicho,

N.F., and Forman, S.L., 2011. Late Pleistocene relative sea level high stand deposits of

Portuguese Estremadura. XVIII INQUA Congress, International Quaternary Association,

Bern, Switzerland.

7. Ghoneim, E. Ancient mega rivers, inland deltas and lake basins of the eastern sahara: a radar remote sensing investigation. Conference Presentation Geological Society of America Annual Meeting 2011.

8. Abubakr, M., Ghoneim, E., El‐Baz, F., Zeineldin, M., and Zeid, S.Use of radar data to un‐veil the structurally controlled paleolakes along the ancestral channel of wadi el‐arish, sinai, egypt. Conference Presentation Geological Society of America Annual Meeting 2011.

187

9. Halls, J. N. (2011) A Geospatial Analysis of Barrier Island Habitat Changes Using Remote Sensing Imagery and LiDAR Elevation Data. Conference Presentation Coastal Zone 2011.

10. Halls, J. N. (2011) An Investigation of Changes in Barrier Islands Using 3D Modeling, Con‐ference Presentation Association of American Geographers Annual Meeting, October 2011.

11. Leonard L., J. Dorton, D. Porter and M. Fletcher. 2011. Coastal Ocean Observing in the

Carolinas Conference Presentation at CERF 2011, 21st Biennial Conference of the Coastal

and Estuarine Research Federation, Daytona Beach, FL, November 6‐10, 2011.

12. Leonard L. and J. Dorton. 2011. Climate Change Implications for North Carolina: The

role of coastal observing systems Presentation at Geological Society of America South‐

eastern Section Annual Meeting. Wilmington, NC. March 25, 2011.

13. Morse, David J. and Smith, Michael S. (2011). Marl in the Coastal Plain of North Caroli‐

na: From Agriculture to Aquaculture. Presentation at Geological Society of America

Southeastern Section Annual Meeting. Wilmington, NC. March 25, 2011.

14. Shew, R. D., 2012, Kure Beach, North Carolina: Geology, Coastal Processes, and Envi‐ronmental Issues, Conference Presentation, Southeastern GSA, Asheville, NC, April, 2012.

15. Korpanty, C.A., C.C.Visaggi, B.A. Parnell, P.H. Kelley, and G.P. Dietl. 2012. Fidelity of

molluscan life and death assemblages: a four‐year study to assess the impact of anthro‐pogenic pressures on a North Carolina tidal flat. Conference Presentation Geological So‐ciety of America Southeast Section Annual Meeting 2012.

16. Sciance, M.B. and J.N. Halls, 2012, Spatial Analysis of Sea Turtle Nesting Frequency on

Two Barrier Islands in North Carolina, submitted to the 33rd Annual Symposium on Sea Turtle Biology and Conservation, Baltimore, Maryland, 2‐8 Feb. 2012.




Geodetic monitoring stations:

Axial Seamount on the Juan de Fuca Ridge. Scott Nooner (UNCW) with Bill Chadwick (Oregon State University) and Mark Zumberge (Scripps Institution of Oceanography

188

9 50' N on the East Pacific Rise, with Spahr Webb (Lamont‐Doherty Earth Observatory) and Roger Buck (Lamont‐Doherty Earth Observatory)

Ongoing work by S. Nooner to improve our seafloor geodetic instrumentation with La‐mont‐Doherty Earth Observatory (Spahr Webb), Scripps (Mark Zumberge, Glenn Sasagawa, and Dave Chadwell), and Oregon State (Bill Chadwick).

Environmental Monitoring

Real‐time oceanographic and meteorological buoy array deployed in coastal waters of SE NC and the SC coastline. Program also provides realtime and archived information via www.carolinasrcoos.org. This effort is a sub‐regional partnership undertaken with faculty from the University of South Carolina, the U.S. Army Corps of Engineers, the Southeast Coastal Ocean Observing Regional Association (SECOORA), NOAA’s National Weather Service, the NOAA National Data Buoy Center, U.S. Coast Guard, DownEast In‐strumentation and others. (Leonard)

Micro climate network collecting meteorological data on San Salvador, Bahamas. Doug Gamble (UNCW) with Gerace Research Centre, College of Bahamas

Weather station and water level loggers in Salt River Bay, St. Croix, USVI. Doug Gamble (UNCW) with U.S. National Park Service, Office of Insular Affairs

Select GIS Database Products:

Data Processing, GIS Database Development, and Spatial Analysis of Atlantic Commer‐cial Fisheries. J. Halls (UNCW)

GIS Development of Confined Feeding Animal Operations in Southeastern NC and Pre‐dictive Model of Potential Water Pollution. J. Halls (UNCW) for Cape Fear River Watch.

Internet Mapping Web Service for Analysis of Visitor Impacts at Three NC Coastal Re‐serve Network. J. Halls (UNCW) for

Oculina GIS and Web Mapping Project. J. Halls (UNCW) for NOAA National Marine Fish‐eries Service; Marfin program.

webGIS portal: http://www.uncw.edu/gis/webgisportal.htm Other electronic databases: Diatom atlas: http://dl.uncw.edu/digilib/Biology/Protists/Taxonomy%20and%20Systematics/MEPS_Diatoms/

Coastal Ocean Research and Monitoring Program: www.cormp.org

189

Carolinas RCOOS: www.carolinasrcoos.org



Southeast Marine Weather Portal: Online marine weather and oceanographic information product developed in conjunction with NOAA Weather Forecasting offices in the southeast‐er region. 2007‐present. Currently operated via NWS servers.



Association for Women Geosci‐entists Profes‐sional Excellence Award

10/10/11 Kelley Career achievement award inaugurated in 2011. Citation reads "for your out‐standing leadership in research, teaching, and administration, in conjunction with your strong commitment to service, out‐reach, and mentoring women in the geo‐sciences.”

National Associa‐tion of Geosci‐ence Teachers Distinguished Speaker

2006‐2009

Kelley One of ~10 Distinguished Speakers each yr, known for their teaching excellence, funded by NAGT to make presentations at institutions across the US; visited ~ 6‐8 universities/yr

Paleontological Society Distin‐guished Lecturer, 1994‐1996

2006‐2013

Kelley One of three Distinguished Lecturers each year funded by the Paleontological Society to make presentations at institu‐tions across the US; visited ~ 6‐8 universi‐ties/yr

Chancellor's Teaching Excel‐lence Award

2012 Kelley University teaching award

UNCW Faculty Scholar Award

2012 Leonard University Research award


2000 Leonard University teaching award

Department of Commerce, Na‐tional Weather

2007 Leonard & Dorton Recognition for work on Marine Weather Portal

190

Service, Public Service Award


2010 Gamble University teaching award

Excellence in Teaching Award,

2009 Gamble Teaching award from Southeastern Divi‐sion Association of the American Geogra‐phers

Educator of the Year

2009 Gamble Award from NC Geographical Society

Principal's Re‐search Award for Best Publication

2011 Gamble Best Publication in the Faculty of Pure & Applied Sciences, University of West In‐dies‐Mona

Outstanding Lec‐turer Award

2009 Shew Recognizes outstanding performance by a full time lecturer at UNCW.

F. Other


191

Section II‐7. Coastal and Marine Science Activities A. Activity: DEPARTMENT OF PHYSICS AND PHYSICAL OCEANOGRAPHY B. Activity Narrative

Describe the mission and history of the Activity. One of the areas of importance to the “coastal university of North Carolina”, the University of North Carolina Wilmington, is a commitment to the study of marine and coastal issues. The strength of marine science at UNCW results from a common emphasis on marine science within the traditional science de‐partments and cooperative interdisciplinary activities. The Department already supports the University’s emphasis on marine science through its curricular offerings in physical oceanography. We have built upon this foundation by identifying a course of study in physical oceanography that satisfies all the basic requirements of a general undergraduate physics program, which includes electricity and magnetism, experimental physics, thermodynamics, and quantum mechanics, while including a working knowledge of the oceanographic domain. Expansion of the physics degree to include applied options greatly enables students graduating with a B.S. in physics to be poised to significantly improve their career potential. Because of the strong focus on marine science at the undergraduate and graduate level at UNCW, the Physics Department was re‐named to become the Department of Physics and Physical Oceanography in 1998. Since that point the Department had been slowly adding courses in physical oceanography to the physics curriculum to fulfill the dual roles of providing electives for the undergraduate physics majors, as well as in support of the other undergraduate disciplines in marine science and the MS in Marine Science. With the addition of faculty qualified to teach courses in both the traditional physics curriculum and in physical oceanography in 2006 and 2008, the Department obtained the ability to add the courses need‐ed to support an Option in Physical Oceanography within the Physics curriculum in 2010. By offering an Option in Physical Oceanography, the Physics Department has broadening the potential career paths of our students into the environmental regime. This option is attracting students interested in environmen‐tal problems to pursue an undergraduate degree in physics. Because the students will continue to be well versed in the traditional areas of physics as well as physical oceanography, students graduating in this course of study are well prepared to pursue careers in physics, physical oceanography, or a wide variety of environmental programs. Technical positions in private or government oceanographic re‐search laboratories are available for physical oceanographers at the B.S. level. Students who continue on to graduate studies should expect to find high demand for physical oceanographers with advanced de‐grees. Students entering graduate school in physical oceanography from this program will have a signifi‐cant head start compared to those entering from most other undergraduate institutions. At the local level, an undergraduate degree option in physical oceanography will help to expand the resource base and the potential student pool for the existing M.S. in Marine Science within the College of Arts and Sci‐ences in conjunction with the Center for Marine Science, which currently includes a core area in physical oceanography, taught by faculty within the Department of Physics and Physical Oceanography.

Mission Statement ‐ The Department of Physics and Physical Oceanography is part of the College of Arts and Sciences. Concurrent with the mission statements of the University and the College, the Depart‐ment is committed to, and values excellence in teaching, scholarship, and service. The Department pro‐vides quality programs leading to the B.S. and B.A. degrees through courses that stimulate intellectual curiosity, imagination, rational thinking, and thoughtful expression, and through opportunities for stu‐

192

dent participation in the scholarly activity of its faculty. The Department further supports the College mission by providing service courses in the natural sciences that acquaint beginning students with the laws of nature and develop their abilities to reason and think critically. The Department serves as a re‐source to the University and community by providing professional services at the local, regional, and global levels.


The UNCW Physics B.S. degree option in Physical Oceanography is rivaled only by a similar program at the University of Rhode Island; there are no others in North America. The strength of UNCW's marine programs results from a common emphasis on marine science within traditional science departments, along with shared cooperative interdisciplinary activities. The Physics option in physical oceanography combines a sound grasp of physics fundamentals (classical mechanics, electricity and magnetism, exper‐imental physics, thermodynamics, and quantum physics) with a working knowledge of the oceanograph‐ic domain. This enables students graduating with a major in physics to significantly improve their career potential in the environmental regime. Students graduating in this option can also go on to do graduate work in physical oceanography, such as continuing at UNCW to obtain a Master of Science in Marine Science.

Identify the most significant impact(s) of the program on research, education, and/or society (includ‐ing direct contributions to policy or management decisions) since January 1, 2008. Because of the strong focus on marine science at the undergraduate and graduate level at UNCW, the Physics Department was renamed to become the Department of Physics and Physical Oceanography in 1998. Unfortunately, it was not until 2010 that the Department hired enough faculty qualified to teach courses in both physics and physical oceanography and the B.S. Option in Physical Oceanography could be added to the curriculum. While the program continues to be challenged by the limited number of physical oceanography faculty, the program has made significant impacts, at state, regional, national and international level.

At the local and regional level, Dylan McNamara is working in an exciting new activity of interest both to scientists and policy makers. He is developing coupled models of human and coastline landscape changes. Humans are increasingly altering the Earth’s surface, and affecting processes that shape and reshape landscapes. In many cases, humans are reacting to landscape‐change processes that represent natural hazards. Thus, the landscape is reacting to humans who are reacting to the landscape. When the timescales for landscape change are comparable to those of human dynamics, human and ‘natural’ components of developed environments are dynamically coupled—necessitating coupling models of human and physical/biological processes to study either environmental change or human responses. The team consisting of an economist, an oceanographer and an expert in complex systems have just published a study posing a question: What happens if physical predictions about the erosive force of fu‐ture storms are entwined with economic predictions of how coastal towns deal with the loss of their beaches? that was covered by the New York Times (http://green.blogs.nytimes.com/2011/04/06/the‐rich‐are‐different‐they‐can‐buy‐more‐sand/). “In the current management paradigm along much of the U.S. East Coast,” the authors write, “each town operates by considering what is best for itself without consideration of future nourishment in other towns.” They offer the following solution; “Regional man‐agement strategies could alter the rate of resource depletion, perhaps allowing more time for develop‐ment of new technologies that could make new sources of sand economically viable.”

193

At the national level, Frederick Bingham is part of a team of scientists using satellite measurements to determine ocean surface salinity levels. NASA and the Argentinean space agency CONAE jointly fund the project, known as the Aquarius/SAC‐D mission. Sea surface microwave emissions are translated into sea surface salinity using a sophisticated algorithm that takes into account the surface temperature, sea state and other factors. Bingham is working on ground truthing the data with the help of Montserrat Fuentes, professor of statistic at NC State University. In addition, Bingham is co‐director of the interna‐tional data management system for this program being maintained at the NASA Jet Propulsion Laborato‐ry.

Internationally, John M. Morrison has been working collaboratively with a team at the Charles Darwin Research Station and the Galapagos National Park Service on the dynamics of the circulation and water mass properties of the Galapagos Islands upwelling zones. The results of this program are being used to revise the rules for access to the Galapagos Marine Reserve. Morrison has been leading an international team on development of a SeaWiFS caliber multispectral sensor to fly aboard a CUBESAT (nanosatellite of size: 100mm x 100mm x 340mm) in Low‐Earth‐Orbit (200 – 500 km), with image ground resolution of 30–80 m and projected lifetime of 18–24 months for collection of high‐resolution ocean color data in the coastal zone. The system would offer significantly higher spatial resolution than most standard sys‐tems providing observation of variability below mesoscale and even sub‐mesoscales and giving new in‐sights into mixing dynamics that are currently relatively poorly understood as well as give us the higher‐resolution needed to look at processes in optically complex coastal zones. High spatial resolution im‐agery would improve our ability to monitor fjords, estuaries, coral reefs and other near‐shore environ‐ments where anthropogenic stresses are often most acute and where there are considerable security and commercial interests.

Finally, on the fun side, McNamara is volunteering as the UNCW Surf Team Coach, putting his knowledge of wave mechanics to work and coastal zone processes to work leading the team to 3 consecutive East Coast Interscholastic Championships, and finishing in the top 3 teams nationally for the fourth straight time in 2012.

Provide a description of the most significant challenges that will be faced by the Activity in the next year, and in the next five years. The most pressing challenge for the Physical Oceanography program at UNCW is the limited number of faculty in the program. Faculty in the Physical Oceanography Program are expected to contribute to traditional physics offerings that are a required part of the curricula for all science majors at UNCW, the Physical Oceanography option, and the Master’s Program in Marine Science. Despite these demands for teaching and student mentorship, we only have 2 fulltime physical oceanographers on the faculty. The third Physical Oceanography faculty member is the Associate Director for Research for the UNCW Center for Marine Science with a commensurate reduction in teaching assignment. Therefore, growth of our Physical Oceanography program will be inhibited by the small number of faculty able to teach general physics courses, to teach specialized courses, and to mentor undergraduate and graduate re‐search. This challenge is compounded by a lack of a graduate program within the traditional physics of‐fering. Because of this, Physical Oceanography faculty members who participate in the Marine Science Master’s program have different expectations for teaching and scholarship than the other faculty mem‐bers in the department. Growth in the Physical Oceanography program will come only with additional faculty members able to fully participate in the Master of Science Program in Marine Science and in the proposed PhD in Marine Science.

194


5‐Year Program. The Department of Physics and Physical Oceanography (PPO) is investigating a 3+2 op‐tion: B.S. in Physics – Physical Oceanography Option and a M. S. In Marine Science – core area Physical Oceanography. While a bachelor's degree in Physical Oceanography is adequate for entry‐level posi‐tions; a master's degree is the preferred educational requirement for most research positions in private industry, federal agencies, and state geological surveys. A Ph.D. is necessary for most high‐level research and college teaching positions, but is generally not required for other jobs. Currently the Department of Physics and Physical Oceanography offers a B.S. in Physics with an option in Physical Oceanography de‐signed to prepare students not only for entry level positions, but to be highly qualified for advanced de‐gree programs. A secondary goal is to help increase the resource base and the potential student pool for the existing M.S. in Marine Science at UNCW that includes a core area in physical oceanography, taught by faculty within the Department of Physics and Physical Oceanography, as well as potentially to attract additional well‐qualified students to the undergraduate programs in Physics. Here we propose establishment of a program that will formally link the existing B.S and M.S. programs to enable students to quickly build upon the base in physical oceanography obtained within B.S. Option to receive a com‐bined Bachelors of Science in Physics (Option in Physical Oceanography) and a Masters in Marine Sci‐ence (specialization in Physical Oceanography) in as little as 5 years. The students will be qualified to enter a number of technical areas in physics, marine science and environmental science at the master’s level, as well as have ideal preparation to continue on to a Ph.D. program in Physical Oceanography if that is their goal. Traditionally, most physical oceanographers complete an undergraduate degree in physics and then enroll in a graduate program, more often than not at another institution. Most gradu‐ate programs in physical oceanography require students to acquire a M. S. (requiring on average 2 – 3 years at their institution or another institution) prior to enrolling in their Ph.D. program (requiring 4 – 5 years); thus requiring on the order of 6 – 7 years past the B.S. to acquire a Ph.D. At the same time, on the national level, funding for specific research programs is typically limited to 3 – 4 years (with a maxi‐mum of 5 years), therefore requiring at least 2 consecutively funded grants to support a student through a M.S. and Ph. D. program. By completing the program proposed here, students would not only cut the time for an M.S. by up to 2 years (making for early entry into the workforce if their final goal is to ac‐quire a M.S. degree) but also by applying for admission to a Ph.D. program with a M.S. in hand the stu‐dents become extremely attractive as they should be able to finish their Ph.D. within 4 ‐ 5 years or one funding cycle. If this program is ultimately approved and implemented and if undergraduate and gradu‐ate enrollments increase, the Department will require at least one additional faculty FTE.

Ph.D. In Coastal and Marine Science. UNCW is has submitted a Request to Plan to the UNC General Ad‐ministration for a Ph. D. in Coastal and Marine Science. This program will differ from existing marine science related programs in the state because it will place emphasis on integrating scientists from vari‐ous disciplines across college and university boundaries to bring together new inter/trans‐disciplinary teams to address the marine science issues that are of such paramount importance to the southeast region and the coastal regions of North Carolina in general. The integrative program will combine direct observation of the environment with a systematic search for understanding the processes that control it, and of their socioeconomic effects. This program will investigate the ocean’s role in many of society’s most pressing challenges. Students will receive individualized training in coastal and marine science mentored by interdisciplinary teams with a broad range of marine science expertise. Students will learn to bridge the gaps, and to lead and/or work within teams attacking complex interdisciplinary problems.

195

Internships in local, state, or federal governments, nonprofit organizations or industry will be investigat‐ed, as a way to make graduates more responsive to regional and state needs. Utilization of distance ed‐ucation and on‐line learning as a way for students to meet certain course requirements will be explored. The proposed Ph.D. in Coastal and Marine Science will emphasize sustainability through a unique inter‐disciplinary approach complementary to more traditional programs and will enhance the ability of scien‐tists with chemical, physical, geologic and biological backgrounds to work collaboratively in training the next generation to address ocean priorities.

In order for this Ph.D. to succeed, the Physical Oceanographers will have to be fully integrated into the program. This will result in additional workload for an already stressed faculty. If all of the projected requirements for establishing the degree are met, 2 additional physical oceanography positions will be required during the first 5 years of the program: an hydrodynamic modeler and observation‐al/instrumentation.

C. Resources



Table C1. Personnel


John Morrison* Professor Department Physics and Physi‐cal Oceanography CAS

Faculty and Associate Director for Research and Education for the UNCW Center for Marine Science

Dylan McNamara* Assistant Professor Department Physics and Physical Oceanogra‐phy CAS

Faculty

Fred Bingham* Professor Department Physics and Physi‐cal Oceanography CAS

Faculty

Edward Olszewski Professor Department Physics and Physi‐cal Oceanography CAS

Faculty

Brian Davis Professor Department Physics and Physi‐cal Oceanography CAS

Faculty

Tim Black Associate Professor Department Physics and Physi‐cal Oceanography CAS

Faculty

Liping Gan Professor Department Physics and Physi‐

Faculty

196

cal Oceanography CAS

Curt Moyer Professor Department Physics and Physi‐cal Oceanography CAS

Faculty

Moorad Alexanian Professor Department Physics and Physi‐cal Oceanography CAS

Faculty

Zachary Williams Lecturer Department Physics and Physi‐cal Oceanography CAS

Faculty

Yvonne Marsan Laboratory Facilities CoordinatorGeography and Geology CAS

Support Staff

Cathy Morris Administrative Assistant (full‐time)

Staff

Alex Lee Administrative Assistant (full‐time)

Staff

* Physical Oceanography Faculty – responsible for all physical oceanography courses in the B.S. in Phys‐ics – Option in Physical Oceanography


B.S. Physics: 31 ‐‐‐ 26 Option in General Physics and 5 Option in Physical Oceanography B.A. Physics: 17 The department of physics does not offer a graduate degree. Three of the physics faculty participate in the M.S. Marine Science degree program. These faculty are denoted by * above. 2. Funding Provide accurate financial information for the Activity capturing the previous three fiscal years of revenues and expenses, as well as the current fiscal year and projections for FY14. For the purposes of this table, “fiscal year” corresponds to the university fiscal year. For example FY12 is July 1, 2011 – June 30, 2012.

Table C2: Revenue


Current Projected

Federal $57,875 $394,086 $91,641 $70,000 $70,000


$0 $0 $0 $0 $0

Institution (e.g. University) $1,299,275 $1,283,872 $1,213,274 $1,213,914 $1,213,914


197

Other* $39,593 $1,855 $3,213 $2,800 $2,800

Total $1,396,743 $1,679,813 $1,308,128 $1,286,714 $1,286,714

* Including trust fund carry forward $ FY10

Table C3: Expenses


Current Projected

Personnel $1,210,325 $1,266,892 $1,208,122 $1,200,694 $1,200,694

Programmatic $133,614 $56,792 $72,103 $64,882 $64,882

Physical infrastruc‐

ture $3,258 $4,600 $0 $0 $0

Maintenance and

operation $300 $0 $0 $0 $0

Equipment (>$5,000) $37,610 $5,374 $0 $1,000 $1,000

Other Direct Costs* $9,990 $15,833 $15,829 $15,833 $15,833

Total $1,395,098 $1,349,491 $1,296,053 $1,282,409 $1,282,409

*Provide a brief description of the Expenses table. In the Physical Infrastructure section, include cost for purchase/lease of land and cost of facility construction and on‐going debt service.

3. Physical infrastructure

In this section, the focus will be on the facilities made use of by the 3 Physical Oceanographers in the PPO. These faculty have offices within the Physics Department that are used when they need to be on Main Campus for teaching, meeting with students, or other Departmental requirements (seminars, De‐partment meeting, etc.). In addition, each of the faculty has a research office at the Center for Marine Science (CMS) (see full supporting documentation for CMS in the portion of the Self Study dedicated to CMS). In addition, the space assigned to physical oceanography within CMS consists of 2 additional of‐fices for graduate students, a 141 ft2Modeling Facility, a 934 ft2 Physical Oceanography Laboratory that is shared with the Carolinas Regional Coastal Ocean Observing System (Carolina RCOOS), a 530 ft2shared with the Remotely Operated Vehicle Group and the 1409 ft2 Oceanographic Instrumentation Shop that houses the Center’s Oceanographic Core Facility complete with a 7,299 gallon oceanographic Test Tank; all of which reside within the 16,000 ft2Operations Wing (opened in 2008).

198

The Physical Oceanography Modeling Facility is currently home to Dylan McNamara’s Complex Adaptive Systems Laboratory (CASL). CASL specializes in using tools developed in nonlinear dynamical systems and complexity to study strongly coupled human‐environmental systems. The laboratory houses 4 multi‐processor Macintosh computers. In addition to the oceanographic equipment available through the Oceanographic Core Facility, the physical oceanography group has access to other specialized field equipment. This includes a Doppler Acoustic Current Profiler and Sea Sciences’ Acrobat Towed‐Undulation Vehicle that provides 5 (five) standard underwater profiles: constant depth, constant altitude above the bottom, constant undulation between two depths, adapting undulation between a set depth and varying bottom, and maximum number of undulations between two survey positions. Acrobat instrumentation includes: a SeaBird CTD, SeaBird O2, Biospherical Photosynthetically Active Radiation (PAR) underwater and surface sen‐sors, SeaPoint Fluorometers (Chlorophyll, Color Dissolved Organic Matter (CDOM), and turbidity), A Satlantic ISUS NO3 Sensor; Flow Control and Brooke‐Ocean Laser Optical Plankton Counter. Carolina RCOOS has a full suite of state‐of‐the‐art mooring technology and has established and main‐tains real‐time offshore and shore‐based oceanographic and marine meteorological platforms extending from Cape Lookout, NC south to South Carolina. The Physical Oceanographic Laboratory has a multi‐processor, linux‐based, system with dual‐21” Moni‐tors, and 4 terabytes of disk space. Specialized software includes Exelis’s IDL Visual Information Solu‐tions, Image Processing and Data Analysis and Delivery Software and NASA’s SeaWiFS Data Analysis Sys‐tem (SeaDAS) package that is a comprehensive image analysis package for the processing, display, anal‐ysis, and quality control of ocean color data; currently supporting MODIS, SeaWiFS, MERIS, OCTS and CZCS data. The Lab has databases covering SeaWiFS Local Area Coverage (LAC) 1.1‐km resolution data from the JGOFS Arabian Sea Process Study for 1994 – 2000 and LAC data for the Galapagos Islands for 2001 – 2005.


1. Research In the below table, list currently funded research projects (extramural and intramural). Include title, investigators, dollar amount, and time frame.You may reference information in the REACH NC Ap‐pendix in response to this question.

Table D1. Research



RUI: Test of QCD Symme‐

tries via Study of Light

Pseudoscalar Mesons

Gan, Liping UNCW National Sci‐

ence Founda‐

tion (NSF)

$57,875.00 2009‐2013



Pseudoscalar Mesons


ence Founda‐

tion (NSF)

$79,094.00 2009‐2013

199



Pseudoscalar Mesons


ence Founda‐

tion (NSF)

$29,121.00 2009‐2013



Pseudoscalar Mesons


ence Founda‐

tion (NSF)

$80,374.00 2009‐2013

Statistical Evaluation of

the in situ Sea Surface

Salinity Field for Compari‐

son with Aquarius

Bingham, Frederick

UNCW

National Aero‐

nautics and

Space Admin‐

istration (NASA)

$104,538.00 2009‐2013




son with Aquarius

Bingham, Frederick

UNCW

National Aero‐

nautics and

Space Admin‐

istration (NASA)

$26,359.00 2009‐2013




son with Aquarius

Bingham, Frederick

UNCW

National Aero‐

nautics and

Space Admin‐

istration (NASA)

$79,078.00 2009‐2013




son with Aquarius

Bingham, Frederick

UNCW

National Aero‐

nautics and

Space Admin‐

istration (NASA)

$11,364.00 2009‐2013

Collaborative Research:

Neutron Interferometry

Experiments for Nuclear

Physics

Black, Timothy

UNCW

National Sci‐

ence Founda‐

tion (NSF)

$62,125.00 2009‐2012

Collaborative Proposal;

Environment, Society, and

Economy: Modeling New

Behaviors Emerging from

Coupling Physical Coastal

Processes and Coastal

Economies

McNamara, Dylan

UNCW

National Sci‐

ence Founda‐

tion (NSF)

$100,060.00 2010‐2013

The SPURS Data Man‐

agement System

Bingham, Frederick

UNCW

National Aero‐

nautics and

Space Admin‐

$82,000.00 2011‐2014

200

istration (NASA)


agement System

Bingham, Frederick

UNCW

National Aero‐

nautics and

Space Admin‐

istration (NASA)

$72,000.00 2011‐2014


agement System

Bingham, Frederick

UNCW

National Aero‐

nautics and

Space Admin‐

istration (NASA)

$39,807.00

COASTAL CHANGE ‐

WAVE TRANSFORMATION

McNamara, Dylan

UNCW

National Sci‐

ence Founda‐

tion (NSF)

$90,191.00 2011‐2014



Experiments inNuclear

Physics

Black, Timothy

UNCW

National Sci‐

ence Founda‐

tion (NSF)

$24,977.00 2012‐2015



Experiments inNuclear

Physics

Black, Timothy

UNCW

National Sci‐

ence Founda‐

tion (NSF)

$53,004.00 2012‐2015

RUI: Testing QCD Symme‐

tries via Precision Meas‐

urements of Light Pseu‐

doscalar Mesons

Gan, Liping UNCE National Sci‐

ence Founda‐

tion (NSF)

$80,277.00 2012‐2015

Reserve Monitoring and

Stewardship Programs

Service Contract 2012‐

2013

Morrison, John

UNCW

NCDENR Divi‐

sion of Coastal

Management

(DCM)

$177,569.00 2012‐2013

Reserve Education Pro‐

gram Service Contract

2012‐2013

Morrison, John

UNCW

NCDENR Divi‐

sion of Coastal

Management

(DCM)

$47,706.00 2012‐2013

Reserve Research Support

Service Contract 2012‐

2013

Morrison, John

UNCW

NCDENR Divi‐

sion of Coastal

Management

$9,951.00 2012‐2013

201

(DCM)



Course #

Title & Level Dates offered

Instructor(s) & Affilia‐tion(s)

Brief Course Description Enroll‐ment Figures

PHY 101

Elementary College Physics I‐UG

F08, F09, F10, S11, F11, S12, F12

Alexanian, Black, Gan, McNamara, Moyer, Olszewski

Mechanics, heat, sound, light, elec‐tricity and magnetism, and introduc‐tion to modern physics.

1581

PHY 102

Elementary College Physics II‐UG

S09, S10, S11, F11, S12, F12

Alexanian, Bingham, Black, Gan, Moyer, Olszewski

Mechanics, heat, sound, light, elec‐tricity and magnetism, and introduc‐tion to modern physics.

1071

PHY 104

Physics for Future Presidents ‐UG

F10, F11, F12

Morrison 73

PHY 105

Introductory Physics‐UG

F08, S09, F09, S10, F10, S11, S12, F12

Bingham Survey covering the fundamentals of mechanics, heat, light, sound, and electricity and magnetism, and their application in today’s society.

258

PHY 201

General Physics I‐UG F08, F09, F10, F11, F12

Black, Davis, Moyer

Kinematics, Newtonian statics and dynamics, gravitation, fluids, kinetic theory, thermodynamics, 202: Electric and magnetic fields, circuits, Max‐well’s equations, waves, optics.

430

PHY 202

General Physics II‐UG S09, S10, S11, S12

Black, Davis, McNamara, Moyer

Kinematics, Newtonian statics and dynamics, gravitation, fluids, kinetic theory, thermodynamics, 202: Electric and magnetic fields, circuits, Max‐well’s equations, waves, optics.

199

PHY 311

Mathematical Phys‐ics I‐UG

F08, F09, S11, S12

Alexanian, Herman

An introduction to the mathematical techniques useful in physics: vector analysis, operator and matrix analy‐sis; functions of a complex variable and calculus of residues; differential equations, special functions of mathematical physics; Fourier series and transforms, eigenfunctions and Sturm‐Liouville equation; Green's functions; variational methods; and perturbation theory.

35

202

PHY 315

Computational Phys‐ics and Complexity‐UG

F10, S12 McNamara 12

PHY 321

Classical Dynamics I ‐UG

F08, F09, F10, F11, F12

Alexanian, McNamara

Newtonian, Lagrangian, and Hamilto‐nian formulations of mechanics ap‐plied to single particles and systems of particles, central forces, collisions, oscillations, normal mode analysis, motion of rigid bodies, and elastic waves in continuous media. Rotating frames of reference. Special relativity.

60

PHY 335

Modern Physics‐UG F08, F09, F10, F11, F12

Black, Gan Survey of modern physics. Special relativity, atomic and nuclear physics, and an introduction to wave mechan‐ics.

64

PHY 350

Fluid Mechanics‐UG S11 McNamara 2

PHY 411

Electricity and Mag‐netism I‐UG

F08, F09, F10, F11, F12

Alexanian Electric and magnetic field theory; Poisson's and Laplace's equation; harmonic methods, special methods for solution of electrostatics prob‐lems, material media and boundary value problems; electromagnetic waves and radiation; electromagnetic laws of optics.

38

PHY 420

Global Climate Change‐UG

F08, F09, F10

Bingham Analysis of natural and anthropogenic global climate change. Historical and geological records of climate includ‐ing sediment, tree ring, and ice core analysis. Physics and chemistry of climate, including Earth’s energy bal‐ance, global carbon cycle, climate modeling, atmospheric composition and dynamics.

8

PHY 444

Quantum Theory‐UG F08, F09, F10, F11, F12

Gan, Moyer Introduction to basic principles of quantum mechanics. Topics include operators, symmetry, orbital and spin angular momentum, perturbation theory, and applications to simple systems.

32

PHY 455

Thermal Physics‐UG S09, S10, S11, S12

Gan Principles of thermodynamics and heat transfer; response of molecules to temperature effects illustrated by introduction to kinetic theory and statistical mechanics

31

PHY 475

Physical Oceanogra‐phy‐UG

S09, S10, S11, S12

Morrison An introduction to the descriptive and dynamical features of ocean circula‐tion. Topics include: the physical properties of seawater; oceanic heat budget; dynamics of ocean currents; descriptive oceanography; waves and tides.

31

203

PHY 481

Research Cruise Ex‐perience‐UG

S12 Morrison 3

PHY 490

Special Topics in Physics‐UG

S09, F09, F10

Herman, McNamara

Selected topics in physics that are beyond the scope of regular course offerings. May be repeated once un‐der a different subtitle.

14

PHY 491

Directed Individual Study‐UG

S09, F09, F11, S12

Bingham, McNamara, Morrison

Involves investigation under faculty supervision beyond what is offered in existing courses.

5

PHY 495

Physics Seminar‐UG S09, F09, S10, F10, S11, F11, S12, F12

Alexanian, Bingham, Black, Davis, Gan, Herman, McNamara, Morrison, Moyer, Olszewski

Discussion of selected topics in phys‐ics.

26

PHY 499

Honors Work in Physics‐UG

F08, S09, F09, S10, F10, S11, F12

Alexanian, Black, Her‐man, McNamara

Independent study for honors stu‐dents.

16

PHY 575

Physical Oceanogra‐phy‐G

S09, S10, S11, S12

Morrison An introduction to the descriptive and dynamical features of ocean circula‐tion. Topics include: the physical properties of seawater; oceanic heat budget; dynamics of ocean currents; descriptive oceanography; waves and tides.

42

PHY 550

Fluid Mechanics F12 McNamara 5

PHY 576

Chemical and Physi‐cal Analysis of Sea‐water‐G

F08 Bingham Study of modern chemical and physi‐cal measurements of seawater includ‐ing salinity, alkalinity, pH, nutrients, and dissolved oxygen. Several class periods may also be devoted to work‐ing aboard an oceanographic re‐search vessel while at sea.

2

PHY 577

Observational Meth‐ods and Data Analy‐sis in Physical Oceanography‐G

S12 Bingham This course will supply the student with a working knowledge of the use and operation of various physical oceanographic instruments and data reduction and analysis techniques.

2

PHY 580

Coastal and Estua‐rine Systems‐G

S12 McNamara An introduction to the physical pro‐cesses operating within coastal and estuarine systems. The focus of the course will be on the dynamical de‐scription of topics such as gravity waves, surf zone hydrodynamics,

8

204

storm surge, tides, estuarine hydrau‐lics, sediment transport and morphodynamics.

PHY 591

Directed Individual Study‐G

F11 McNamara 2

PHY 592

Special Topics‐G S09, S12 McNamara Permission of instructor. May be re‐peated for credit with different top‐ics.

8

PHY 599

Thesis‐G F08, S09, F09, S11, F11, S12, F12

McNamara, Morrison, Willey

Research for thesis and thesis prepa‐ration for marine science students.

12

*If courses are known to enroll a high number of on‐site or distance education students from other uni‐versities, please discuss these instances along with number and affiliations of distance education enrol‐lees.




Dates of‐fered



Enrollment Fig‐ures Total/on‐site/distance edu

NONE


Public Service / Out‐reach/Engagement program name and brief description (one sentence)


Number of participants

OSHER Lifelong Learning Insti‐tute ‐ Seminar On Galapagos Archipelago

Ocotober 2011

John Morrison, Physics & Physical Oceanogr ‐ CMS

Continuing Ed 70

205

OSHER Lifelong Learning Insti‐tute ‐ Seminar on Physics and Technology for Future Presi‐dents

October 2011


Continuing Ed

75

Ocean Science on Capitol Hill ‐‐ Briefed House and Senate Members on Ocean Science

March 2010


Senators and Congressmen

5


March 2011



5


March 2012



5

Departmental Seminar Flood, Fortify, or Flee: Coupled Phys‐ical and Economic Modeling of Coastal Real Estate" (2)

Dylan McNamara UNCW PPO

UNCCH Faculty & students (1) and Duke Marine Lab Faculty & students (2)

Departmental Seminar “Emer‐gence in Coupled Human Landscape Systems”

2010 Dylan McNamara UNCW PPO

East Carolina Fac‐ulty & students

Workshop Presentation: “Emergence in Coupled Hu‐man Landscape Systems”


Professionals University of Ore‐gon Workshop

Departmental Seminar “Coupled Morpho‐Economic Dynamics at the Coastline”


WHOI faculty and students

Seminar “Emergence in Cou‐pled Human Landscape Sys‐tems” (2)


National Center for Earth Surface Dynamics (1) and Duke University (2)

d.) Professional Service Identify advisory, regulatory or other professional service that members of the Activity have provid‐ed to North Carolina or at the regional / national / international level.Include all North Carolina advi‐sory or regulatory boards and groups; and significant national / international boards. Please limit this list to the most relevant and significant 20 examples. Table D5. Professional Service


Service provid‐ed

University National Ocean‐

ographic Laboratory

2007 ‐ Pre‐

sent

John Morrison, Physics & Physical

Oceanogr ‐ CMS

Nationally

Elected Mem‐

ber ‐ National

206

Oceanographic

Research Ves‐

sels

NASA Biodiversity and Envi‐

ronmental Foreasting Re‐

search Team

2004 ‐ Pre‐

sent


Oceanogr ‐ CMS

Science Team

Member

NASA Ocean Color Research

Team.

2000 ‐ Pre‐

sent


Oceanogr ‐ CMS

Science Team

Member

Duke/UNC Oceanographic

Consortium Program Com‐

mittee

2000‐

Present;

Chair 2010 ‐

Present


Oceanogr ‐ CMS

Advisory Com‐

mittee

Duke/UNC Oceanographic

Consortium Policy Board

2010 ‐ Pre‐

sent


Oceanogr ‐ CMS Policy Board

U. S. Consortia for Ocean

Carbon and Biogeochemis‐

try

2006 ‐ Pre‐

sent


Oceanography ‐ CMS Member

Ocean Leadershp 2007 ‐ Pre‐

sent


Oceanography ‐ CMS

UNCW Alter‐

nate Repre‐

sentative

National Science Founda‐

tion RVRC Ship Selection

Committee

2009 ‐ 2010 John Morrison, Physics & Physical


Advisory

Commitee

University National Ocean‐

ographic Laboratory

2007 ‐ Pre‐

sent



Nationally

Elected Mem‐

ber ‐ National

Oceanographic

Research Ves‐

sels

NASA Biodiversity and Envi‐

ronmental Forecasting Re‐

search Team

2004 ‐ Pre‐

sent



Science Team

Member

NSF ‐ Community Surface Dynamics Modeling System

2009‐present

Member Coastal Working Group Advising, work‐ing group ses‐sion leader.

207




Sandin, S. and McNamara, D. E. Spatial dynamics of benthic competition on coral reefs. Oceolgia 168(4), 2011.

Lazarus, E., McNamara, D. E., Gopalakrishnan, S, Smith, M. D., and Murray, A. B. Emergent behavior in a coupled economic and coastline model for beach nourishment. Nonlinear Processes in Geophys‐ics. 18, 2011.

Murray, A. B., Gopalakrishnan, S, McNamara, D. E., and Smith, M. D. Coupling Models of Human and Coastal Landscape Change. Computers and Geoscience. 2011.

McNamara, D. E., Murray, A. B., and Smith, M. D. Coastal sustainability depends on how economic and coastline responses to climate change affect each other. Geophysical Research Letters. 38, 2011.

Magliocca, N., McNamara, D. E, Murray, A. B, Long‐Term Morphological Effects of Artificial Dune Construction in the Outer Banks of North Carolina. 27, Journal Coastal Research. 20011.

F.M. Bingham; G.R. Foltz; M.J. McPhaden. Seasonal cycles of surface layer salinity in the Pacific

Ocean. Ocean Science 2010;6(3):775‐787.

Smith, M. D, Slott, J., McNamara, D. E. and Murray, A. B., Beach nourishment as a dynamic capital accumulation problem. Journal of Environmental Economics and Management. 58, 2009.

W.V. Sweet; J.M. Morrison; Y. Liu; D. Kamykowski; B.A. Schaeffer; L. Xie; S. Banks. 2009. Tropical instability wave interactions within the Galapagos Archipelago. Deep‐Sea Research Part I: Oceano‐graphic Research Papers.

Murray, A. B, Lazarus, E., Ashton, A., Baas, A., Coco, G., Coulthard, T., Fonstad, M., Haff, P., McNamara, D. E., Paola, C., Pelletier, J., and Reinhardt, L., Geomorphology, complexity, and the emerging science of the Earth’s surface. Geomorphology, 103: 496‐505, 2009.

McNamara, D. E. and Werner, B. T, Coupled Barrier Island‐Resort Model: 1. Emergent instabilities induced by strong human‐landscape interactions. Journal of Geophysical Research – Earth Surface, 113, F01016, 2008.

McNamara, D. E. and Werner, B. T, Coupled Barrier Island‐Resort Model: 2. Tests and predictions along Ocean City and Assateague Island National Seashore, Maryland. Journal of Geophysical Re‐search – Earth Surface, 113, F01017, 2008.

Blake A. Schaeffer; John M. Morrison; Daniel Kamykowski; Gene C. Feldman; Lian Xie; Yanyun Liu; William Sweet; Anita McCulloch; Stuart Banks. 2008. Phytoplankton biomass distribution and iden‐tification of productive habitats within the Galapagos Marine Reserve by MODIS, a surface acquisi‐tion system, and in‐situ measurements. Remote Sensing of Environment

Bulusu Subrahmanyam; Kyozo Ueyoshi; John M. Morrison. 2008. Sensitivity of the Indian Ocean cir‐culation to phytoplankton forcing using an ocean model. Remote Sensing of Environment.


book chaptersdirectly related to Activity. Please limit to the 20 most significant or representa‐tive publications for the period ofJanuary 1, 2008 – present.

208

A Coupled Economic and Physical Model of Coastal Adaptation and Abandonment: Are human occupied coastlines a bubble waiting to burst?” Conference presentation. Fall 2011 American Geo‐physical Union Meeting in San Francisco, California.

“A Coupled Economic and Physical Model of Coastal Adaptation and Abandonment: Are human oc‐cupied coastlines a bubble waiting to burst?” Conference presentation given at Fall 2011 American Geophysical Union Meeting in San Francisco, California.

“Coastline Change and Coastal Economies Coupled Through Beach Replenishment” Conference presentation given at the Annual American Association of Geographers Meeting Washington D.C., 2010.




Salinity Processes in the Upper Ocean Regional Study (SPURS) Data Management System (http://spurs.jpl.nasa.gov/SPURS/); Fred Bingham, 2010 – Present.

Oceanography Lab has databases covering SeaWiFS Local Area Coverage (LAC) 1.1‐km resolution data from the JGOFS Arabian Sea Process Study for 1994 – 2000 and LAC data for the Galapagos Is‐lands for 2001 – 2005.


List and describe commercialization or the transfer of technology to either the private or the governmental sector. Technology transfer can include a range of actions including patentapplications, company formations, and/or licensing agreements. There is no time lim‐it on when these occurred.

Not Applicable



NONE

F. Other


209

Section II‐8. Coastal and Marine Science Activities ‐‐‐ NEW PROGRAM

A. Activity: DEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC AND INTERNATIONAL AFFAIRS B. Activity Narrative

The Department of Public and International Affairs (PIA) is home to two graduate programs which focus in coastal and marine science. The Master of Public Administration (MPA) program is a 42‐hour professional degree program designed to develop and prepare policy analysts and managers for the public and nonprofit sector. The MPA program features concentrations in coastal planning and management, environmental policy and management, and marine policy. Students in those concentrations take 12 credit hours of coursework in the subject area along with their core courses. Beginning fall 2013, the Master of Science in Coastal and Ocean Policy (MCOP) program will offer additional policy courses central to coastal environments. It is an in‐terdisciplinary graduate degree with faculty involvement from across the University: Biology , Economics and Finance, Environmental Studies, Geology and Geography, Marine Science, and Public & International Affairs. Along with its graduate offerings, PIA offers two undergraduate courses related to coastal and marine science; Environmental Politics and Ocean and Coastal Law and Policy. PIA has three faculty members who teach in the areas of coastal, environmental, and marine studies. However, they are also assigned to other significant duties. One teaches primarily in Comparative Politics. The other two are on reduced teaching loads due to administrative as‐signments. Thus, these classes are not offered as regularly as administration would like and of‐tentimes must employ part‐time faculty. Fortunately the MCOP will start with the equivalent of two full‐time hires with additional hires planned for years two and three. The MPA program has a community advisory board consisting of community leaders from the public and nonprofit sector and includes leaders involved in coastal issues. The MPA program al‐so administers an Academy of Strategic Management each fall to train leaders from the public and nonprofit sector. Graduate students must complete an internship and many work with community organizations, including those active in coastal and ocean policy issues.

C. Resources



Table C1. Personnel


Mark Imperial Assoc. Prof. PIA/CAS Professor of Coastal & Marine Policy

Stephen Meinhold Prof. PIA/CAS Professor – Coastal Hazards

Current Search Asst. Professor/PIA/CAS MPA program

Expected Search Asst. Professor/PIA/CAS MCOP program

210

b.) Provide current number and general description of undergraduate students, graduate students, and post‐docs involved with the Activity. Do not list individual students or post‐docs. Currently, the MPA program has approximately 85 students with nearly 20 students in the coastal, environmental, or marine concentrations. These students come from quite diverse backgrounds; many completed their undergraduate degrees within the last five years. The MCOP is set to start fall 2013.


Table C2: Revenue


FY14 ($) Projected

Federal


Institution (e.g. University) $135,805 $117,994 $138,052 $96,916 $154,916

Foundation

Other*

Total $135,805 $117,994 $138,052 $96,916 $154,916

* Revenues are associated with faculty salaries. We employ 1 full‐time faculty member specializing in coastal and marine sciences. However, we often use part‐time faculty to cover courses in the discipline.

Table C3: Expenses


FY14 ($) Projected

Personnel $135,805 $117,994 $138,052 $96,916 $154,916

Programmatic



Equipment (>$5,000)

Other Direct Costs*

Indirect Costs

Total $135,805 $117,994 $138,052 $96,916 $154,916

211

Our only expenses are calculated from faculty salaries. We employ 1 full‐time faculty member specializ‐ing in coastal and marine sciences. However, we often use part‐time faculty to cover courses in the dis‐cipline.

3. Physical infrastructure Administrative and faculty offices for the Department of Public and International Affairs is in Leutze Hall on the main UNCW campus.



Table D1. Research



Joint Institute for Car‐ibbean Marine Stud‐ies, Marine Research & Education Center

Stephen Meinhold and Robert Roer, UNCW

Department of the Interior, Office of Insular Affairs

$288,000

Incorporating Social Science into NOAA’s Tsunami Program

Stephen Meinhold, UNCW Chris Gregg, East Ten‐nessee State Universi‐ty, Leisel Ritchie, Univ of Colorado

National Ocean‐ic and Atmos‐pheric Admin‐istration

$500,000 2010

Joint Institute for Car‐ibbean Marine Stud‐ies, Marine Research & Education Center

Stephen Meinhold and Robert Roer, UNCW

Department of the Interior, Office of Insular Affairs

$624, 839

4. Teaching and Instruction (if applicable) e.) Identify courses taught for degree credit that are directly related to the Activity.



Dates of‐fered




PLS 209 ‐ Envi‐ronmental Pol‐itics

F 2009 S 2011 S 2012

W. Gaines Townsend/ part‐time

Role of politics in environmental policy featuring following topics: the politics of the environmental movement, the environment as a

48/onsite 46/onsite 45/onsite

212

Su 2012 F 2012

PIA public policy issue, and the de-velopment and impact of envi-ronmental policy.

16/onsite 37/onsite

PLS 329 ‐ Coastal & Ocean Law and Policy

F 2010 Jason Har‐ris/ Part‐time PIA

National and international laws and policies concerning the ocean featuring fisheries man-agement, marine mammal pro-tection, shipping and navigation, oil and chemical pollution, coastal and wetlands protection, submerged lands, riparian rights, and public access to coastal lands and waters.

38/onsite

PLS 521 ‐ Foundations of Coastal and Environmental Management

S 2009 S 2011 F 2012

Mark Impe‐rial PIA UNCW

Analyzes key policy issues and the laws, regulations, and deci-sions that influence the man-agement of coastal land in North Carolina and the United States.


PLS 524 ‐ Managing Coastal Haz‐ards

S 2010 F 2010 F 2012

Stephen Meinhold PIA UNCW

Explores the natural and techno-logical hazards that threaten coastal areas, the principles of coastal hazard mitigation and the development of policy deal-ing with the preparedness, re-sponse to and recovery from the events.


PLS 543 ‐ Envi‐ronmental Pol‐icy Analysis

S 2010 S 2012

Mark Impe‐rial PIA UNCW

Examines the fundamental fac-tors that influence environmental policy in the United States. It also examines the different ap-proaches to policy analysis and the techniques available to envi-ronmental policy analysis.

12/onsite 6/onsite

PLS 544 ‐ Re‐source Eco‐nomics

S 2009 Chris DumasEconomics & Finance UNCW

Introduction to environmental and natural resource economics and policy. Emphasizes applied methods and results of use to practicing coastal managers.

9/onsite

PLS 562 ‐ In‐ternational Environmental Policy

S 2008 F 2008 S 2011

Jennifer Horan PIA UNCW

Examines major political issues related to national level and in-ternational environmental politics and policy-making.



213

f.) Identify workshops, continuing education, or other non‐credit bearing instruction to community that are directly related to the Activity.


None

g.) Public Service, Outreach and Community Engagement Identify faculty outreach and community engagement that directly relate to the Activity. Profession‐al Service will be captured in a different section, so please constrain this list to those examples that serve to broaden the impact of the Activity through societal engagements, such as science cafes and K‐12 initiatives. Please limit this list to the most relevant and significant 20 examples. Table D4. Public Service, Outreach and Community Engagement




Lower Cape Fear Steward‐ship Development Awards Program

2004‐present

Mark Imperial

h.) Professional Service None




“Evaluating Disaster Education: NOAA’s Tsunami Ready Community Program and Risk Aware‐ness Education Efforts.” (2010) New Directions for Evaluation 126:79‐93 (with Jennifer Horan, Liesel Ritchie, Duane A. Gill, Bruce Houghton, Tom Matheson, Douglas Paton and David John‐ston). (Meinhold) Douglas Paton, Bruce F. Houghton, Chris E. Gregg, David McIvor, David M. Johnston, Petra Burgelt, Penny Larin, Duane A. Gill, Liesel A. Ritchie, Stephen Meinhold and Jennifer Horan. “Managing Tsunami Risk: Social Context Influences on Preparedness.” (2009) Journal of Pacific Rim Psychology 3(1):27‐37.

214

Douglas Paton, Bruce F. Houghton, Chris E. Gregg, Liesel A. Ritchie, David McIvor, Penny Larin, Stephen Meinhold, Jennifer Horan, and David M. Johnston. “Managing Tsunami Risk in Coastal Communities: Identifying Predictors of Preparedness.” (2008) Australian Journal of Emergency Management 23(1):4‐9.


book chapters directly related to Activity. Please limit to the 20 most significant or representa‐tive publications for the period of January 1, 2008 – present. Houghton, Bruce, Duane Gill, Penny Larin, Chris Gregg, Liesel Ritchie, David Johnson, Stephen Meinhold, Jennifer Horan, and Douglas Paton. 2008. “Tsunami Risk Across Six Communities.” 33rd Annual Natural Hazards Research and Applications Workshop, Boulder, CO. Herstine, James, Chris Dumas, Doug Gamble, Stephen Meinhold, and Spencer Rogers. 2008. “Determining and Assessing Rip Current Awareness and Understanding.” 14th International Symposium on Society and Resource Management (ISSRM) People and Place: Linking Culture and Nature, Burlington, VT. Imperial, Mark T., Kristina Fisher, Jill Peleuses, Courtney Pickett. Holden Beach CAMA Land Use Plan: Core Plan. Prepared for the Cape Fear Council of Governments. Holden Beach, NC. June 2009. (report) Imperial, Mark T., Kristina Fischer, Jill Peleuses, Courtney Pickett. Ocean Isle Beach CAMA Land Use Plan: Core Plan. Prepared for the Cape Fear Council of Governments. Ocean Isle Beach, NC. June 2009. (report) Yandle, Tracy & Mark T. Imperial. “Using Property Rights to Better Understand the Institutional Arrangements for Fisheries Governance” at the 31st Annual Association for Public Policy Analy‐sis and Management (APPAM) Research Conference. November 5 – 7, 2009. Washington, DC. Imperial, Mark T. "Paradoxes, Possibilities, and the Obstacles to Integrated Water Resources Management: Lessons from the Institutional Rational Choice Literature" at the International Symposium on Society and Resource Management (ISSRM) July 5 – 8, 2009. Vienna, Austria (In‐vited Presentation and Panel Participant) Imperial, Mark T. & Thomas Koontz. “Designing Resilient Watershed Partnerships: Structural Properties, Life‐Cycles, and the Longevity of Watershed Partnerships.” at the 2008 Southeastern Conference of Public Administration (SECoPA). Orlando, FL. September 24 – 27, 2008. Imperial, Mark T. “Marine Affairs Education in the 21st Century.” at The Coastal Society’s 21tst Biennial Conference. Redondo Beach in Los Angeles, California. June 29 ‐ July 2, 2008.

Meinhold, Stephen and Jennifer E. Horan. U.S. Tsunami Survey New Hanover County, North Carolina Communities: Wrightsville Beach and Carolina Beach. Collaborator’s Report. 2008. Uni‐versity of North Carolina Wilmingtonhttp://people.uncw.edu/horanj/TsunamiFinal.pdf

215






4. Awards and Honors Please list and describe awards and honors conferred to faculty, staff and students as a result of their participation in the Activity. Please limit to the 20 most significant or representative publica‐tions for the period of January 1, 2008 – present. None

F. Other


216

Section I‐9. Coastal and Marine Science Activities

A. Activity: WATSON COLLEGE OF EDUCATION

B. Activity Narrative Marine Quest and Coastal Science Teaching Methods

Marine Quest MarineQuest was created and developed for the UNCW Division for Public Service & Continuing Studies by Diane Talley in 1980. The initial mission was to provide marine and environmental educa‐tion for local students in grades K – 12 while generating receipt‐based income for the Division. The‐se early programs consisted of three educational camps that operated throughout each summer. As the popularity of the camps increased, the number of camps and program content expanded. By 1990, MarineQuest was serving over 1,500 students annually from North Carolina, around the U.S. and the world via summer camps and school group visitations. The lack of space availability on cam‐pus began to limit growth until 2000 when Dan Baden, director for the Center for Marine Science, provided MarineQuest with the opportunity to establish an outreach learning lab and office space at the Center for Marine Science (CMS). This enabled MarineQuest to reach a level of operational ex‐cellence that eventually included the adult outreach component, Odyssey (no longer in operation). In 2006, MarineQuest underwent a critical educational review which resulted in a more intense aca‐demic focus for all of its programming. It was also restructured to serve as a true K‐12 pipeline to the university. Based on this review an application process was instituted and programming was expanded to include pre‐college students. Evaluation of these pre‐college students’ experiences with the program indicated they felt SCUBA diving should be integrated as an important component of training for a career in marine science. In 2010 diving was added to the program. MarineQuest is currently working with New Hanover County Schools to establish a Marine Science Academy for highly motivated high school students.

At present, MarineQuest hosts approximately 4,000 students per year via 27 different curriculum based summer programs, numerous school programs, and a variety of community outreach efforts. Its mission is to provide young people with opportunities to explore, discover and value our marine habitats. All learning involves hands‐on activities. MarineQuest participants engage in experiential, age‐appropriate inquiry‐based learning in the biology, chemistry, geology, and physics of the marine environment, as well as exposure to marine engineering in the form of ROV and buoy construction, alternative energy devices, marine biotechnology, and research cruises aboard the Research Vessel Cape Fear. All summer campers participate in a service learning project. MarineQuest partners with science faculty to develop authentic lessons and research opportunities that support its curriculum. MarineQuest provides experiential employment for UNCW graduate and undergraduate students who in turn serve as instructors and role models for our K‐12 participants, many of whom eventually apply for admission to UNCW. MarineQuest is a mostly receipt‐supported program (two permanent staff are currently paid by general funds). Over the next three years MarineQuest will strive to attain full receipt‐supported status. In order to achieve this goal, it must be at its competitive best. At this time MarineQuest has outgrown the space that the university is able to provide. In order to maintain the quality of its existing programs, MarineQuest requires at least three laboratory spaces for the summer months and 7 classrooms. For safety and continuity of programming, these classrooms should be in the same building or at least neighboring buildings. During the school year, reliable access to a second classroom is needed to keep up with programming requests. Access to residential space is also high‐

217

ly needed as many schools that wish to send students to attend MarineQuest come from a distance that requires an overnight stay but they are hesitant to stay in hotels (many hotels will not allow mi‐nors to stay in a room without an adult). For the past two summers we have dealt with complaints from New Hanover County Parks and Recreation regarding our use of public kayak launching sites. It would be helpful if MarineQuest could launch out of CMS or some other university owned property. MarineQuest spends thousands of dollars annually supporting the use of UNCW research vessels which are a critical component of its programming. The main research vessel is quite aged in com‐parison to the boats that our competitor institutions use. MarineQuest programs would greatly benefit from the use of a newer research vessel. Over the years, the number of students allowed on the vessels has been reduced which limits our enrollments. We cannot fish from the RV Cape Fear, nor can we dive off of it. MarineQuest contracts for its dive programs with an outside vendor. In summer 2012 we paid over $54,000 for their services, there not being an adequate university ves‐sel for our use.. As MarineQuest continues to develop the quality of its programs, the lack of permanent staff be‐comes more of an issue. Currently, there are only two permanent staff directly associated with MarineQuest, and one of those positions is vacant (we are in the process of initiating a search). Over 50 temporary staff are employed throughout the year to help keep MarineQuest running. There is a high turnover of our student staff from year to year due to graduation. During the aca‐demic year, when UNCW students are actively involved in taking classes, it is difficult to get instruc‐tors to commit to working our programs. We have identified the need for at least one additional permanent instructional staff as a priority for assuring the quality of our programs year‐ round and for maintaining our current level of school programs. This position will also manage the scientific research component of MarineQuest school programs. It is our goal to establish an ongoing re‐search program involving marine science. School children (as well as summer campers) would be able to participate in the research as part of their MarineQuest experience. We are also in need of a designated marketing and communications person who can also manage the office. This includes maintaining our website, managing camper applications and school program requests, and handling our phones and email inquiries. Because all of our current staff engages in instructional duties, the office is often unmanned. MarineQuest competes with the top programs in the USA, several of which are private or sponsored by other organizations that can provide fundraising support and marketing. It is our goal to be able to fund this position in fiscal year 2014.

Methods of Teaching Coastal Science

Activity – EDN 595 – Methods of Teaching Coastal Science. The class is cross listed with Environmental Science (EVS 592)

Mission – Provide Watson College of Education graduate and undergraduate teacher candidates and Environmental Studies students studying to be informal science experts with an opportunity to integrate science content and pedagogy in an informal and relevant state park setting.

History – The class has been offered and taught the prior two summer I sessions (Summer I, 2011 and Summer I 2012)

Discuss what makes this Activity unique, competitive, compelling, and/or of strategic im‐portance.

Through interaction with resources and experts, students will develop readily accessible, web‐based ma‐terials through engagement in field based exploration of plants and animals of coastal ecosystems and

218

environmental issues and investigations of environmental issues. Graduate Students are expected to demonstrate breadth and depth of content knowledge in Island Ecology necessary for pedagogical con‐tent implementation leading to effective instructional decision making. Students will prepare and submit a descriptive paper at the end of the class that focuses on the historical and ecological connections of an organization or individual that has been influential in the conservation of the island.

Identify the most significant impact(s) of the program on research, education, and/or society (including direct contributions to policy or management decisions) since January 1, 2008.

The most significant impact is on education. The course addresses efforts to develop and integrate a summer course while employing authentic experiential methodologies and innovative service learning strategies. The course is taught by Dr. Dennis Kubasko (secondary science education) and Dr. Amy R. Taylor (elementary and middle grades science education) from the Watson School of Education. We extended the pedagogy and content into service components and experiential aspects through student involvement and technology integration. The Island Ecology for Educators course is cross listed with the Department of Environmental Studies and is offered to both K‐12 students training to be teachers at the undergraduate and graduate levels.

The intention of the class is to pair content area (environmental studies, biology, chemistry) students with student teacher candidates lacking content area exposure for the purpose of developing both a) content rich and engaging online lesson plans and b) web‐based resources to be used by teachers and children in schools. The instructors have analyzed the student evaluations and outcomes of the first summer course offering and have refined the innovative teaching methodology based upon student feedback. Students were guided in their development of readily accessible, web‐based materials through their interactions and exposure to content area exerts (i.e. Park Rangers, DENR instructors, Col‐lege of Arts and Sciences faculty, Marine Quest at the Center for Marine Science ) via presentations, site visits, park walks, barrier island exploration, and field based activities. This class paired science content understanding with pedagogical resource development, making this course relevant for both education and environmental studies students.


The most significant challenge every year moving forward is to maintain student enrollment. Fortunate‐ly, we have been very successful in promoting the course over the past two years and don’t foresee any problems moving forward. The next challenge is maintaining good relationships with our field based partners. They have articulated that they are very happy with our students and enjoy sharing the state park as a valued resource.

Include a succinct description of the future directions for, and sustainability of, the Activity in the next year and in the next five years. Include modifications to personnel, programs, funding, or major infrastructure.

Drs Kubasko and Taylor plan to offer the course every year, and they will continue to review the course evaluation and build upon the feedback gathered from them. They also have been able to integrate a variety of different content and pedagogical experts which add value to the knowledge and skill devel‐opment for our university students. Funding is based upon student enrollment, but they have written internal UNCW grants to support our students with technology (GPS units).

C. Resources

219

Marine Quest 1. Personnel a.) List and provide information on faculty and key staff involved with the Activity (include current


Table C1. Personnel


Sue Kezios, PhD Director, Youth Programs, Wat‐son College of Education

Develops, implements and evaluates MarineQuest curriculum; trains and manages permanent staff; secures funding; manages budget and market‐ing

Janie McAuliffe, MS MarineQuest Assistant Director, Youth Programs, Watson Col‐lege of Education

Serves as science content specialist, lead instructor, research coordinator, and dive master for MarineQuest.

Danice Grkinich Financial Assistant Develop budgets/projections, process & track accounts payable, process new hires, office manager

Search in progress for fiscal year 2013

MarineQuest Director, Youth Programs, Watson College of Education

Directs all operations for K‐12 marine science outreach program, including residential component; manages up to 70+ temp employees annually

For fiscal year 2014 Communications Specialist Handles student application process and confirmation; manages website; provides customer service; performs routine office duties; assists with mar‐keting efforts


Students Number Description

Undergraduate (either cur‐rent students or recently graduated)

29 Instructors for MarineQuest academic enrichment camps; resident life assis‐tants for campers; school programs instructors

Masters Graduate (either current students or recent‐ly graduated)

12 Lead instructors for MarineQuest aca‐demic enrichment camps;

PhD graduate 2 Lead specialized programs for MarineQuest

2. Funding Provide accurate financial information for the Activity capturing the previous three fiscal years of revenues and expenses, as well as the current fiscal year and projections for FY14. For the purposes

220

of this table, “fiscal year” corresponds to the university fiscal year. For example FY12 is July 1, 2011 – June 30, 2012.

Table C2: Revenue


FY14 ($) Projected

Federal 0 0 0 0 0


Institution (e.g. University) 69,645 69,645

Foundation

Other* (receipts) 463,400 546,650 613,493 750,225 787,725

Total 463,400 546,650 613,493 819,870 857,370

Table C3: Expenses


FY14 ($) Projected

Personnel 70,195 99,850 133,607 281,322 321,322

Programmatic 127,681 153,726 217,406 328,279 344,692


2,352

2,352

2,352

2,352

2,352


1,628

675

570

570

570

Equipment (>$5,000)

Other Direct Costs* 3,972 7,141 13,621 9,851 12,000

Indirect Costs 10,529 11,979 20,645 10,632 42,000

Total 216,357 275,723 388,201 633,006 720,584

Note: During FY10 through FY12, Youth Programs belonged in another division that has since been disbanded. Salaries were switched between state dollars and divisional receipts – data that we no longer can obtain. Beginning in FY 13, we are covering salaries with a combination of state dollars and receipts.

3. Physical infrastructure Describe the key physical infrastructure that supports your Activity. Include buildings, boats, spe‐cialized equipment, land, core facilities, and any other unique capability. Include pending infrastruc‐ture additions. Please indicate who owns the physical infrastructure and whether it is a shared re‐source. If shared, by whom? MarineQuest operates year‐round out of the UNCW Center for Marine Science where it maintains a large classroom/wet lab for programming purposes. The Center also provides the use of one office. During the summer months MarineQuest uses the Isaac Bear Early College High School building to house its expanded operations. In addition, summer programming requires the use of 3 labs (Friday Hall) and additional classroom space (the Natural Science Trailer). Residential students are housed in campus dormitories and eat in the campus cafeteria (fee‐based). For programming purposes, MarineQuest utilizes the RV Cape Fear and RV Humpback for field experiences (fee‐based). As part of the remotely operated vehicle program, students deploy their ROVs in the test tank at CMS or in

221

the diving well of the campus pool. MarineQuest maintains a large inventory of field equipment, in‐cluding 14 kayaks, a kayak trailer, and two 15 passenger vans, one of which is 12 years old. Methods of Teaching Coastal Science 1. Personnel

a) List and provide information on faculty and key staff involved with the Activity (include cur‐rent faculty searches that are underway or expected). Expand the below table as necessary.

Table C1. Personnel


Dennis Kubasko Associate Professor / Watson College of Education

Instructor

Amy Taylor Associate Professor / Watson College of Education

Instructor


2011 (15 students)

Education

2 undergraduate students

12 graduate students

EVS

1 graduate student

2012 (12 students)

Education


6 graduate students

EVS

1 undergraduate student

Biology / Marine Biology


1 graduate student

2. Funding

222

Provide accurate financial information for the Activity capturing the previous three fiscal years of revenues and expenses, as well as the current fiscal year and projections for FY14. For the purposes of this table, “fiscal year” corresponds to the university fiscal year. For example FY12 is July 1, 2011 – June 30, 2012.

Table C2: Revenue


FY14 ($) Projected

Federal 0 0 0 0


0 0 0 0

Institution (e.g. University) 0 0 0 0

Foundation 0 0 0 0

Other* 0 0 0 0

Total 0 0 0 0

* Provide a brief description of the Revenue table:

Outside of tuition and fees, there would be no revenue generated for this class.

Table C3: Expenses


FY14 ($) Projected

Personnel 8640.00 8640.00 8640.00 8640.00

Programmatic 0 0 0 0


0 0 0 0


0 0 0 0

Equipment (>$5,000) 0 0 0 0

Other Direct Costs* 0 0 0 0

Indirect Costs 0 0 0 0

Total 8640.00 8640.00 0 0

* Provide a brief description of the Expenses table. In the Physical Infrastructure section, include cost for purchase/lease of land and cost of facility construction and on‐going debt service.

D. Research, Teaching, Public and Professional Service Marine Quest 1. Research In the below table, list currently funded research projects (extramural and intramural). Include title, investigators, dollar amount, and time frame.You may reference information in the REACH NC Ap‐pendix in response to this question.

Table D1. Research

223



2. Teaching and Instruction (if applicable) a.) Identify courses taught for degree credit that are directly related to the Activity. The teaching

activity described is fiscally separate from Marine Quest resources.



Dates of‐fered




EVS 485/592 Fall 2008 Sue Kezios Communicating Ocean Sciences (COSEE/NSF course utilized to prepare potential MarineQuest instructors)

15 on‐site

*Note this course has been taught numerous times since 2008 when first implemented by S. Kezios. There has been a distance version. This information should be contributed by the EVS department. MarineQuest has also provided guest instruction for other professors’ courses when appropriate (i.e., EVS 592: Methods of Teaching Coastal Science).

b.) Identify workshops, continuing education, or other non‐credit bearing instruction to community

that are directly related to the Activity. Table D3: Non‐Degree Credit Instruction


Dates of‐fered


Brief description of instruc‐tion (1 sentence)

Enrollment Figures Total/on‐site/ dis‐tance edu

ROV Workshop Spring 2008

Jeremy Bur‐nett; Joe Oliver Marinequest

Trained teachers & students how to construct the Sea Perch ROV per M.I.T. pro‐gram instructions

12

B.O.B. workshop Spring 2009

Jeremy Bur‐nett; Joe Oliver MarineQuest

Trained teachers and envi‐ronmental educators how to construct buoys per NOAA program instructions

16

Marine Biotechnology Spring 2009

Sonja Pyott UNCW Dept. Biology & Marine Biol‐ogy; Jeremy Burnett

MarineQuest helped devel‐op curriculum for the work‐shop offered by SMEC (cur‐rently CE‐STEM)

?

224

MarineQuest

Phytoplankton Moni‐toring Network Train‐ing workshop

Spring 2010; 2012

Jeremy Bur‐nett MarineQuest

Trained teachers & commu‐nity members how to identi‐fy and report on algal blooms

22; 14

*Note MarineQuest also provided guest instruction for other professors’ continuing education courses when appropriate (i.e., Island Ecology for Educators). c.) Public Service, Outreach and Community Engagement Identify faculty outreach and community engagement that directly relate to the Activity. Profession‐al Service will be captured in a different section, so please constrain this list to those examples that serve to broaden the impact of the Activity through societal engagements, such as science cafes and K‐12 initiatives. Please limit this list to the most relevant and significant 20 examples. Table D4. Public Service, Outreach and Community Engagement





MarineQuest Summer Camps – 27 different pro‐grams offered multiple times throughout summer

Summer 2012

Sue Kezios; Janie McAuliffe; stu‐dent staff

k‐12 students 1308

MarineQuest School pro‐grams – programs offered on site at CMS, in the field or at the school

2011‐2012 school year

Jeremy Burnett; Janie McAuliffe; student staff

k‐12 students and teachers

1806

MarineQuest Saturdays – ½ day programs at CMS one Saturday per month

Monthly Sept. ’11 to May 2012

Jeremy Burnett; Janie McAuliffe; student staff

k‐12 students 245

MarineQuest’s Whale Pro‐gram – marine debris edu‐cation

2011‐2012 school year

Jeremy Burnett; Sue Kezios

PreK‐second grade

201

MarineQuest Family Nights offered at CMS once a se‐mester

Nov. 2011; April 2012

Sue Kezios; Jer‐emy Burnett

Families 115

Earth Day Celebration April 2012 Sue Kezios Families 184

Read‐to‐Me Festival: Dr. Seuss Under the Sea (out‐reach program integrating literature and marine sci‐ence activities)

March 2012 Sue Kezios preK‐second grade

450

*Note MarineQuest has been in operation since 1980. It has served over 4000 students annually since 2002.

d.) Professional Service

225

Identify advisory, regulatory or other professional service that members of the Activity have provid‐ed to North Carolina or at the regional / national / international level. Include all North Carolina ad‐visory or regulatory boards and groups; and significant national / international boards. Please limit this list to the most relevant and significant 20 examples. Table D5. Professional Service


Service provided

E. Outputs and Impacts Marine Quest 1. Publications a.) List refereed publications directly related to Activity. Please limit to the 20 most significant or



book chaptersdirectly related to Activity. Please limit to the 20 most significant or representa‐tive publications for the period ofJanuary 1, 2008 – present.






4. Awards and Honors Please list and describe awards and honors conferred to faculty, staff and students as a result of their participation in theActivity. Please limit to the 20 most significant or representative publica‐tions for the period of January 1, 2008 – present.

226

Table E1. Awards and Honors


F. Other Watson College of Education

227

Section II‐10. Coastal and Marine Science Activities A. Activity: OTHER B. Activity Narrative

Our vision for the future must include a strong sense of place. To be a national and global leader in demonstrating

how universities can serve their regions, we must come to understand and embrace the importance of our coastal

location between the Atlantic Ocean and the Cape Fear River. As North Carolina’s coastal university, UNCW must

utilize its location to explore modern questions related to commerce, human health, nutrition, the environment and

social and cultural dynamics. There is no complete understanding of human history, the human condition or litera‐

ture and music and art in the absence of the sea. – UNCW Chancellor Gary L. Miller, 2012

In previous sections we described the effort and resources associated with academic and research pro‐grams directly linked to Marine Science. In this section, we provide examples from across UNCW that give life to Chancellor Miller’s vision of “Love of Place”; initiatives in the Arts, Humanities, and Human Sciences related to our coastal focus but outside of the traditional Marine Science umbrella.

Department of Creative Writing – Home to one of the premier creative writing programs in the country, this comprehensive department includes Ecotone, a semi‐annual journal that seeks to reimagine place by combining the literary and scientific, the personal and biological, the urban and the rural; and the Publishing Laboratory, an apprenticeship center for students of creative writing to learn all aspects of the publishing business. Students and faculty members in the department draw inspiration from UNCW’s coastal setting, and coastal themes are often apparent in the work of Ecotone and the Publish‐ing Laboratory.

In 2008, The Publishing Laboratory of the Department of Creative Writing reprinted Ben Dixon MacNeill’s classic work The Hatterasman on the 50th anniversary of its original publication by John F. Blair. Fittingly, it was distributed by Blair as part of our ongoing public‐private partner‐ship. The 50th anniversary edition featured in introduction by UNCW CRW Professor Philip Gerard, whose own first novel, Hatteras Light, was partly inspired by MacNeill’s work.

UNCW's prize‐winning literary journal, Ecotone, is by definition focused on edges, and there is no greater edge than the coast. We have published some of the country's very top nature writ‐ers, including Peter Matthiessen, Annie Proulx, and John Hay, as well as the coastal photographs of Barry Goldstein. Though our writers have always ranged widely, the coast remains central to the magazine.

Current Ecotone managing editor and faculty member David Gessner has described his work as follows, “My own work has focused on the coasts in books like Return of the Osprey, Soaring with Fidel and The Tarball Chronicles. The latter book focused not just on the BP oil spill's impact on the Gulf shores, but on larger issues of erosion. I have become increasingly involved in writ‐ing about coastal problems, including coastal erosion and the deployment of groins and other armaments. Toward this end I have traveled the Carolina Coast with Duke's Orrin Pilkey and re‐cently travelled from Cape Cod to Carolina with an eye toward a forthcoming book called Walk‐ing the Edge, about the future of the Atlantic coast. I regularly write for the Natural Resources Defense Council on coastal issues. My essay in pelicans, Wrightsville Beach and the fluctuating coasts of North Carolina won the John Burroughs Award for Best Nature Essay of 2006.”

The Department of Creative Writing hosted a writers retreat on Bald Head Island in 2008, using the island's natural topography as an inspiration to writers from around the country.

228

Department of Film Studies – Student projects often incorporate local settings and coastal themes, the two projects listed below are recent examples of projects that focus on aspects of marine science, ma‐rine mammal strandings and sea turtle rescue, that relate directly to work in our academic marine sci‐ence programs and capture the public’s imagination.

Out of the Blue by Matt Stamm. The goal of this film is to educate the public about the issues surrounding dolphin and whale strandings. Each year thousands of these animals wash up on U.S. coastlines. While natural causes account for many of these beachings, it is estimated that more than 50% of them are the result of human induced causes such as commercial fishing, ves‐sel strikes, pollution, NAVY sonar usage, and even gunshot wounds. Valiant efforts are made by marine mammal stranding programs to rescue and rehabilitate these animals, but less than 1% of beached cetaceans survive. http://www.outofthebluedoc.org/

Sanctuary by Laura Murphy. The Karen Beasley Sea Turtle Rescue and Rehabilitation Center, lo‐cated on Topsail Island, NC, never says no to a turtle in need. Despite the struggles of funding, staffing, and operating a not for profit organization, the volunteers at the sea turtle hospital are committing to saving these animals from disappearing from the world as we know it. Jean Beasley, director and founder of the hospital, is committed to helping not only sea turtles, but the state of our planet today. This documentary brings light to the efforts of these selfless work‐ers, and uses them as a catalyst for environmental movements worldwide. Our planet should be celebrated and protected, and it is our responsibility to save our environment, our life, our home. http://www.lauramurphyproductions.com/portfolio.html

Department of History – Because of the traditional role of the coastal zone in fostering societal devel‐opment, from provision of marine resources to facilitation of commerce, there is a rich study of mari‐time history at UNCW. Faculty members in the Department of History explore maritime themes in re‐gional and global contexts.

Dr. William McCarthy recently published is work on the economic impact of the loss of ships and their cargo on the development of civilizations. McCarthy, W.J. (2011) Gambling on Empire: The economic role of shipwreck in the Age of Discovery. International Journal of Maritime History. 23(2)

Dr. Chris Fonvielle studies in the Civil War history of Wilmington and the Lower Cape Fear re‐gion, especially coastal operations and defenses, blockade running, and navies. He has pub‐lished two books on North Carolina’s coastal war, The Wilmington Campaign: Last Rays of De‐parting Hope, and Fort Anderson: Battle for Wilmington.

The Department of History also provides both formal courses and applied learning opportunities in mari‐time history. For example:

HST 203 – The Sea in History: The history of human interaction with the sea, focusing on its im‐portance for resources, trade and transport, exploration, and warfare.

HST 280 – The History of Surfing: The history of the sport of surfing, tracing the cultural, techno‐logical, and economic aspects of its transformation from a Polynesian folkway to a global multi‐billion dollar economic force.

HST 332 – American Environmental History: The significance of the environment in American history from the colonial period to the present. Emphasis on the relationship between the natu‐ral environment of North America and the development of American culture and society, as well as changing attitudes toward the natural environment.

Department of Mathematics and Statistics – The use of mathematics and statistics is central to the de‐scription of the coastal environment and of the relationships among natural and human elements of the coastal region. Commensurate with that role, the Department of Mathematics and Statistics provides

229

critical service for all students pursuing degrees in marine related sciences. Moreover, faculty members in the department are often sought out for collaboration in funded research and to serve on undergrad‐uate and graduate thesis advisory committees.

The following courses are required for marine science undergraduate majors:

Course Description Schedule Average enrollment (total since 2008)

MAT 111 College Algebra Every semester 563 per semester (6757)

MAT 151 Basic Calculus with Applications I Every semester 547 per semester (6564)

MAT 161 Calculus with Analytical Geometry I Every semester 122 per semester (1469)

MAT 162 Calculus with Analytical Geometry II Every semester 105 per semester (1257)

MAT 261 Multivariate Calculus Every semester 62 per semester (744)

MAT 361 Differential Equations Every semester 25 per semester (294)

STT 215 Introduction to Statistics Every semester 256 per semester (3071)

Total students taught in these courses 20244

Department of Psychology – The study of cognitive and behavioral processes is critical to understanding the interactions of organisms with each other and with their environment. Faculty and students in the Department of Psychology often use marine animals as models for understanding these processes. From studies of the giant nerve cells in marine invertebrates to investigation of the complex behaviors of marine mammals, Marine Science touches on many aspects of scholarship and teaching in psycholo‐gy. Because of the cross‐disciplinary links between psychology and marine biology, many students at UNCW major in one field and minor in the other.

The following students are Psychology alumni who have used their training in animal cognition (under the supervision of Drs. Kate Bruce and Mark Galizio) in the pursuit of marine sciences.

Brendan Curl, Sea World, Orlando, FL — Trainer of dolphins and killer whales

Kelly Wieland, Sea World , Orlando, FL — Trainer and researcher of dolphins and killer whales

Leah Jordan, Dolphin Research Center, Grassy Key, FL – Research Assistant

Ally Mack, Dolphin Research Center, Grassy Key, FL – Research Assistant

Mary Beth Pacewicz, UC‐Santa Cruz – Graduate student studying marine mammal behavior with Dr. Dawn Goley

Catie Nealley, Dolphin Research Center, Grassy Key, FL, and US Navy, San Diego, CA – Intern, Marine mammal training

Alyce Kaczubski, Baltimore Aquarium, Summer Intern – Sealion training

Alexandra Mancini, (Psychology minor), Sea World, Orlando, FL – Summer intern, marine mam‐

mal training and public programs.

College of Health and Human Services (CHHS) – UNCW’s newest college houses the School of Health and Applied Sciences, the School of Nursing, and the School of Social Work. Given our coastal location, faculty and students in CHHS explore the unique aspects of human health care as they relate to the coastal environment. In fact, CHHS has proposed a Coastal Health Initiative that is designed to focus on the interplay between the environment and human health, and more specifically, on maintaining human health in a coastal environment. Aspects of the Coastal Health Initiative are found in many CHHS course offerings.

HEA 207: Nutrition and Behavior ‐ A comprehensive analysis of personal food choices, physical activity and nutrition‐related behavior. Lifetime energy balanced food and activity plans are de‐

230

veloped that include fish based lunches, snacks and dinners. In a coastal environment there is an abundant supply of seafood including fish and shell fish (crustaceans and mollusks). Importantly, this course reviews guidelines for seafood consumption and seafood safety. The seafood envi‐ronment is dynamic. Controversies related to omega‐3 fatty acid supplementation, mercury lev‐els and numerous sea and waterway harvesting and economic issues are reviewed.

REC 362: Special Topics in Recreation Services (North Carolina Coastal Issues and Experience) ‐ involves a detailed investigation and examination of the social, political, biological, environmen‐tal, ecological and cultural influences impacting the health and well‐being of the North Carolina coast/environment. Particular attention is focused on the interaction and interplay between humans and the coast/environment. Both the impact/influence of humans on the health of the North Carolina coast/environment and the impact/influence of the North Carolina coast/environment on the health of humans are studied.

REC 366: Coastal Recreation Resource Management is a detailed examination of management of coastal recreation resources and their relationship, inter‐dependence and impact upon hu‐man and environmental health and well‐being. Students are asked to examine the current sta‐tus of the coastal environment and plan for its future health and well‐being. Social, geological, recreational, biological and psychological aspects of coastal health and the environment are analyzed as a means of understanding the interplay between the coast/environment and human health and the dependence of one upon the other.

UNCW Honors College – Home to the UNCW Honors Scholars Program and the Center for Support of Undergraduate Research and Fellowships, the Honors College supports excellence in undergraduate ed‐ucation. Students pursuing Honors at UNCW must complete a 6 credit honors project that culminates in a publically defended thesis. Below are several examples of Honor Theses that exemplify the interdisci‐plinary nature of marine science.

Julienne Beblo, Art and Art History, An analysis of ocean‐derived clay balls as a ceramic medium.

Laurent Kipp, Chemistry and Biochemistry, Metals and organic contaminants in oysters and sediments.

Charles White II, Computer Science, Analyzing diving and coordination behaviors of cetaceans using digital acoustic recording tags.

Jennifer Colletti, English, A path to preservation: sense of place as a conservation tool for modern land‐scapes.

Kendyll Goeman, Environmental Studies, Exploiting anthropomorphic vocabulary to describe biological phenomena: variations in undergraduate disciplines

Jessica Makowski, Environmental Studies, Water quality in an urban artificial wetland.

Elizabeth Rivers, Environmental Studies, The economic valuation of natural versus constructed wetlands.

Kemp Burdette, Geography and Geology, Cape Fear ballast stones: Their introduction and use in the re‐gion between 1650 and 1850.

Devin Kelly, Geography and Geology, History of Beach Going: tourism in Carolina Beach and surrounding areas, an exhibit for the federal point history center.

The Center for the Support of Undergraduate Research and Fellowships supports undergraduate re‐search by providing funds for supplies and travel, as well as coordinating the application process for na‐tional scholarship competitions. The following students have won the prestigious Earnest F. Hollings Scholarship in Marine Science from National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration.

2005 Janie McGregor Biology and Marine Biology

2005 Charles White Computer Science

2006 Ashley Cedzo Biology and Marine Biology

231

Randall Library – The Randall Library provides information resources and learner‐centered services and cultivates a rich physical and virtual environment dedicated to the open exchange of ideas and an in‐formation literate community. Mindful of UNCW’s role as North Carolina’s Coastal University and the significant emphasis on marine science within the academic programs, the Randall Library faculty and staff cultivate marine related collections to ensure access to the latest resources available. Marine sci‐ence is a “growth” field, and the information resources needed to support marine science activities are also in “growth” mode. If we are to properly support students, faculty and staff, now and in the future, we need to grow library resources accordingly.

Randall Library provides numerous resources and services in support of marine science‐related teaching and research activities at UNCW. These include but are not limited to specialized research databases, world‐class marine science journals and monographs, subject librarians and various special collections highlighting the scientific and cultural heritage of the North Carolina coast.

Select Research Databases: Aquatic Sciences and Fisheries Abstracts, BIOSIS Previews, GeoRef, SciFinder and Web of Science.

Select Journals: Estuarine, Coastal and Shelf Science, Fisheries, Journal of Coastal Research, Journal of Experimental Ma‐rine Biology and Ecology, Journal of Natural Products, Journal of Shellfish Research, Limnology and Oceanography, Marine Biology, Marine Chemistry, Marine Ecology Progress Series, Marine Geology, Ma‐rine Mammal Science, Phytochemistry and Wetlands.

2006 Katherine Hart Biology and Marine Biology

2006 Marian Landon Biology and Marine Biology

2008 Sarah Fann Biology and Marine Biology

2009 Kerri Allen Geography and Geology

2009 Heather Page Biology and Marine Biology

2010 Julienne Beblo Biology and Marine Biology

2011 Andrew Niccum Biology and Marine Biology

2011 Matthew Birk Biology and Marine Biology

232

Section III. Concluding Remarks

The University of North Carolina Wilmington North Carolina’s Coastal University

The scientific and creative exploration of the coastal and marine environment is woven into the fabric of the university, a fact that reflects both our location between the Cape Fear River and the Atlantic Ocean and our long history of coastal activity. Our marine science program is a collection of excellent academic and research programs that spans across all units of the university and captures the imaginations of stu‐dents of all ages and backgrounds. Our faculty, staff, and students contribute directly to the economic development of the state through their scholarship and through their service to coastal stakeholders.

The future of Marine Science at UNCW is bright. Several new initiatives have just taken root or will come to fruition in the next year. The Shellfish Research Hatchery opened in January 2011 and is lead‐ing efforts to support and develop shellfish markets in the state. The opening of the Marine Biotechnol‐ogy Center (MARBIONC) in early 2013 will shepherd in an enhanced era of public‐private partnership in the quest for marketable products and ideas from the sea. Our academic programs are growing in both the number of students and in the number of programs. Our traditional strength in Marine Biology has been augmented by the additional degree programs in Oceanography and Marine and Coastal Ocean Policy. Our programs continue to attract top faculty and students who bring exciting ideas and new per‐spectives. Novel technologies applied to traditional marine science fields, such as our digital transmis‐sion electron microscope and NMR, and in the creative arts, such as the Publication Laboratory and Film Editing Laboratory, open a myriad of possibilities for our students and faculty.

Given the diversity and magnitude of marine related activities across UNCW, our designation as North Carolina’s Coastal University is certainly fitting. Our programs are complementary and cooperative, and allow students and faculty to work at the boundaries of traditional fields to forge new areas of excel‐lence and innovation. To harness the collective power of our marine programs we are in the planning stages for a Marine Symposium that will highlight marine related contributions in the arts and sciences by our students and faculty. We envision this symposium as a campus‐wide celebration of our coastal and marine initiatives, and recognition of our coastal location and heritage.

Marine science has been a part of UNCW from its founding in 1947. Since that time, successive genera‐tions of administrators, faculty, and students have reaffirmed UNCW’s commitment to serving the State of North Carolina through education, research, and service directly enhancing the value and opportunity of our coastal resources. This report has highlighted the breadth and integration of marine and coastal sciences throughout the university. The faculty, staff, and administration of UNCW see three key ele‐ments which will contribute to excellence in marine science at UNCW, in the state of North Carolina, and at the National level:

233

1) The establishment of a university wide marine science communication council at UNCW is a short‐term activity to assist in accurate and timely sharing of information on the wide array of marine science activities. The activity will provide an opportunity for further cross‐disciplinary enhancement in development, delivery, and evaluation of each activity. The first activity pro‐posed is a marine science symposium to enlist participation of academic units impinging on ma‐rine science from across the campus. Information will include academic, research, outreach and education, and economic development;

2) A longer term outcome is the development of a learning community in marine science, whereby faculty, staff, students, and the public could learn more about the marine sciences in an educa‐tional environment. This aspect is in keeping with the developing university studies curriculum at UNCW and our fledgling Quality Enhancement Program which focuses on applied learning;

3) A long‐term outcome is the development to complete fruition of a Marine Science Alliance in the state of North Carolina, whereby academic programs amongst the institutions offering marine science become transparent to student enrollment and faculty teaching, where research productivity is measured by collaboration and cooperation, and where outreach translates into economic development in the state’s coastal regions. A draft concept document was devel‐oped by UNCW well before the initiation of this state‐wide review, and is presently being circu‐lated to UNC‐Chapel Hill, NC State University, East Carolina University, and Duke University for their edits and suggestions. This alliance will provide North Carolina with one of the most di‐verse and talented research pools in the nation, certainly amongst the best on the East coast.

There are, of course, many obstacles and impediments to any more organized structure for Marine Sci‐ence in UNCW and in the State of North Carolina. But science is no longer a cluster of single small “shops” for research and development. Rather, collaboration is the key word. Science further has a de‐velopmental spectrum that includes basic, applied, and translational aspects that when properly tuned provides a number of new opportunities for accessing funds, creating new knowledge, and applying that knowledge to the human condition or the environment.

Research and development is all about obtaining sufficient resources to carry out the work that needs to be done. At one time, the source was the Federal government with small amounts of basic support from the states and the university. It would appear that to be successful in the 21st century, many dif‐ferent and varied avenues of funding support need to be accessed. From public to private, from peer‐reviewed to philanthropic, from basic to pure industrial, all assets have their appropriate leverage.

There is no excellence without resources. There are insufficient resources without excellence. Science cartels and innovation clusters will drive new knowledge creation. Creative provision of large equip‐ment cores, optimized arrangement of science disciplines, creative avenues for student training, and active communities of passionate individuals at all levels will continue fuel the marine sciences at UNCW. Our work at the interface of disciplines creates novel uses of basic science discovery. Our trans‐lation of discovery into product offers tangible return to the community, and our creation of new knowledge stimulates young minds, and old alike, to persevere. The past four years have been extreme‐ly difficult in science and in the economy in general. That we as marine scientists are still active and pas‐sionate about our work in teaching, research, and outreach is a testament to our tenacity.

“Organizations must not throw out the capabilities, organizational structures, and decision‐making pro‐cesses that have made them successful. . . just because they don’t work in the face of [disruption]. . . these cultures and practices are valuable only under certain conditions. Resource allocation is the most important element of managing the innovation that accompanies changes in the way ‘we always did things’. Iterative learning is therefore intrinsic to the search for success. “

Clayton M. Christensen, The Innovators Dilemma, 2002.

University of North Carolina Wilmington Self-Assessment

Documents

Transcript of University of North Carolina Wilmington Self-Assessment